Document:

exv4w5

Exhibit 4.5

FORM OF

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

and

Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

Dated as of [                    ], 2008

 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	Section 1. Certain Definitions
	 	 	1	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent
	 	 	10	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates
	 	 	11	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 4. Form of Right Certificates
	 	 	13	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 5. Countersignature and Registration
	 	 	13	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Right Certificates
	 	 	14	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 7. Exercise of Rights, Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights
	 	 	14	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 9. Availability of Shares of Preferred Stock
	 	 	16	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date
	 	 	17	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares and Number of Rights
	 	 	17	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares
	 	 	27	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power
	 	 	28	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares
	 	 	31	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 15. Rights of Action
	 	 	32	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders
	 	 	32	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 17. Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent
	 	 	33	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent
	 	 	34	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 21. Change of Rights Agent
	 	 	36	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates
	 	 	37	 

i

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Page	 
	Section 23. Redemption
	 	 	37	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 24. Exchange
	 	 	38	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 25. Notice of Certain Events
	 	 	39	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 26. Notices
	 	 	40	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 27. Supplements and Amendments
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 28. Successors
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 30. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors
	 	 	41	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 31. Severability
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 32. Governing Law
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 33. Counterparts
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 34. Descriptive Headings
	 	 	42	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	Section 35. Force Majeure
	 	 	42	 

ii

 

RIGHTS AGREEMENT

          Rights Agreement, dated as of [                    ], 2008 (“Agreement”), between Discovery
Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the “Company”), and Computershare Trust
Company, N.A., a national banking association, as Rights Agent (the “Rights Agent”).

          WHEREAS, the Company is a party to the Merger Agreement, dated as of June 4, 2008 (the
“Merger Agreement”), by and among Discovery Holding Company, a Delaware corporation
(“DHC”), the Company and DHC Merger Sub, Inc., a Delaware corporation and a wholly-owned
subsidiary of the Company (“Merger Sub”), pursuant to which, among other things, Merger
Sub will merge (the “Merger”) with and into DHC with DHC as the surviving corporation in
the Merger, and, in the Merger, each outstanding share of common stock of DHC will be converted
into shares of common stock of the Company.

          WHEREAS, the Board of Directors of the Company has, subject to the consummation of the Merger,
declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights to holders of the Company’s Common Stock and
Convertible Preferred Stock of record as of immediately after the effectiveness of the Merger (the
“Record Date”). The dividend consists of one Series A Right for each share of Series A
Common Stock and each share of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding on the Record Date,
one Series B Right for each share of Series B Common Stock outstanding on the Record Date and one
Series C Right for each share of Series C Common Stock and Series C Convertible Preferred Stock
outstanding on the Record Date, respectively. The Board has also directed the issuance of one
Series A Right, Series B Right or Series C Right, as applicable, with respect to each share of
Series A Common Stock, Series A Convertible Preferred Stock, Series B Common Stock, Series C Common
Stock or Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable, that shall become outstanding between
the Record Date and the earlier of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date. All capitalized
terms used in this paragraph are defined in Section 1 of this Agreement, and the foregoing
provisions are subject to adjustment as provided herein.

          Accordingly, in consideration of the premises and the mutual agreements herein set forth, the
parties hereby agree as follows:

          Section 1.
Certain Definitions. For purposes of this Agreement, the following terms have the
meaning indicated:

          (a) “Acquiring Person” shall mean any Person (as such term is hereinafter defined) who
or which shall be the Beneficial Owner (as such term is hereinafter defined) of 10% or more of the
number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding, but shall not include an Exempt Person, but only
so long as such Person continues to be an Exempt Person; provided, however, that if
such Exempt Person fails to meet the requirements set forth herein as an Exempt Person, then such
Person shall, to the extent such Person Beneficially Owns 10% or more of the shares of Common Stock
at the time outstanding, be deemed to be an Acquiring Person for purposes of this Agreement, unless
such Person ceased to be an Exempt Person as a result of a Transfer (as such term is defined in the
Certificate of Incorporation) of all of the shares of Series
A Convertible Preferred Stock (and Series A Conversion Shares) Beneficially Owned by such
Person, in which case such Person shall not be deemed to be or to have become an “Acquiring

 

 

Person”
for any purposes of this Agreement unless and until such Person shall, following such Transfer,
become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to a
dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding Common Stock or pursuant to
a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock)); provided, however, that
(i) if the Board of Directors of the Company determines in good faith that a Person who would
otherwise be an “Acquiring Person” became the Beneficial Owner of a number of shares of Common
Stock such that the Person would otherwise qualify as an “Acquiring Person” inadvertently
(including, without limitation, because (A) such Person was unaware that it Beneficially Owned a
percentage of Common Stock that would otherwise cause such Person to be an “Acquiring Person” or
(B) although such Person was aware of the extent of its Beneficial Ownership of Common Stock, such
Person had no actual knowledge of the consequences of such Beneficial Ownership under this
Agreement) and without any intention of changing or influencing control of the Company, then such
Person shall not be deemed to be or to have become an “Acquiring Person” for any purposes of this
Agreement unless and until such Person shall have failed to divest itself, as soon as practicable
(as determined, in good faith, by the Board of Directors of the Company), of Beneficial Ownership
of a sufficient number of shares of Common Stock so that such Person would no longer otherwise
Beneficially Own 10% or more of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding; (ii) if, as
of the effectiveness of the Merger, any Person is the Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the number
of shares of Common Stock outstanding, such Person shall not be deemed to be or to become an
“Acquiring Person” unless and until such time as such Person shall, after the effectiveness of the
Merger, become the Beneficial Owner of any additional shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant
to a dividend or distribution paid or made by the Company on the outstanding Common Stock or
pursuant to a split or subdivision of the outstanding Common Stock), unless, upon becoming the
Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock, such Person is not then the Beneficial
Owner of 10% or more of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding; and (iii) no Person
shall become an “Acquiring Person” as the result of an acquisition of shares of Common Stock by the
Company which, by reducing the number of shares outstanding, increases the proportionate number of
shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by such Person to 10% or more of the number of shares of
Common Stock then outstanding, provided, however, that if a Person shall become the
Beneficial Owner of 10% or more of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding by reason
of such share acquisitions by the Company and shall thereafter become the Beneficial Owner of any
additional shares of Common Stock (other than pursuant to a dividend or distribution paid or made
by the Company on the outstanding Common Stock or pursuant to a split or subdivision of the
outstanding Common Stock), then such Person shall be deemed to be an “Acquiring Person” unless upon
becoming the Beneficial Owner of such additional shares of Common Stock such Person does not
beneficially own 10% or more of the number of shares of Common Stock then outstanding. For all
purposes of this Agreement, any calculation of the number of shares of Common Stock outstanding at
any particular time, including for purposes of determining the particular percentage of such
outstanding shares of Common Stock of which any Person is the Beneficial Owner, shall be made in
accordance with the last sentence of Rule 13d-3(d)(1)(i) of the General Rules and Regulations under
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended (the “Exchange Act
”), as in effect on the
date hereof.

          (b) “Adjusted Maximum Amount” with respect to any Limited ANPP Permitted Transferee
shall mean the Maximum Amount reduced by the number of outstanding

2

 

shares of Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock (and Series C Conversion Shares) Beneficially Owned by the ANPP Stockholder Group
or a Limited ANPP Permitted Transferee immediately after giving effect to the acquisition of
outstanding shares of Convertible Preferred Stock by such Limited ANPP Permitted Transferee.

          (c) “Affiliate” and “Associate” shall have the respective meanings ascribed to
such terms in Rule 12b-2 of the General Rules and Regulations under the Exchange Act, as in effect
on the date hereof.

          (d) “ANPP” shall mean Advance/Newhouse Programming Partnership, a New York general
partnership.

          (e) “ANPP Permitted Transferee” shall mean (i) ANPP or the member of the ANPP
Stockholder Group that acquires record and Beneficial Ownership of shares of Convertible Preferred
Stock from the Company upon the effectiveness of the Merger and such other member or members of the
ANPP Stockholder Group acquiring record and Beneficial Ownership of shares of Convertible Preferred
Stock (or Conversion Shares) from another member of the ANPP Stockholder Group, or (ii) the Person
that acquires record and Beneficial Ownership from a member of the ANPP Stockholder Group or
another ANPP Permitted Transferee of (x) all of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock (and Series A Conversion Shares), including any shares of Convertible Preferred
Stock (and Conversion Shares) that are Escrow Shares and (y) a number of outstanding shares of
Series C Convertible Preferred Stock (or Series C Conversion Shares) so that, immediately after
such acquisition, the number of shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by the ANPP Stockholder
Group or the ANPP Permitted Transferee from whom such Person acquires such shares, does not exceed
9.9% of the shares of Common Stock outstanding immediately after such acquisition, in each case, so
long as after giving effect to such acquisition by such Person, the shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned by such Person and its Affiliates immediately following such acquisition (other
than Escrow Shares) do not result in such Person (and its Affiliates) collectively Beneficially
Owning a number of shares of Common Stock in excess of the Maximum Amount.

          (f) “ANPP Stockholder Group” shall mean Advance Publications, Inc., Newhouse
Broadcasting Corporation and, as of the date of determination, any direct or indirect Subsidiary
(which, for this purpose, has the meaning ascribed to it in the Certificate of Incorporation) of
Advance Publications, Inc. or Newhouse Broadcasting Corporation.

          (g) A Person shall be deemed the “Beneficial Owner” of, shall be deemed to have
“Beneficial Ownership” of and shall be deemed to “beneficially own” any
securities: 

                (i) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates is deemed to
beneficially own, directly or indirectly, within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 of the General Rules and
Regulations under the Exchange Act as in effect on the date hereof;

                (ii) which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has (A) the right to
acquire (whether such right is exercisable immediately or only after the passage of time or
occurrence of conditions) pursuant to any agreement, arrangement or

3

 

understanding (other than
customary agreements with and between underwriters and selling group members with respect to a bona
fide public offering of securities), or upon the exercise of conversion rights, exchange rights,
rights, warrants or options, or otherwise; provided, however, that a Person shall
not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, (x) securities tendered pursuant to
a tender or exchange offer made by or on behalf of such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates
or Associates until such tendered securities are accepted for purchase, (y) securities which such
Person has a right to acquire upon the exercise of Rights at any time prior to the time that any
Person becomes an Acquiring Person or (z) securities issuable upon the exercise of Rights from and
after the time that any Person becomes an Acquiring Person if such Rights were acquired by such
Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates prior to the Distribution Date or pursuant
to Section 3(a) or Section 22 hereof (“Original Rights”) or pursuant to Section 11(i) or
Section 11(n) with respect to an adjustment to Original Rights; or (B) the right to vote pursuant
to any agreement, arrangement or understanding; provided, however, that a Person
shall not be deemed the Beneficial Owner of, or to beneficially own, any security by reason of such
agreement, arrangement or understanding if the agreement, arrangement or understanding to vote such
security (1) arises solely from a revocable proxy or consent given to such Person in response to a
public proxy or consent solicitation made pursuant to, and in accordance with, the applicable rules
and regulations promulgated under the Exchange Act and (2) is not also then reportable on Schedule
13D under the Exchange Act (or any comparable or successor report);

                (iii) which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person and with
respect to which such Person or any of such Person’s Affiliates or Associates has any agreement,
arrangement or understanding (other than customary agreements with and between underwriters and
selling group members with respect to a bona fide public offering of securities) for the purpose of
acquiring, holding, voting (except to the extent contemplated by the proviso to Section
1(g)(ii)(B)) or disposing of such securities of the Company; provided, however, in
each such case, that (A) no Person who is an officer, director or employee of an Exempt Person
shall be deemed, solely by reason of such Person’s status or authority as such, to be the
“Beneficial Owner” of, to have “Beneficial Ownership” of or to “beneficially own” any securities
that are “Beneficially Owned” (as defined in this Section l(g)), including, without limitation, in
a fiduciary capacity, by an Exempt Person or by any other such officer, director or employee of an
Exempt Person; and (B) no Person who is an officer, director or employee of an Exempt Person shall
be deemed to be the “Beneficial Owner” of, to have “Beneficial Ownership” of or to “beneficially
own” any securities that are “Beneficially Owned” (as so defined) by any other Person or Persons
that acquired such securities, or that has or have agreed to acquire such securities, from the
Company or any Subsidiary of the Company, solely by reason of any agreement, arrangement or
understanding between such officer, director or employee and such other Person; or

                (iv) which are Beneficially Owned, directly or indirectly, by any other Person, if such Person
and such other Person are members of the same Group.

          (h) “Business Day” shall mean any day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or a day on
which banking institutions in the State of New York or the city in which the principal office of
the Rights Agent is located are authorized or obligated by law or executive order to close.

4

 

          (i) “Certificate of Incorporation” shall mean the Restated Certificate of
Incorporation of the Company, as filed with the Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on
[                    ], 2008.

          (j) “Close of Business” on any given date shall mean 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on
such date; provided, however, that if such date is not a Business Day it shall mean
5:00 P.M., New York City time, on the next succeeding Business Day.

          (k) “Common Stock” when used with reference to the Company shall mean the common
stock, presently par value $0.01 per share, of the Company or any other stock resulting from
successive changes or reclassifications of common stock, and includes, without limitation, the
Series A Common Stock, Series B Common Stock and Series C Common Stock. “Common Stock”
when used with reference to any Person other than the Company shall mean the common stock (or, in
the case of an unincorporated entity, the equivalent equity interest) with the greatest voting
power of such other Person or, if such other Person is a Subsidiary (as such term is hereinafter
defined) of another Person, of the Person or Persons which ultimately control such first-mentioned
Person.

          (l) “Conversion Shares” shall mean the Series A Conversion Shares and the Series C
Conversion Shares, collectively.

          (m) “Convertible Preferred Stock” shall mean, collectively, the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock and the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock.

          (n) “Common Stock Equivalents” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof.

          (o) “Current Values” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

          (p) “DHC” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

          (q) “Distribution Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

          (r) “Equivalent Preferred Shares” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(b)
hereof.

          (s) “Escrow Shares” shall mean any shares of Convertible Preferred Stock (or
Conversion Shares) that, on any date of determination, are held by [                    ], as Escrow Agent,
pursuant to the Escrow Agreement, dated as of [                    ], 2008 (the “Escrow Agreement”), by
and among ANPP, the Company and the Escrow Agent.

          (t) “Exchange Act” shall mean the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the
rules and regulations thereunder.

          (u) “Exempt Person” shall mean each of (i) the Company or any Subsidiary of the
Company, in each case including, without limitation, in its fiduciary capacity, or any

5

 

employee
benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any entity or trustee holding
Common Stock for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan or for the purpose of funding any such
plan or funding other employee benefits for employees of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the
Company, (ii) any ANPP Permitted Transferee and (iii) any Limited ANPP Permitted Transferee;
provided, however, that an Exempt Person shall cease to be an Exempt Person upon
the disposition by such Person of all of the outstanding shares of Series A Convertible Preferred
Stock (and Series A Conversion Shares) Beneficially Owned by such Person; provided,
further, however, that, with respect to clause (ii) of this paragraph, such Exempt
Person shall be considered an Exempt Person only to the extent that the number of shares of Common
Stock Beneficially Owned by such Exempt Person does not exceed the Maximum Amount;
provided, further, however, that, with respect to clause (iii) of this
paragraph, such Exempt Person shall be considered an Exempt Person only to the extent that the
number of shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by such Exempt Person does not exceed the
Adjusted Maximum Amount applicable to such Exempt Person. Notwithstanding any other provision of
this Agreement, the exercise or exchange of Rights held by any Exempt Person pursuant to the terms
of this Agreement shall not have any effect on such Person’s status as an Exempt Person, and any
change in ownership resulting from such exercise or exchange shall have no effect on the Maximum
Amount or Adjusted Maximum Amount applicable to such Person.

          (v) “Exchange Ratio” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 24(a) hereof.

          (w) “Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

          (x) “Final Expiration Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

          (y) “Flip-In Event” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(ii) hereof.

          (z) “Group” shall mean any group within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) of the
Exchange Act.

          (aa) “Limited ANPP Permitted Transferee” shall mean the Person, other than an ANPP
Permitted Transferee, that acquires record and beneficial ownership of all of the outstanding
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock (and Series A Conversion Shares), including any
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock (or Conversion Shares) that are Escrow Shares, from a member
of the ANPP Stockholder Group or another Permitted Transferee, so long as after giving effect to
such acquisition by it, the shares of Common Stock Beneficially Owned by such Person and its
Affiliates immediately following such acquisition (other than Escrow Shares) do not result in such
Person (and its Affiliates) collectively Beneficially Owning a number of shares of Common Stock in
excess of the Adjusted Maximum Amount.

          (bb) “Maximum Amount” shall mean a number of shares of Common Stock equal to (i) 7.5%
of the sum of (A) the number of shares of Common Stock of the Company outstanding (with Conversion
Shares (other than Conversion Shares issuable in respect of Escrow Shares) deemed outstanding for
this purpose) immediately following the effectiveness of

6

 

the Merger, (B) the number of Conversion
Shares issued or issuable in respect of Released Shares as of the date of determination, and (C)
the number of shares of Common Stock issuable upon exercise of the Converted Options (as defined in
the Merger Agreement); plus (ii) the number of Conversion Shares issuable upon conversion of shares
of Convertible Preferred Stock issued to an ANPP Permitted Transferee upon the effectiveness of the
Merger (other than any such Conversion Shares issuable in respect of Escrow Shares); plus (iii) the
number of Conversion Shares issued or issuable in respect of Released Shares as of the date of
determination; provided, that, in the event any Permitted Transferee Transfers
shares of Convertible Preferred Stock or Conversion Shares following the effectiveness of the
Merger (other than in a (1) in a Transfer that constitutes a Permitted Transfer under the
Certificate of Incorporation or (2) in a Transfer to the Company as a result of the retirement or
cancellation of any Escrow Shares pursuant to the terms of the Escrow Agreement) then the amount of
shares calculated above will be reduced by such number of shares of Conversion Shares issuable upon
conversion of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, or Conversion Shares, so Transferred.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the event any Permitted Transferee or any of its Affiliates (x)
acquires, or enters into any agreement, arrangement or understanding to acquire, Beneficial
Ownership of shares of Common Stock following the effectiveness of the Merger, or (y) Transfers or
enters into any agreement, arrangement or understanding to Transfer, Beneficial Ownership of shares
of Convertible Preferred Stock to any third party, then such acquisition or Transfer, as the case
may be, will be deemed, upon the execution or entry of any such agreement, arrangement or
understanding or the consummation of any such acquisition or Transfer, to result in the Maximum
Amount being exceeded to the extent that after giving effect to such acquisition of Beneficial
Ownership of shares of Common Stock or such Transfer of Beneficial Ownership of shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock (other than the Transfer of any Escrow Shares to the Company as a
result of the retirement or cancellation of any Escrow Shares pursuant to the terms of the Escrow
Agreement), the aggregate voting power (stated as a percentage) of all shares of Common Stock
Beneficially Owned by the Permitted Transferee and its Affiliates, or such third-party Transferee
and its Affiliates (including for these purposes Conversion Shares, other than Conversion Shares
issued or issuable in respect of any Escrow Shares), as applicable, would exceed by more than one
percentage point the aggregate voting power of the ANPP Permitted Transferee to vote with the
holders of the Common Stock, voting together as a single class, on matters that may be submitted to
a vote of stockholders of the Company (other than the election of directors) immediately following
the effectiveness of the Merger; provided, that Escrow Shares will be excluded for purposes
of calculating whether the one percentage point voting power threshold has been exceeded, and (x)
any Released Series A Shares or Series A Conversion Shares and (y) any shares of Common Stock
issuable upon exercise of the Converted Options, will, in each case, be deemed to have been
outstanding immediately following the effectiveness of the Merger for purposes of calculating
whether the one percentage point voting power threshold has been exceeded. For purposes of this
definition, “Transfer” and any derivation thereof shall have the meaning ascribed to it in the
Certificate of Incorporation. The appropriate components of the Maximum Amount (including, without
limitation, the number in clause (i)(A) of this Section 1(bb)) shall be appropriately adjusted from
time to time to reflect the
effect
 of any stock split, reverse split, stock dividend, combination, reclassification or
similar event that occurs after the effectiveness of the Merger.

          (cc) “Merger” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

7

 

          (dd) “Merger Agreement” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

          (ee) “Merger Sub” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

          (ff) “NASDAQ” shall mean The Nasdaq Stock Market.

          (gg) “Permitted Transferee” shall mean an ANPP Permitted Transferee or a Limited ANPP
Permitted Transferee.

          (hh) “Person” shall mean any individual, corporation, partnership, limited liability
company, joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust, unincorporated organization,
government or agency or political subdivision thereof, or other entity, whether acting in an
individual, fiduciary or other capacity, and shall include any successor (by merger or otherwise).

          (ii) “Preferred Stock” shall mean collectively or severally, as the context shall
require, the Series A Junior Preferred Stock, the Series B Junior Preferred Stock and/or the Series
C Junior Preferred Stock, and to the extent that there is not a sufficient number of shares of
Series A Junior Preferred Stock, Series B Junior Preferred Stock or Series C Junior Preferred Stock
authorized to permit the full exercise of the Rights, any other series of preferred stock of the
Company designated for such purpose containing terms substantially similar to the Series A Junior
Preferred Stock, the Series B Junior Preferred Stock or the Series C Junior Preferred Stock, as the
case may be.

          (jj) “Principal Party” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 13(b) hereof.

          (kk) “Purchase Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(b) hereof.

          (ll) “Record Date” shall have the meaning set forth in the recitals hereto.

          (mm) “Redemption Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 7(a) hereof.

          (nn) “Redemption Price” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 23(a) hereof.

          (oo) “Released Shares” shall mean any issued and outstanding shares of Convertible
Preferred Stock (or Conversion Shares) that were Escrow Shares, which, as of the date of
determination, are no longer subject to the Escrow Agreement.

          (pp) “Rights” shall mean collectively or severally, as the context shall require, the
Series A Rights, the Series B Rights and/or the Series C Rights.

          (qq) “Right Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a) hereof.

          (rr) “Securities Act” shall mean the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

8

 

          (ss) “Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date” shall have the meaning set forth in Section
11(a)(iii) hereof.

          (tt) “Series A Common Stock” shall mean the Series A Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
share, of the Company.

          (uu) “Series B Common Stock” shall mean the Series B Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
share, of the Company.

          (vv) “Series C Common Stock” shall mean the Series C Common Stock, par value $0.01 per
share, of the Company.

          (ww) “Series A Conversion Shares” shall mean the shares of Series A Common Stock or
other securities of the Company issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock.

          (xx) “Series C Conversion Shares” shall mean the shares of Series C Common Stock or
other securities of the Company issued or issuable upon conversion of the Series C Convertible
Preferred Stock.

          (yy) “Series A Convertible Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Convertible
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

          (zz) “Series C Convertible Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series C Convertible
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $0.01 per share, of the Company.

          (aaa) “Series A Junior Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series A Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company having the rights and preferences set
forth in the Form of Certificate of Designation attached to this Agreement as Exhibit A.

          (bbb) “Series B Junior Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series B Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company having the rights and preferences set
forth in the Form of Certificate of Designation attached to this Agreement as Exhibit B.

          (ccc) “Series C Junior Preferred Stock” shall mean the Series C Junior Participating
Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Company having the rights and preferences set
forth in the Form of Certificate of Designation attached to this Agreement as Exhibit C.

          (ddd) “Series A Rights” shall mean preferred share purchase rights, each such Series A
Right representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (subject to adjustment) of a
share of the Series A Junior Preferred Stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set
forth in this Agreement.

          (eee) “Series A Rights Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)
hereof.

9

 

          (fff) “Series B Rights” shall mean preferred share purchase rights, each such Series B
Right representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (subject to adjustment) of a share of
the Series B Junior Preferred Stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement.

          (ggg) “Series B Rights Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)
hereof.

          (hhh) “Series C Rights” shall mean preferred share purchase rights, each such Series C
Right representing the right to purchase one one-thousandth (subject to adjustment) of a share of
the Series C Junior Preferred Stock, upon the terms and subject to the conditions set forth in this
Agreement.

          (iii) “Series C Rights Certificate” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(a)
hereof.

          (jjj) “Spread” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii) hereof.

          (kkk) “Stock Acquisition Date” shall mean the first date of public announcement
(which, for purposes of this definition, shall include, without limitation, any report filed
pursuant to Section 13(d) of the Exchange Act) by the Company or an Acquiring Person that an
Acquiring Person has become such, or such earlier date as a majority of the Board of Directors of
the Company shall become aware of the existence of an Acquiring Person.

          (lll) “Subsidiary” of any Person shall mean any corporation or other entity of which
securities or other ownership interests having ordinary voting power sufficient to elect a majority
of the board of directors or other persons performing similar functions are Beneficially Owned,
directly or indirectly, by such Person, and any corporation or other entity that is otherwise
controlled by such Person.

          (mmm) “Substitution Period” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(a)(iii)
hereof.

          (nnn) “Summary of Rights” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 3(b) hereof.

          (ooo) “Trading Day” shall have the meaning set forth in Section 11(d)(i) hereof.

          Section 2. Appointment of Rights Agent. The Company hereby appoints the Rights Agent to act as
agent for the Company and the holders of the Rights (who, in accordance with Section 3 hereof,
shall prior to
the Distribution Date be the holders of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock) in
accordance with the terms and conditions hereof, and the Rights Agent hereby accepts such
appointment. The Company may from time to time appoint such co-Rights Agents as it may deem
necessary or desirable, upon ten (10) days’ prior written notice to the Rights Agent. The Rights
Agent shall have no duty to supervise, and in no event be liable for, the acts or omissions of any
such co-Rights Agent.

10

 

          Section 3. Issue of Right Certificates.

          (a) Until the Close of Business on the earlier of (i) the tenth day after the Stock
Acquisition Date or (ii) the tenth Business Day (or such later date as may be determined by action
of the Board of Directors of the Company prior to such time as any Person becomes an Acquiring
Person) after the date of the commencement by any Person (other than the Company, any Subsidiary of
the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any Subsidiary of the Company, or any
Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the Company for or pursuant to the terms of
any such plan) of, or of the first public announcement of the intention of such Person to commence,
a tender or exchange offer the consummation of which would result in any Person (other than the
Company, any Subsidiary of the Company, any employee benefit plan of the Company or of any
Subsidiary of the Company, or any Person or entity organized, appointed or established by the
Company for or pursuant to the terms of any such plan) becoming the Beneficial Owner of shares of
Common Stock aggregating 10% or more of the Common Stock then outstanding (the earlier of such
dates being herein referred to as the “Distribution Date”), (x) the Rights will be
evidenced (subject to the provisions of Section 3(b) hereof) by the certificates for Common Stock
or Convertible Preferred Stock, or, in the case of uncertificated shares, the balances indicated in
the book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred
Stock, registered in the names of the holders thereof and not by separate Right Certificates, and
(y) the Rights will be transferable only in connection with the transfer of Common Stock or
Convertible Preferred Stock. As soon as practicable after the Distribution Date, the Company will
prepare and execute, the Rights Agent will countersign and the Company will send or cause to be
sent (and the Rights Agent will, if requested, send) by first-class, insured, postage-prepaid mail,
(A) to each record holder of Series A Common Stock or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock as of
the close of business on the Distribution Date (other than any Acquiring Person or any Associate or
Affiliate of an Acquiring Person), at the address of such holder shown on the records of the
Company, a Series A Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit D hereto (a “Series
A Right Certificate”), evidencing one Series A Right (subject to adjustment as provided herein)
for each share of Series A Common Stock or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock so held; (B) to
each record holder of Series B Common Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date
(other than any Acquiring Person or any Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person), at the
address of such holder shown on the records of the Company, a Series B Right Certificate, in
substantially the form of Exhibit E hereto (a “Series B Right Certificate”), evidencing one
Series B Right (subject to adjustment as provided herein) for each share of Series B Common Stock
so held; and (C) to each record holder of Series C Common Stock or Series C Convertible Preferred
Stock as of the close of business on the Distribution Date (other than any Acquiring Person or any
Associate or Affiliate of an Acquiring Person), at the address of such holder shown on the
records of the Company, a Series C Right Certificate, in substantially the form of Exhibit F
hereto (a “Series C Right Certificate,” and collectively with the Series A Right
Certificates and the Series B Rights Certificates or severally, as the context shall require, the
“Rights Certificates”), evidencing one Series C Right (subject to adjustment as provided
herein) for each share of Series C Common Stock or Series C Convertible Preferred Stock so held.
From and after the Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced solely by Right Certificates.

          (b) The Company will mail, as promptly as practicable following the Record Date, a copy of a
Summary of Rights, in substantially the form attached hereto as Exhibit G (the

11

 

“Summary of
Rights”) to all holders of record of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock as of the
Record Date at such holder’s address as shown in the records of the Company. With respect to shares
of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, until the
Distribution Date, the Rights will be evidenced by the certificates for Common Stock or Convertible
Preferred Stock, or in the case of uncertificated shares, the balances indicated in the book-entry
account system of the transfer agent for the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock,
registered in the names of the holders thereof together with the Summary of Rights. Until the
Distribution Date (or, if earlier, the Expiration Date), the transfer of any shares of Common Stock
or Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding on the Record Date, with or without a copy of the
Summary of Rights, shall also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such shares of
Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock.

          (c) Rights shall be issued in respect of all shares of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred
Stock issued or disposed of (including, without limitation, upon disposition of Common Stock out of
treasury stock or issuance or reissuance of Common Stock out of authorized but unissued shares)
after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the Distribution Date and the Expiration Date, or
under the circumstances provided in clauses (i), (ii), (iii) and (iv) of Section 22 hereof, after
the Distribution Date. Certificates issued for Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock
(including, without limitation, upon transfer of outstanding Common Stock or Convertible Preferred
Stock, disposition of Common Stock out of treasury stock or issuance or reissuance of Common Stock
out of authorized but unissued shares) after the Record Date but prior to the earlier of the
Distribution Date and the Expiration Date shall have impressed on, printed on, written on or
otherwise affixed to them the following legend:

     (i) This certificate also evidences and entitles the holder
hereof to certain Rights as set forth in a Rights Agreement between
Discovery Communications, Inc. (the “Company”) and
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent, dated as of
[                    ], 2008 and as amended from time to time (the
“Rights Agreement”), the terms of which are hereby
incorporated herein by reference and a copy of which is on file at
the principal executive offices of the Company. Under certain
circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights
will be evidenced by separate certificates and will no longer be
evidenced by this certificate. The Company will mail to the holder
of this certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge
after receipt of a written request therefor. Under certain
circumstances, as set forth in the Rights Agreement, such Rights may be redeemed, may
become exercisable for securities or assets of the Company or
securities of another entity, may be exchanged for shares of Common
Stock or other securities or assets of the Company or may expire,
and Rights owned by or transferred to any Person who is or becomes
an Acquiring Person (as defined in the Rights Agreement) and certain
transferees thereof will become null and void and will no longer be
transferable.

12

 

With respect to such certificates containing the foregoing legend, until the Distribution Date, the
Rights associated with the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock represented by such
certificates shall be evidenced by such certificates alone, and the surrender for transfer of any
such certificate, except as otherwise provided herein, shall also constitute the transfer of the
Rights associated with the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock represented thereby. In the
event that the Company purchases or otherwise acquires any Common Stock or Convertible Preferred
Stock (including, without limitation, in connection with the surrender of shares of Series B Common
Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock upon conversion thereof) after the Record Date but prior to
the Distribution Date, any Rights associated with such Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock
shall be deemed canceled and retired so that the Company shall not be entitled to exercise any
Rights associated with the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, which are no longer
outstanding.

          Notwithstanding this paragraph (c), the omission of a legend shall not affect the
enforceability of any part of this Agreement or the rights of any holder of the Rights.

          Section 4. Form of Right Certificates. The Series A Right Certificates, the Series B Right
Certificates and the Series C Certificates (and the forms of election to purchase shares and of
assignment to be printed on the reverse thereof) shall be substantially in the forms set forth in
Exhibit D, Exhibit E and Exhibit F hereto, respectively, and may have such marks of identification
or designation and such legends, summaries or endorsements printed thereon as the Company may deem
appropriate and as are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Agreement, or as may be
required to comply with any applicable law or with any rule or regulation made pursuant thereto or
with any rule or regulation of any stock exchange or interdealer quotation system on which the
Rights may from time to time be listed or quoted, or to conform to usage. Subject to the
provisions of this Agreement, the Right Certificates shall entitle the holders thereof to purchase
such number of one-thousandths of a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock as shall be
set forth therein at the applicable Purchase Price, but the number of such one-thousandths of a
share of Preferred Stock and such Purchase Price shall be subject to adjustment as provided herein.

          Section 5. Countersignature and Registration.

          (a) The Right Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the Company by the President or any
Vice President of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature, shall
have affixed thereto the Company’s seal or a facsimile thereof and shall be attested by the
Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, either manually or by facsimile signature. The
Right Certificates shall be manually countersigned by the Rights Agent and shall not be valid for
any purpose unless countersigned. In case any officer of the Company who shall have signed any of
the Right Certificates shall cease to be such officer of the Company before countersignature by the
Rights Agent and issuance and delivery by the Company, such Right Certificates, nevertheless, may
be countersigned by the Rights Agent and issued and delivered by the Company with the same force
and effect as though the Person who signed such Right Certificates had not ceased to be such
officer of the Company; and any Right Certificate may be signed on behalf of the Company by any
Person who, at the actual date of the execution of such Right Certificate, shall be a proper
officer of the Company to sign such Right Certificate, although at the date of the execution of
this Agreement any such Person was not such an officer.

13

 

          (b) Following the Distribution Date, the Rights Agent will keep or cause to be kept, at an
office or agency designated for such purpose, books for registration and transfer of the Right
Certificates issued hereunder. Such books shall show the names and addresses of the respective
holders of the Right Certificates, the number of Rights evidenced on its face by each of the Right
Certificates and the date of each of the Right Certificates.

          Section 6. Transfer, Split Up, Combination and Exchange of Right Certificates; Mutilated, Destroyed,
Lost or Stolen Right Certificates.

          (a) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at any time after the Distribution Date and
prior to the Expiration Date, any Right Certificate or Right Certificates may be transferred, split
up, combined or exchanged for another Right Certificate or Right Certificates, entitling the
registered holder to purchase a like number of one-thousandths of a share of the applicable series
of Preferred Stock as the Right Certificate or Right Certificates surrendered then entitled such
holder to purchase. Any registered holder desiring to transfer, split up, combine or exchange any
Right Certificate or Right Certificates shall make such request in writing delivered to the Rights
Agent, and shall surrender the Right Certificate or Right Certificates to be transferred, split up,
combined or exchanged at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose.
Thereupon the Rights Agent shall countersign and deliver to the Person entitled thereto a Right
Certificate or Right Certificates, as the case may be, as so requested. The Company may require
payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection with any transfer, split up, combination or exchange of Right Certificates.

          (b) Subject to the provisions of this Agreement, at any time after the Distribution Date and
prior to the Expiration Date, upon receipt by the Company and the Rights Agent of evidence
reasonably satisfactory to them of the loss, theft, destruction or mutilation of a Right
Certificate, and, in case of loss, theft or destruction, of indemnity or security reasonably
satisfactory to them, and, at the Company’s request, reimbursement to the Company and the Rights
Agent of all reasonable expenses incidental thereto, and upon surrender to the Rights Agent and
cancellation of the Right Certificate if mutilated, the Company will make and deliver
a new Right Certificate of like tenor to the Rights Agent for delivery to the registered
holder in lieu of the Right Certificate so lost, stolen, destroyed or mutilated.

          Section 7. Exercise of Rights, Purchase Price; Expiration Date of Rights.

          (a) Except as otherwise provided herein, the Rights shall become exercisable on the
Distribution Date, and thereafter the registered holder of any Right Certificate may, subject to
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and except as otherwise provided herein, exercise the Rights evidenced
thereby in whole or in part upon surrender of the Right Certificate, with the form of election to
purchase on the reverse side thereof duly executed, to the Rights Agent at the office or agency of
the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, together with payment of the aggregate Purchase Price
with respect to the total number of one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock (or other
securities, cash or other assets, as the case may be) as to which the Rights are exercised, at any
time which is both after the Distribution Date and prior to the time (the “Expiration
Date”) that is the earliest of (i) the tenth anniversary of the effectiveness of the Merger
(the “Final Expiration Date”), (ii) the time at which the Rights are redeemed as provided

14

 

in Section 23 hereof (the “Redemption Date”) or (iii) the time at which such Rights are
exchanged as provided in Section 24 hereof.

          (b) The purchase price to be paid upon the exercise of the Rights (the “Purchase
Price”) shall be initially (i) $100 for each one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior
Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a Series A Right, (ii) $100 for each
one-thousandth of a share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a
Series B Right and (iii) $100 for each one-thousandth of a share of Series C Junior Preferred Stock
purchasable upon the exercise of a Series C Right. The Purchase Price and the number of
one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock or other securities or property to be acquired upon
exercise of a Right shall be subject to adjustment from time to time as provided in Sections 11 and
13 hereof and shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America in accordance with
paragraph (c) of this Section 7.

          (c) Except as otherwise provided herein, upon receipt of a Right Certificate representing
exercisable Rights, with the form of election to purchase duly executed, accompanied by payment of
the aggregate Purchase Price for the shares of Preferred Stock to be purchased and an amount equal
to any applicable transfer tax required to be paid by the holder of such Right Certificate in
accordance with Section 9 hereof, in cash or by certified check, cashier’s check or money order
payable to the order of the Company, the Rights Agent shall thereupon promptly (i) (A) requisition
from any transfer agent of the Preferred Stock, or make available if the Rights Agent is the
transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, certificates for the number of shares of Preferred Stock to
be purchased, and the Company hereby irrevocably authorizes its transfer agent to comply with all
such requests, or (B) requisition from a depositary agent appointed by the Company depositary
receipts representing interests in such number of one-thousandths of a share of Preferred Stock as
are to be purchased (in which case certificates for the Preferred Stock represented by such
receipts shall be deposited by the transfer agent with the depositary agent), and the Company
hereby directs any such depositary agent to comply with such request, (ii) when appropriate,
requisition from the Company the amount of cash to be paid
in lieu of issuance of fractional shares in accordance with Section 14 hereof, (iii) promptly
after receipt of such certificates or depositary receipts, cause the same to be delivered to or
upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate, registered in such name or names
as may be designated by such holder and (iv) when appropriate, after receipt, promptly deliver such
cash to or upon the order of the registered holder of such Right Certificate.

          (d) Except as otherwise provided herein, in case the registered holder of any Right
Certificate shall exercise less than all of the Rights evidenced thereby, a new Right Certificate
evidencing Rights equivalent to the exercisable Rights remaining unexercised shall be issued by the
Rights Agent to the registered holder of such Right Certificate or to his duly authorized assigns,
subject to the provisions of Section 14 hereof.

          (e) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement to the contrary, neither the Rights Agent nor
the Company shall be obligated to undertake any action with respect to a registered holder of
Rights upon the occurrence of any purported transfer or exercise of Rights pursuant to Section 6
hereof or this Section 7 unless such registered holder shall have (i) completed and signed the
certificate contained in the form of assignment or form of election to purchase set forth on the
reverse side of the Right Certificate surrendered for such transfer or

15

 

exercise and (ii) provided
such additional evidence of the identity of the Beneficial Owner (or former Beneficial Owner)
thereof as the Company shall reasonably request.

          Section 8. Cancellation and Destruction of Right Certificates. All Right Certificates
surrendered for the purpose of exercise, transfer, split up, combination or exchange shall, if
surrendered to the Company or to any of its agents, be delivered to the Rights Agent for
cancellation or in canceled form, or, if surrendered to the Rights Agent, shall be canceled by it,
and no Right Certificates shall be issued in lieu thereof except as expressly permitted by any of
the provisions of this Agreement. The Company shall deliver to the Rights Agent for cancellation
and retirement, and the Rights Agent shall so cancel and retire, any other Right Certificate
purchased or acquired by the Company otherwise than upon the exercise thereof. The Rights Agent
shall deliver all canceled Right Certificates to the Company, or shall, at the written request of
the Company, destroy such canceled Right Certificates, and in such case shall deliver a certificate
of destruction thereof to the Company.

          Section 9. Availability of Shares of Preferred Stock.

          (a) The Company covenants and agrees that it will cause to be reserved and kept available out
of its authorized and unissued shares of Preferred Stock, or any shares of Preferred Stock held in
its treasury, the number of shares of Preferred Stock that will be sufficient to permit the
exercise in full of all outstanding Rights.

          (b) So long as the shares of any series of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise of
Rights may be listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange the Company shall
use its best efforts to cause, from and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, all
shares of such series reserved for such issuance to be listed or admitted to trading on such
exchange, upon official notice of issuance upon such exercise.

          (c) From and after such time as the Rights become exercisable, the Company shall use its best
efforts, if then necessary to permit the issuance of shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of
Rights, to register and qualify such shares of Preferred Stock under the Securities Act and any
applicable state securities or “Blue Sky” laws (to the extent exemptions therefrom are not
available), cause such registration statement and qualifications to become effective as soon as
possible after such filing and keep such registration and qualifications effective (with a
prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act) until the earlier of the
date as of which the Rights are no longer exercisable for such securities and the Expiration Date.
The Company may temporarily suspend, for a period of time not to exceed 90 days, the exercisability
of the Rights in order to prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act and
permit it to become effective. Upon any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public
announcement stating that the exercisability of the Rights has been temporarily suspended, as well
as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no longer in effect. Notwithstanding
any provision of this Agreement to the contrary, the Rights shall not be exercisable in any
jurisdiction unless the requisite qualification in such jurisdiction shall have been obtained and
until a registration statement under the Securities Act shall have been declared effective, unless
an exemption therefrom is available.

16

 

          (d) The Company covenants and agrees that it will take all such action as may be necessary to
ensure that all shares of Preferred Stock delivered upon exercise of Rights shall, at the time of
delivery of the certificates therefor (subject to payment of the Purchase Price), be duly and
validly authorized and issued and fully paid and nonassessable shares.

          (e) The Company further covenants and agrees that it will pay when due and payable any and all
federal and state transfer taxes and charges which may be payable in respect of the issuance or
delivery of the Right Certificates or of any shares of Preferred Stock upon the exercise of Rights.
The Company shall not, however, be required to pay any transfer tax which may be payable in
respect of any transfer or delivery of Right Certificates to a Person other than, or the issuance
or delivery of certificates or depositary receipts for the Preferred Stock in a name other than
that of, the registered holder of the Right Certificate evidencing Rights surrendered for exercise
or to issue or deliver any certificates or depositary receipts for Preferred Stock upon the
exercise of any Rights until any such tax shall have been paid (any such tax being payable by that
holder of such Right Certificate at the time of surrender) or until it has been established to the
Company’s reasonable satisfaction that no such tax is due.

          Section 10. Preferred Stock Record Date. Each Person in whose name any certificate for Preferred
Stock is issued upon the exercise of Rights shall for all purposes be deemed to have become the
holder of record of the shares of Preferred Stock represented thereby on, and such certificate
shall be dated, the date upon which the Right Certificate evidencing such Rights was duly
surrendered and payment of the Purchase Price (and any applicable transfer taxes) was made;
provided, however, that if the date of such surrender and payment is a date upon
which the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are closed, such Person shall be deemed to
have become the record holder of such shares on, and such certificate shall be dated, the next
succeeding Business Day on which the Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company are open. Prior
to the exercise of the Rights evidenced thereby, the holder of a Right Certificate shall not be
entitled to any rights of a holder
of Preferred Stock for which the Rights shall be exercisable, including, without limitation,
the right to vote or to receive dividends or other distributions, and shall not be entitled to
receive any notice of any proceedings of the Company, except as provided herein.

          Section 11. Adjustment of Purchase Price, Number and Kind of Shares and Number of Rights. The
Purchase Price, the number of shares of Preferred Stock or other securities or property purchasable
upon exercise of each Right and the number of Rights outstanding are subject to adjustment from
time to time as provided in this Section 11.

          (a) (i) In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement declare
and pay a dividend on any series of the Preferred Stock, such distribution may be declared and paid
only as follows: a distribution consisting of (x) shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock may be
declared and paid to holders of Series A Junior Preferred Stock, on an equal per share basis, (y)
shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock may be declared and paid to holders of Series B Junior
Preferred Stock, on an equal per share basis, and (z) shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock may
be declared and paid to holders of Series C Junior Preferred Stock, on an equal per share basis,
and, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a), the number and kind of shares of capital
stock issuable upon exercise of a Right with respect to that series as of the record date for such
dividend shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder

17

 

of any such Right exercised after
such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital stock
which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the
Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company were open, the holder would have owned upon such
exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such dividend; provided,
however, that in no event shall the consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right
be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon
exercise of one Right. In the event the Company shall at any time after the date of this Agreement
(A) subdivide any series of the outstanding Preferred Stock, (B) combine any series of the
outstanding Preferred Stock into a smaller number of shares of Preferred Stock of that series or
(C) issue any shares of its capital stock in a reclassification of any series of the Preferred
Stock (including any such reclassification in connection with a consolidation or merger in which
the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation), except as otherwise provided in this
Section 11(a), the number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of a Right
with respect to that series as of the effective date of such subdivision, combination or
reclassification shall be proportionately adjusted so that the holder of any such Right exercised
after such time shall be entitled to receive the aggregate number and kind of shares of capital
stock which, if such Right had been exercised immediately prior to such date and at a time when the
Preferred Stock transfer books of the Company were open, the holder would have owned upon such
exercise and been entitled to receive by virtue of such subdivision, combination or
reclassification; provided, however, that in no event shall the consideration to be
paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the shares of capital
stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. So long as Series A Rights, Series B
Rights and Series C Rights are outstanding, the Company shall not effect any of the actions set
forth in Clauses (A), (B) or (C) of this paragraph with respect to any series of Preferred Stock
without subdividing, combining or reclassifying each other series of Preferred Stock on an equal
per share basis. In the event that any transaction described in this Section 11(a)(i) is effected
with
respect to one or more such series but no such shares of any other series are outstanding, the
number and kind of shares of capital stock issuable upon such date, shall be proportionately
adjusted with respect to the holders of Rights exercisable for shares of such series that are not
outstanding as if such a dividend, subdivision, combination or reclassification had been effected
with respect to the shares of such series.

          (ii) Subject to Section 24 of this Agreement, in the event any Person becomes an Acquiring
Person (the first occurrence of such event being referred to hereinafter as the “Flip-In
Event”), then (A) (x) in the case of a Series A Right, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to
be the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the Flip-In Event multiplied by the number of
one-thousandths of a share of Series A Junior Preferred Stock for which a Series A Right was
exercisable immediately prior to such Flip-In Event, whether or not such Series A Right was then
exercisable, and (y) each holder of a Series A Right, except as otherwise provided in this Section
11(a)(ii) and Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise
thereof at a price equal to the Purchase Price (as so adjusted), in accordance with the terms of
this Agreement and in lieu of shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock, such number of shares of
Series A Common Stock as shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Purchase Price (as so
adjusted) by 50% of the current per share market price of the Series A Common Stock (determined
pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of such Flip-In Event; (B) (x) in the case of a
Series B Right, the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price in effect immediately
prior to the Flip-In Event multiplied by the number of one-

18

 

thousandths of a share of Series B
Junior Preferred Stock for which a Series B Right was exercisable immediately prior to such Flip-In
Event, whether or not such Series B Right was then exercisable, and (y) each holder of a Series B
Right, except as otherwise provided in this Section 11(a)(ii) and Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall
thereafter have the right to receive, upon exercise thereof at a price equal to the Purchase Price
(as so adjusted), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of shares of Series B
Junior Preferred Stock, such number of shares of Series B Common Stock as shall equal the result
obtained by dividing the Purchase Price (as so adjusted) by 50% of the current per share market
price of the Series B Common Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of
such Flip-In Event; and (C) (x) in the case of a Series C Right, the Purchase Price shall be
adjusted to be the Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to the Flip-In Event multiplied by
the number of one-thousandths of a share of Series C Junior Preferred Stock for which a Series C
Right was exercisable immediately prior to such Flip-In Event, whether or not such Series C Right
was then exercisable, and (y) each holder of a Series C Right, except as otherwise provided in this
Section 11(a)(ii) and Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon
exercise thereof at a price equal to the Purchase Price (as so adjusted), in accordance with the
terms of this Agreement and in lieu of shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock, such number of
shares of Series C Common Stock as shall equal the result obtained by dividing the Purchase Price
(as so adjusted) by 50% of the current per share market price of the Series C Common Stock
(determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of such Flip-In Event; provided,
however, in each case, that the Purchase Price (as so adjusted) and the number of shares of
Common Stock so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall, following the Flip-In Event, be subject
to further adjustment as appropriate in accordance with Section 11(f) hereof. Notwithstanding
anything in this Agreement to the contrary, however, from and after the Flip-In Event, any Rights
that are Beneficially Owned by (x) any Acquiring Person (or any Affiliate or Associate of any
Acquiring Person), (y) a transferee of any Acquiring Person (or any such
Affiliate or Associate) who becomes a transferee after the Flip-In Event or (z) a transferee
of any Acquiring Person (or any such Affiliate or Associate) who became a transferee prior to or
concurrently with the Flip-In Event pursuant to either (I) a transfer from the Acquiring Person to
holders of its equity securities or to any Person with whom it has any continuing agreement,
arrangement or understanding regarding the transferred Rights or (II) a transfer which the Board of
Directors of the Company has determined is part of a plan, arrangement or understanding which has
the purpose or effect of avoiding the provisions of this paragraph, and subsequent transferees of
such Persons, shall be void without any further action and any holder of such Rights shall
thereafter have no rights whatsoever with respect to such Rights under any provision of this
Agreement. The Company shall use all reasonable efforts to ensure that the provisions of this
Section 11(a)(ii) are complied with, but shall have no liability to any holder of Right
Certificates or other Person as a result of its failure to make any determinations with respect to
an Acquiring Person or its Affiliates, Associates or transferees hereunder. From and after the
Flip-In Event, no Right Certificate shall be issued pursuant to
Section 3 or Section 6 hereof that
represents Rights that are or have become void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph, and
any Right Certificate delivered to the Rights Agent that represents Rights that are or have become
void pursuant to the provisions of this paragraph shall be canceled. From and after the occurrence
of an event specified in Section 13(a) hereof, any Rights that theretofore have not been exercised
pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii) shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with Section
13 and not pursuant to this Section 11(a)(ii).

19

 

          (iii) The Company may at its option substitute for a share of Common Stock issuable upon the
exercise of Rights in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii) a number of shares of the
applicable series of Preferred Stock or fraction thereof such that the current per share market
price of one share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock multiplied by such number or
fraction is equal to the current per share market price of one share of the applicable series of
Common Stock. In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of any series of Common Stock
issued but not outstanding or authorized but unissued to permit the exercise in full of the Rights
in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii), the Board of Directors of the Company shall,
with respect to such deficiency, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any material
agreements then in effect to which the Company is a party, (A) determine the excess (such excess,
the “Spread”) of (1) the value of the shares of Common Stock issuable upon the exercise of
each Series A Right, Series B Right and Series C Right in accordance with the foregoing
subparagraph (ii) (the “Current Values”) over (2) the applicable Purchase Price (as
adjusted in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph (ii)), and (B) with respect to each Right
(other than Rights which have become void pursuant to the foregoing subparagraph (ii)), make
adequate provision to substitute for the shares of Series A Common Stock, Series B Common Stock or
Series C Common Stock, as the case may be, issuable in accordance with the foregoing subparagraph
(ii) upon exercise of the Right and payment of the applicable Purchase Price (as adjusted in
accordance therewith), (1) cash, (2) a reduction in the applicable Purchase Price, (3) shares of
Preferred Stock or other equity securities of the Company (including, without limitation, shares or
fractions of shares of preferred stock which, by virtue of having dividend, voting and liquidation
rights substantially comparable to those of the shares of the applicable series of Common Stock,
are deemed in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company to have substantially the same
value as the shares of Series A Common Stock (in the case of a Series A Right), Series B Common
Stock (in the case of a Series B Right) or Series C Common Stock (in the case of a Series C Right)
(such shares of Preferred
Stock and shares or fractions of shares of preferred stock are hereinafter referred to as
“Common Stock Equivalents”)), (4) debt securities of the Company, (5) other assets, or (6)
any combination of the foregoing, having a value which, when added to the value of the shares of
Common Stock issued upon exercise of such Right, shall have an aggregate value equal to the Current
Value (less the amount of any reduction in such Purchase Price), where such aggregate value has
been determined by the Board of Directors of the Company upon the advice of a nationally recognized
investment banking firm selected in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company;
provided, however, that if the Company shall not make adequate provision to deliver
value pursuant to clause (B) above within thirty (30) days following the Flip-In Event (the date of
the Flip-In Event being the “Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date”), then the Company shall be
obligated to deliver, to the extent permitted by applicable law and any material agreements then in
effect to which the Company is a party, upon the surrender for exercise of a Right and without
requiring payment of such Purchase Price, shares of Series A Common Stock (in the case of a Series
A Right), Series B Common Stock (in the case of a Series B Right) or Series C Common Stock (in the
case of a Series C Right) (to the extent available), and then, if necessary, such number or
fractions of shares of the applicable series of Preferred Stock (to the extent available) and then,
if necessary, cash, which shares and/or cash have an aggregate value equal to the Spread. If, upon
the occurrence of the Flip-In Event, the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine in good
faith that it is likely that sufficient additional shares of the applicable series of Common Stock
could be authorized for issuance upon exercise in full of the Rights, then, if the Board of

20

 

Directors of the Company so elects, the thirty (30) day period set forth above may be extended to
the extent necessary, but not more than ninety (90) days after the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date,
in order that the Company may seek stockholder approval for the authorization of such additional
shares (such thirty (30) day period, as it may be extended, is herein called the “Substitution
Period”). To the extent that the Company determines that some action need be taken pursuant to
the second and/or third sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii), the Company (x) shall provide, subject
to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof and the last sentence of this Section 11(a)(iii) hereof, that such
action shall apply uniformly to all outstanding Series A Rights, Series B Rights and/or Series C
Rights, as applicable, and (y) may suspend the exercisability of the Series A Rights, Series B
Rights and/or Series C Rights, as applicable, until the expiration of the Substitution Period in
order to seek any authorization of additional shares and/or to decide the appropriate form of
distribution to be made pursuant to such second sentence and to determine the value thereof. In
the event of any such suspension, the Company shall issue a public announcement stating that the
exercisability of the Series A Rights, Series B Rights and/or Series C Rights, as applicable, has
been temporarily suspended, as well as a public announcement at such time as the suspension is no
longer in effect. For purposes of this Section 11(a)(iii), the value of the shares of Series A
Common Stock (in the case of a Series A Right), the Series B Common Stock (in the case of a Series
B Right) or Series C Common Stock (in the case of a Series C Right), shall be the current per share
market price (as determined pursuant to Section 11(d)(i)) on the Section 11(a)(ii) Trigger Date and
the per share or fractional value of any “Common Stock Equivalent” shall be deemed to equal the
current per share market price of the Series A Common Stock (in the case of a Series A Right), the
Series B Common Stock (in the case of a Series B Right) and the Series C Common Stock (in the case
of a Series C Right). The Board of Directors of the Company may, but shall not be required to,
establish procedures to allocate the right to receive (x) shares of Series A Common Stock upon the
exercise of the Series A Rights among holders of Series A Rights, (y) shares of Series B Common
Stock upon the exercise of the Series B Rights among
holders of the Series B Rights and (z) shares of Series C Common Stock upon the exercise of
the Series C Rights among holders of the Series C Rights, in each case, pursuant to this Section
11(a)(iii).

          (b) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the issuance of rights, options or
warrants to all holders of any series of Preferred Stock entitling them (for a period expiring
within 45 calendar days after such record date) to subscribe for or purchase shares of the
applicable series of Preferred Stock (or shares having the same rights, privileges and preferences
as the applicable series of Preferred Stock (“Equivalent Preferred Shares”)) or securities
convertible into the applicable series of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Shares at a price
per share of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Shares (or having a conversion price per
share, if a security convertible into shares of Preferred Stock or Equivalent Preferred Shares)
less than the then current per share market price of the applicable series of Preferred Stock
(determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on such record date, the applicable Purchase Price to
be in effect after such record date shall be determined by multiplying the applicable Purchase
Price in effect immediately prior to such record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall
be the number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock and Equivalent Preferred Shares
outstanding on such record date plus the number of shares of such series of Preferred Stock and
Equivalent Preferred Shares which the aggregate offering price of the total number of shares of
such series of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Shares so to be offered (and/or the
aggregate initial conversion price of the convertible securities so to be offered) would purchase

21

 

at such current market price, and the denominator of which shall be the number of shares of such
series of Preferred Stock and Equivalent Preferred Shares outstanding on such record date plus the
number of additional shares of such series of Preferred Stock and/or Equivalent Preferred Shares to
be offered for subscription or purchase (or into which the convertible securities so to be offered
are initially convertible); provided, however, that in no event shall the
consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the
shares of capital stock of the Company issuable upon exercise of one Right. So long as Series A
Rights, Series B Rights and Series C Rights are outstanding, the Company shall not effect any such
issuance of rights, options or warrants with respect to any series of Preferred Stock if (x) the
rights, options or warrants to be received by the holders of the Series C Junior Preferred Stock in
such transaction (and any securities issuable upon exchange, exercise or conversion thereof) are
entitled to vote with respect to matters upon which security holders of the issuer thereof are
generally entitled to vote (other than to an extent no greater than the holders of Series C Common
Stock are entitled to vote upon matters as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation), or (y)
the rights, options or warrants to be received by the holders of Preferred Stock (and any
securities issuable upon exchange, exercise or conversion thereof) entitle the holders thereof to
vote generally upon matters that may be submitted to a vote of security holders of the issuer
thereof, unless the rights, options or warrants to be received by the holders of Series B Junior
Preferred Stock in such transaction (and any securities issuable upon exchange, exercise or
conversion thereof) at all times have voting power with respect to matters upon which security
holders of the issuer thereof are generally entitled to vote per share or other unit of not less
than ten times such per share voting power of the rights, options or warrants (and any securities
issuable upon exchange, exercise or conversion thereof) to be received in such transaction by the
holders of each other series of Preferred Stock receiving rights, options or warrants entitled to
such voting power, if any. In case such subscription price may be paid in a consideration part or
all of which shall be in a form other than cash, the value of such consideration shall be as
determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall
be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent. Shares of Preferred Stock and Equivalent
Preferred Shares owned by or held for the account of the Company shall not be deemed outstanding
for the purpose of any such computation. Such adjustment shall be made successively whenever such
a record date is fixed; and in the event that such rights, options or warrants are not so issued,
the Purchase Price shall be adjusted to be the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such
record date had not been fixed.

          (c) In case the Company shall fix a record date for the making of a distribution to all
holders of any series of Preferred Stock (including any such distribution made in connection with a
consolidation or merger in which the Company is the continuing or surviving corporation) of
evidences of indebtedness or assets (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend or a dividend
payable in Preferred Stock) or subscription rights or warrants (excluding those referred to in
Section 11(b) hereof), the applicable Purchase Price to be in effect after such record date shall
be determined by multiplying the applicable Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such
record date by a fraction, the numerator of which shall be the then current per share market price
of such series of Preferred Stock (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) on such record
date, less the fair market value (as determined in good faith by the Board of Directors of the
Company whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with the Rights Agent) of the
portion of the assets or evidences of indebtedness so to be distributed or of such subscription
rights or warrants applicable to one share of such series of

22

 

Preferred Stock, and the denominator
of which shall be such current per share market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof)
of such series of Preferred Stock; provided, however, that in no event shall the
consideration to be paid upon the exercise of one Right be less than the aggregate par value of the
shares of capital stock of the Company to be issued upon exercise of one Right. So long as Series
A Rights, Series B Rights and Series C Rights are outstanding, the Company shall not effect any
such distribution with respect to any series of Preferred Stock if (x) the securities to be
received by the holders of the Series C Junior Preferred Stock in such transaction (and any
securities issuable upon exchange, exercise or conversion thereof) are entitled to vote with
respect to matters upon which security holders of the issuer thereof are generally entitled to vote
(other than to an extent no greater than the holders of Series C Common Stock are entitled to vote
upon matters as provided in the Certificate of Incorporation), or (y) the securities to be received
by the holders of Preferred Stock (and any securities issuable upon exchange, exercise or
conversion thereof) entitle such holders to vote generally upon matters that may be submitted to a
vote of security holders of the issuer thereof, unless the securities to be received by the holders
of Series B Junior Preferred Stock in such transaction (and any securities issuable upon exchange,
exercise or conversion thereof) at all times have voting power with respect to matters upon which
security holders of the issuer thereof are generally entitled to vote per share or other unit of
not less than ten times such per share voting power of the securities (and any securities issuable
upon exchange, exercise or conversion thereof) to be received in such transaction by the holders of
each other series of Preferred Stock receiving securities entitled to such voting power, if any.
Such adjustments shall be made successively whenever such a record date is fixed; and in the event
that such distribution is not so made, the applicable Purchase Price shall again be adjusted to be
the Purchase Price which would then be in effect if such record date had not been fixed.

          (d) (i) Except as otherwise provided herein, for the purpose of any computation hereunder, the
“current per share market price” of any security (a “Security” for the purpose of this Section
11(d)(i)) on any date shall be deemed to be the average of the daily closing prices per share of
such Security for the 30 consecutive Trading Days (as such term is hereinafter defined) immediately
prior to such date; provided, however, that in the event that the current per share
market price of the Security is determined during a period following the announcement by the issuer
of such Security of (A) a dividend or distribution on such Security payable in shares of such
Security or securities convertible into such shares, or (B) any subdivision, combination or
reclassification of such Security, and prior to the expiration of 30 Trading Days after the
ex-dividend date for such dividend or distribution, or the record date for such subdivision,
combination or reclassification, then, and in each such case, the current per share market price
shall be appropriately adjusted to reflect the current market price per share equivalent of such
Security. The closing price for each day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no
such sale takes place on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in
either case as reported by the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to
securities listed or admitted to trading on NASDAQ or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to
trading on NASDAQ, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with
respect to securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Security is
listed or admitted to trading or, if the Security is not listed or admitted to trading on any
national securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high
bid and low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system
then in use, or, if on any such date the Security is not quoted by

23

 

any such organization, the
average of the closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a
market in the Security selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. The term “Trading
Day” shall mean a day on which the principal national securities exchange on which the Security
is listed or admitted to trading is open for the transaction of business or, if the Security is not
listed or admitted to trading on any national securities exchange, a Business Day.

               (ii) For the purpose of any computation hereunder, if any series of Preferred Stock is
publicly traded, the “current per share market price” of such series of Preferred Stock shall be
determined in accordance with the method set forth in Section 11(d)(i). If any series of Preferred
Stock is not publicly traded but the corresponding series of Common Stock is publicly traded, the
“current per share market price” of such series of Preferred Stock shall be conclusively deemed to
be the current per share market price of the corresponding series of Common Stock as determined
pursuant to Section 11(d)(i) multiplied by the then applicable Adjustment Number (as defined in and
determined in accordance with the Certificate of Designation for the Preferred Stock). If neither
the Common Stock nor the corresponding Preferred Stock of any series is publicly traded, “current
per share market price” shall mean the fair value per share as determined in good faith by the
Board of Directors of the Company, whose determination shall be described in a statement filed with
the Rights Agent.

          (e) No adjustment in the Purchase Price shall be required unless such adjustment would require
an increase or decrease of at least 1% in the Purchase Price; provided, however,
that any adjustments which by reason of this Section 11(e) are not required to be made shall be
carried forward and taken into account in any subsequent adjustment. All calculations under this
Section 11 shall be made to the nearest cent or to the nearest one hundred-thousandth
of a share of Preferred Stock or one-hundredth of a share of Common Stock or other share or
security as the case may be. Notwithstanding the first sentence of this Section 11(e), any
adjustment required by this Section 11 shall be made no later than the earlier of (i) three years
from the date of the transaction which requires such adjustment or (ii) the Expiration Date.

          (f) If as a result of an adjustment made pursuant to Section 11(a) hereof, the holder of any
Right thereafter exercised shall become entitled to receive any shares of capital stock of the
Company other than the applicable series of Preferred Stock, thereafter the applicable Purchase
Price and the number of such other shares so receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject
to adjustment from time to time in a manner and on terms as nearly equivalent as practicable to the
provisions with respect to the applicable series of Preferred Stock contained in Sections 11(a),
11(b), 11(c), 11(e), 11(h), 11(i) and 11(m) hereof, as applicable, and the provisions of Sections
7, 9, 10, 13 and 14 hereof with respect to the applicable series of Preferred Stock shall apply on
like terms to any such other shares.

          (g) All Rights originally issued by the Company subsequent to any adjustment made to the
applicable Purchase Price hereunder shall evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted Purchase
Price, the number of one-thousandths of a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock
purchasable from time to time hereunder upon exercise of the Rights, all subject to further
adjustment as provided herein.

24

 

          (h) Unless the Company shall have exercised its election as provided in Section 11(i), upon
each adjustment of the applicable Purchase Price as a result of the calculations made in Sections
11(b) and 11(c), each Right outstanding immediately prior to the making of such adjustment shall
thereafter evidence the right to purchase, at the adjusted applicable Purchase Price, that number
of one-thousandths of a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock (calculated to the
nearest one hundred-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock) obtained by (i) multiplying (x) the
number of one-thousandths of a share purchasable upon the exercise of a Right immediately prior to
such adjustment by (y) the applicable Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to such adjustment
and (ii) dividing the product so obtained by the applicable Purchase Price in effect immediately
after such adjustment.

          (i) The Company may elect on or after the date of any adjustment of the applicable Purchase
Price pursuant to Sections 11(b) or 11(c) hereof to adjust the number of Rights, in substitution
for any adjustment in the number of one-thousandths of a share of the applicable series of
Preferred Stock purchasable upon the exercise of a Right. Each of the Rights outstanding after
such adjustment of the number of Rights shall be exercisable for the number of one-thousandths of a
share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock for which a Right was exercisable immediately
prior to such adjustment. Each Right held of record prior to such adjustment of the number of
Rights shall become that number of Rights (calculated to the nearest one-hundredth) obtained by
dividing the applicable Purchase Price in effect immediately prior to adjustment of the Purchase
Price by the applicable Purchase Price in effect immediately after adjustment of the Purchase
Price. The Company shall make a public announcement of its election to adjust the number of
Rights, indicating the record date for the adjustment, and, if known at the time, the amount of the
adjustment to be made. Such record date may be the date on which the applicable Purchase Price is
adjusted or any day thereafter, but, if the Right Certificates have been issued, shall be at least
10 days later than the date of the public
announcement. If Right Certificates have been issued, upon each adjustment of the number of
Rights pursuant to this Section 11(i), the Company may, as promptly as practicable, cause to be
distributed to holders of record of Right Certificates on such record date Right Certificates
evidencing, subject to Section 14 hereof, the additional Rights to which such holders shall be
entitled as a result of such adjustment, or, at the option of the Company, shall cause to be
distributed to such holders of record in substitution and replacement for the Right Certificates
held by such holders prior to the date of adjustment, and upon surrender thereof, if required by
the Company, new Right Certificates evidencing all the Rights to which such holders shall be
entitled after such adjustment. Right Certificates so to be distributed shall be issued, executed
and countersigned in the manner provided for herein and shall be registered in the names of the
holders of record of Right Certificates on the record date specified in the public announcement.

          (j) Irrespective of any adjustment or change in the applicable Purchase Price or the number of
one-thousandths of a share of the applicable series of Preferred Stock issuable upon the exercise
of a Right, the Right Certificates theretofore and thereafter issued may continue to express the
applicable Purchase Price and the number of one-thousandths of a share of such series of Preferred
Stock which were expressed in the initial Right Certificates issued hereunder.

          (k) Before taking any action that would cause an adjustment reducing the applicable Purchase
Price below the then par value, if any, of the fraction of the applicable series

25

 

of Preferred Stock
or other shares of capital stock issuable upon exercise of a Right, the Company shall take any
corporate action which may, in the opinion of its counsel, be necessary in order that the Company
may validly and legally issue fully paid and nonassessable shares of the applicable series of
Preferred Stock or other such shares at such adjusted Purchase Price.

          (l) In any case in which this Section 11 shall require that an adjustment in the applicable
Purchase Price be made effective as of a record date for a specified event, the Company may elect
to defer until the occurrence of such event issuing to the holder of any Right exercised after such
record date the applicable series of Preferred Stock and other capital stock or securities of the
Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise over and above the Preferred Stock and other capital
stock or securities of the Company, if any, issuable upon such exercise on the basis of the
applicable Purchase Price in effect prior to such adjustment; provided, however,
that the Company shall deliver to such holder a due bill or other appropriate instrument evidencing
such holder’s right to receive such additional shares upon the occurrence of the event requiring
such adjustment.

          (m) Anything in this Section 11 to the contrary notwithstanding, the Company shall be entitled
to make such adjustments in the applicable Purchase Price, in addition to those adjustments
expressly required by this Section 11, as and to the extent that it in its sole discretion shall
determine to be advisable in order that (i) any consolidation or subdivision of any series of
Preferred Stock, (ii) issuance wholly for cash of any shares of any series of Preferred Stock at
less than the current market price, (iii) issuance wholly for cash of any series of Preferred Stock
or securities which by their terms are convertible into or exchangeable for any series of Preferred
Stock, (iv) dividends on any series of Preferred Stock payable in shares of Preferred Stock or (v)
issuance of rights, options or warrants referred to hereinabove in Section 11(b), hereafter made by
the Company to holders of its Preferred Stock shall not be taxable to such holders.

          (n) (i) In the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the
Distribution Date, the Company shall (1) declare and pay any dividend on any series of shares of
Common Stock payable in Common Stock or (2) effect a subdivision, combination or consolidation of
any series of Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise than by payment of a dividend payable
in Common Stock) into a greater or lesser number of shares of Common Stock, then, in each such
case, (A) the number of Rights associated with each share of the applicable series of Common Stock
then outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the
number of Rights thereafter associated with each share of the applicable series of Common Stock
following any such event shall equal the result obtained by (x) in the case of the Series A Rights,
multiplying the number of Series A Rights associated with each share of Series A Common Stock
immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of
shares of Series A Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and
the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series A Common Stock outstanding
immediately following the occurrence of such event, (y) in the case of the Series B Rights,
multiplying the number of Series B Rights associated with each share of Series B Common Stock
immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of
shares of Series B Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and
the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series B Common Stock outstanding
immediately following the occurrence of such event and (z) in the case of the Series C Rights,
multiplying the number of

26

 

Series C Rights associated with each share of Series C Common Stock
immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which shall be the total number of
shares of Series C Common Stock outstanding immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and
the denominator of which shall be the total number of shares of Series C Common Stock outstanding
immediately following the occurrence of such event; and (B) the number of Rights associated with
each share of Convertible Preferred Stock then outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter,
shall remain the same. The adjustments provided for in this Section 11(n)(i) shall be made
successively to any series of Common Stock whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such
subdivision, combination or consolidation is effected on such series of Common Stock.

               (ii) In the event that at any time after the date of this Agreement and prior to the
Distribution Date, the Company shall (1) declare and pay any dividend on any series of shares of
Convertible Preferred Stock payable in Convertible Preferred Stock or (2) effect a subdivision,
combination or consolidation of any series of Convertible Preferred Stock (by reclassification or
otherwise than by payment of a dividend payable in Convertible Preferred Stock) into a greater or
lesser number of shares of Convertible Preferred Stock, then, in each such case, (A) the number of
Rights associated with each share of the applicable series of Convertible Preferred Stock then
outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter, shall be proportionately adjusted so that the
number of Rights thereafter associated with each share of the applicable series of Convertible
Preferred Stock following any such event shall equal the result obtained by (x) in the case of the
Series A Rights, multiplying the number of Series A Rights associated with each share of Series A
Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of which
shall be the total number of shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding immediately
prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total number of
shares of Series A Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding immediately following the occurrence of
such event, and (y) in the case of the Series C Rights, multiplying the number of Series C Rights
associated with each share of Series
C Convertible Preferred Stock immediately prior to such event by a fraction the numerator of
which shall be the total number of shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding
immediately prior to the occurrence of the event and the denominator of which shall be the total
number of shares of Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding immediately following the
occurrence of such event; and (B) the number of Rights associated with each share of Common Stock
then outstanding, or issued or delivered thereafter, shall remain the same. The adjustments
provided for in this Section 11(n)(ii) shall be made successively to any series of Convertible
Preferred Stock whenever such a dividend is declared or paid or such subdivision, combination or
consolidation is effected on such series of Convertible Preferred Stock.

          (o) The Company agrees that after the Distribution Date, it will not, except as permitted by
Sections 23, 24 or 27 hereof, take (or permit any Subsidiary to take) any action if at the time
such action is taken it is reasonably foreseeable that such action will diminish substantially or
eliminate the benefits intended to be afforded by the Rights.

          Section 12. Certificate of Adjusted Purchase Price or Number of Shares. Whenever an adjustment is
made as provided in Section 11 or 13 hereof, the Company shall promptly (a) prepare a certificate
setting forth such adjustment, and a brief statement of the facts accounting for such adjustment,
(b) file with the Rights Agent and with each transfer agent for the applicable series of Common
Stock and the applicable series of Preferred Stock a copy of

27

 

such certificate and (c) mail a brief
summary thereof to each holder of a Right Certificate in accordance with Section 25 hereof (if so
required under Section 25 hereof). The Rights Agent shall be fully protected in relying on any
such certificate and on any adjustment therein contained and shall not be deemed to have knowledge
of any such adjustment unless and until it shall have received such certificate.

          Section 13. Consolidation, Merger or Sale or Transfer of Assets or Earning Power.

          (a) In the event, directly or indirectly, at any time after the Flip-In Event (i) the Company
shall consolidate with or shall merge into any other Person, (ii) any Person shall merge with and
into the Company and the Company shall be the continuing or surviving corporation of such merger
and, in connection with such merger, all or part of the Common Stock shall be changed into or
exchanged for stock or other securities of any other Person (or of the Company) or cash or any
other property, or (iii) the Company shall sell or otherwise transfer (or one or more of its
Subsidiaries shall sell or otherwise transfer), in one or more transactions, assets or earning
power aggregating 50% or more of the assets or earning power of the Company and its Subsidiaries
(taken as a whole) to any other Person (other than the Company or one or more wholly-owned
Subsidiaries of the Company), then upon the first occurrence of such event, proper provision shall
be made so that: (A) each holder of a Right (other than Rights which have become void pursuant to
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) shall thereafter have the right to receive, upon the exercise thereof at
the applicable Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii)
hereof), in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and in lieu of shares of Preferred Stock or
Common Stock of the Company, such number of validly authorized and
issued, fully paid, non-assessable and freely tradeable shares of Common Stock of the
Principal Party (as such term is hereinafter defined), not subject to any liens, encumbrances,
rights of first refusal or other adverse claims, as shall equal the result obtained by dividing the
Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) by 50% of the
current per share market price of the Common Stock of such Principal Party (determined pursuant to
Section 11(d) hereof) on the date of consummation of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer;
provided, however, that the Purchase Price (as theretofore adjusted in accordance
with Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) and the number of shares of Common Stock of such Principal Party so
receivable upon exercise of a Right shall be subject to further adjustment as appropriate in
accordance with Section 11(f) hereof to reflect any events occurring in respect of the Common Stock
of such Principal Party after the occurrence of such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer; (B)
such Principal Party shall thereafter be liable for, and shall assume, by virtue of such
consolidation, merger, sale or transfer, all the obligations and duties of the Company pursuant to
this Agreement; (C) the term “Company” shall thereafter be deemed to refer to such Principal Party;
and (D) such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not limited to, the reservation
of a sufficient number of its shares of Common Stock in accordance with Section 9 hereof) in
connection with such consummation of any such transaction as may be necessary to assure that the
provisions hereof shall thereafter be applicable, as nearly as reasonably may be, in relation to
the shares of its Common Stock thereafter deliverable upon the exercise of the Rights; provided
that, upon the subsequent occurrence of any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets or
other extraordinary transaction in respect of such Principal Party, each holder of a Right shall
thereupon be entitled to receive, upon exercise of a Right and payment of the applicable Purchase
Price as provided in this Section 13(a), such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other

28

 

property
which such holder would have been entitled to receive had such holder, at the time of such
transaction, owned the Common Stock of the Principal Party receivable upon the exercise of a Right
pursuant to this Section 13(a), and such Principal Party shall take such steps (including, but not
limited to, reservation of shares of stock) as may be necessary to permit the subsequent exercise
of the Rights in accordance with the terms hereof for such cash, shares, rights, warrants and other
property.

          (b) “Principal Party” shall mean:

               (i) in the case of any transaction described in (i) or (ii) of the first sentence of Section
13(a) hereof: (A) the Person that is the issuer of the securities into which the shares of Common
Stock are converted in such merger or consolidation, or, if there is more than one such issuer, the
issuer of the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares
outstanding, or (B) if no securities are so issued, (x) the Person that is the other party to the
merger, if such Person survives said merger, or, if there is more than one such Person, the Person
the shares of Common Stock of which have the greatest aggregate market value of shares outstanding
or (y) if the Person that is the other party to the merger does not survive the merger, the Person
that does survive the merger (including the Company if it survives) or (z) the Person resulting
from the consolidation; and

               (ii) in the case of any transaction described in (iii) of the first sentence of Section 13(a)
hereof, the Person that is the party receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power
transferred pursuant to such transaction or transactions, or, if each Person that is a party to
such transaction or transactions receives the same portion of the assets or earning power
so transferred or if the Person receiving the greatest portion of the assets or earning power
cannot be determined, whichever of such Persons is the issuer of Common Stock having the greatest
aggregate market value of shares outstanding;

provided, however, that in any such case described in the foregoing clause (b)(i)
or (b)(ii), if the Common Stock of such Person is not at such time or has not been continuously
over the preceding 12-month period registered under Section 12 of the Exchange Act, then (1) if
such Person is a direct or indirect Subsidiary of another Person the Common Stock of which is and
has been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to such other Person, or (2) if such
Person is a Subsidiary, directly or indirectly, of more than one Person, the Common Stock of all of
which is and has been so registered, the term “Principal Party” shall refer to whichever of such
Persons is the issuer of Common Stock having the greatest aggregate market value of shares
outstanding, or (3) if such Person is owned, directly or indirectly, by a joint venture formed by
two or more Persons that are not owned, directly or indirectly, by the same Person, the rules set
forth in clauses (1) and (2) above shall apply to each of the owners having an interest in the
venture as if the Person owned by the joint venture was a Subsidiary of both or all of such joint
venturers, and the Principal Party in each such case shall bear the obligations set forth in this
Section 13 in the same ratio as its interest in such Person bears to the total of such interests.

          (c) The Company shall not consummate any consolidation, merger, sale or transfer referred to
in Section 13(a) hereof unless prior thereto the Company and the Principal Party involved therein
shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent an agreement confirming that the requirements
of Sections 13(a) and (b) hereof shall promptly be performed in

29

 

accordance with their terms and
that such consolidation, merger, sale or transfer of assets shall not result in a default by the
Principal Party under this Agreement as the same shall have been assumed by the Principal Party
pursuant to Sections 13(a) and (b) hereof and providing that, as soon as practicable after
executing such agreement pursuant to this Section 13, the Principal Party will:

               (i) prepare and file a registration statement under the Securities Act, if necessary, with
respect to the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the Rights on an appropriate
form, use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to become effective as soon as
practicable after such filing and use its best efforts to cause such registration statement to
remain effective (with a prospectus at all times meeting the requirements of the Securities Act)
until the Expiration Date and similarly comply with applicable state securities laws;

               (ii) use its best efforts, if the Common Stock of the Principal Party shall be listed or
admitted to trading on NASDAQ or on another national securities exchange, to list or admit to
trading (or continue the listing of) the Rights and the securities purchasable upon exercise of the
Rights on NASDAQ or such securities exchange, or, if the Common Stock of the Principal Party shall
not be listed or admitted to trading on NASDAQ or a national securities exchange, to cause the
Rights and the securities receivable upon exercise of the Rights to be authorized for quotation on
the interdealer quotation system then in use;

               (iii) deliver to holders of the Rights historical financial statements for the Principal Party
which comply in all respects with the requirements for registration on Form 10 (or any successor
form) under the Exchange Act; and

               (iv) obtain waivers of any rights of first refusal or preemptive rights in respect of the
Common Stock of the Principal Party subject to purchase upon exercise of outstanding Rights.

          (d) In case the Principal Party has a provision in any of its authorized securities or in its
certificate of incorporation or by-laws or any other instrument governing its affairs, which
provision would have the effect of (i) causing such Principal Party to issue (other than to holders
of Rights pursuant to this Section 13), in connection with, or as a consequence of, the
consummation of a transaction referred to in this Section 13, shares of Common Stock or Common
Stock Equivalents of such Principal Party at less than the then current market price per share
thereof (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) or securities exercisable for, or convertible
into, Common Stock or Common Stock Equivalents of such Principal Party at less than such then
current market price, or (ii) providing for any special payment, tax or similar provision in
connection with the issuance of the Common Stock of such Principal Party pursuant to the provisions
of Section 13, then, in such event, the Company hereby agrees with each holder of Rights that it
shall not consummate any such transaction unless prior thereto the Company and such Principal Party
shall have executed and delivered to the Rights Agent a supplemental agreement providing that the
provision in question of such Principal Party shall have been canceled, waived or amended, or that
the authorized securities shall be redeemed, so that the applicable provision will have no effect
in connection with, or as a consequence of, the consummation of the proposed transaction.

30

 

          (e) The Company covenants and agrees that it shall not, at any time after the Flip-In Event,
enter into any transaction of the type described in clauses (i) through (iii) of Section 13(a)
hereof if (i) at the time of or immediately after such consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or
other transaction there are any rights, warrants or other instruments or securities outstanding or
agreements in effect which would substantially diminish or otherwise eliminate the benefits
intended to be afforded by the Rights, (ii) prior to, simultaneously with or immediately after such
consolidation, merger, sale, transfer or other transaction, the stockholders of the Person who
constitutes, or would constitute, the Principal Party for purposes of Section 13(b) hereof shall
have received a distribution of Rights previously owned by such Person or any of its Affiliates or
Associates or (iii) the form or nature of organization of the Principal Party would preclude or
limit the exercisability of the Rights.

          Section 14. Fractional Rights and Fractional Shares.

          (a) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Rights (except prior to the
Distribution Date in accordance with Section 11(n) hereof) or to distribute Right Certificates
which evidence fractional Rights. In lieu of such fractional Rights, there shall be paid to the
registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional Rights would
otherwise be issuable, an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the current
market value of a whole Right. For the purposes of this Section 14(a), the current market
value of a whole Right shall be the closing price of the Rights for the Trading Day immediately
prior to the date on which such fractional Rights would have been otherwise issuable. The closing
price for any day shall be the last sale price, regular way, or, in case no such sale takes place
on such day, the average of the closing bid and asked prices, regular way, in either case as
reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to securities
listed or admitted to trading on NASDAQ or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on
NASDAQ, as reported in the principal consolidated transaction reporting system with respect to
securities listed on the principal national securities exchange on which the Rights are listed or
admitted to trading or, if the Rights are not listed or admitted to trading on any national
securities exchange, the last quoted price or, if not so quoted, the average of the high bid and
low asked prices in the over-the-counter market, as reported by NASDAQ or such other system then in
use or, if on any such date the Rights are not quoted by any such organization, the average of the
closing bid and asked prices as furnished by a professional market maker making a market in the
Rights selected by the Board of Directors of the Company. If on any such date no such market maker
is making a market in the Rights, the fair value of the Rights on such date as determined in good
faith by the Board of Directors of the Company shall be used.

          (b) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of Preferred Stock (other than
fractions which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock) or to
distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Preferred Stock (other than fractions
which are integral multiples of one one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock) upon the exercise
or exchange of Rights. Interests in fractions of Preferred Stock in integral multiples of one
one-thousandth of a share of Preferred Stock may, at the election of the Company, be evidenced by
depositary receipts, pursuant to an appropriate agreement between the Company and a depositary
selected by it; provided that such agreement shall provide that the holders of such
depositary receipts shall have all the rights, privileges and preferences to which they are
entitled as beneficial owners of the Preferred Stock represented by such depositary receipts. In

31

 

lieu of fractional shares of Preferred Stock that are not integral multiples of one one-thousandth
of a share of Preferred Stock, the Company shall pay to the registered holders of Right
Certificates at the time such Rights are exercised or exchanged as herein provided an amount in
cash equal to the same fraction of the current market value of a whole share of Preferred Stock (as
determined in accordance with Section 14(a) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the
date of such exercise or exchange.

          (c) The Company shall not be required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to
distribute certificates which evidence fractional shares of Common Stock upon the exercise or
exchange of Rights. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company shall pay to
the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional shares of
Common Stock would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of the
current market value of a whole share of Common Stock (as determined in accordance with Section
14(a) hereof) for the Trading Day immediately prior to the date of such exercise or exchange.

          (d) The holder of a Right by the acceptance of the Right expressly waives his right to receive
any fractional Rights or any fractional shares upon exercise or exchange of a Right (except as
provided above).

          Section 15. Rights of Action. All rights of action in respect of this Agreement, excepting the
rights of action given to the Rights Agent under Section 18 hereof, are vested in the respective
registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the registered
holders of the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock); and any registered holder of any Right
Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred
Stock), without the consent of the Rights Agent or of the holder of any other Right Certificate
(or, prior to the Distribution Date, of the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock), on his
own behalf and for his own benefit, may enforce, and may institute and maintain any suit, action or
proceeding against the Company to enforce, or otherwise act in respect of, his right to exercise
the Rights evidenced by such Right Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, such Common
Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock) in the manner provided therein and in this Agreement.
Without limiting the foregoing or any remedies available to the holders of Rights, it is
specifically acknowledged that the holders of Rights would not have an adequate remedy at law for
any breach of this Agreement and will be entitled to specific performance of the obligations under,
and injunctive relief against actual or threatened violations of, the obligations of any Person
subject to this Agreement.

          Section 16. Agreement of Right Holders. Every holder of a Right, by accepting the same, consents
and agrees with the Company and the Rights Agent and with every other holder of a Right that:

          (a) prior to the Distribution Date, the Rights will be transferable only in connection with
the transfer of the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock;

          (b) after the Distribution Date, the Right Certificates are transferable only on the registry
books of the Rights Agent if surrendered at the office or agency of the Rights Agent

32

 

designated for
such purpose, duly endorsed or accompanied by a proper instrument of transfer; and

          (c) the Company and the Rights Agent may deem and treat the Person in whose name the Right
Certificate (or, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred
Stock certificate or, in the case of uncertificated shares, the associated balance indicated in the
book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred
Stock) is registered as the absolute owner thereof and of the Rights evidenced thereby
(notwithstanding any notations of ownership or writing on the Right Certificates or the Common
Stock certificate or the Convertible Preferred Stock certificate, or, in the case of uncertificated
shares, the associated balance indicated in the book-entry account system of the transfer agent for
the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock, made by anyone other than the Company or the
Rights Agent) for all purposes whatsoever, and neither the Company nor the Rights Agent, subject to
Section 7(e) hereof, shall be affected by any notice to the contrary.

          Section 17.
Right Certificate Holder Not Deemed a Stockholder.
No holder, as such, of any Right Certificate shall be entitled to vote, receive dividends
or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Preferred Stock or any other securities of the
Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise or exchange of the Rights represented
thereby, nor shall anything contained herein or in any Right Certificate be construed to confer
upon the holder of any Right Certificate, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the
Company or any right to vote for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to
stockholders at any meeting thereof, or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to
receive notice of meetings or other actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in this
Agreement), or to receive dividends or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Rights
evidenced by such Right Certificate shall have been exercised or exchanged in accordance with the
provisions hereof.

          Section 18. Concerning the Rights Agent.

          (a) The Company agrees to pay to the Rights Agent reasonable compensation for all services
rendered by it hereunder and, from time to time, on demand of the Rights Agent, its reasonable
expenses and counsel fees and other disbursements incurred in the administration and execution of
this Agreement and the exercise and performance of its duties hereunder. The Company also agrees
to indemnify the Rights Agent for, and to hold it harmless against, any loss, liability or expense,
incurred without gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct on the part of the Rights Agent,
for anything done or omitted by the Rights Agent in connection with the acceptance and
administration of this Agreement, including the costs and expenses of defending against any claim
of liability arising therefrom, directly or indirectly.

          (b) The Rights Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability for, or in respect of any
action taken, suffered or omitted by it in connection with, its administration of this Agreement in
reliance upon any Right Certificate or certificate for the Preferred Stock, Convertible Preferred
Stock or Common Stock or, in the case of uncertificated shares, the associated balance indicated in
the book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Preferred Stock, Convertible Preferred
Stock or Common Stock, or for other securities of the Company, instrument of assignment or
transfer, power of attorney, endorsement, affidavit, letter,

33

 

notice, direction, consent,
certificate, statement or other paper or document believed by it to be genuine and to be signed,
executed and, where necessary, verified or acknowledged, by the proper Person or Persons, or
otherwise upon the advice of counsel as set forth in Section 20 hereof.

          Section 19. Merger or Consolidation or Change of Name of Rights Agent.

          (a) Any corporation into which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may be merged or
with which it may be consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger or consolidation to
which the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to the stock transfer or corporate trust powers of the Rights Agent or any successor
Rights Agent, shall be the successor to the Rights Agent under this
Agreement without the execution or filing of any paper or any further act on the part of any
of the parties hereto; provided that such corporation would be eligible for appointment as
a successor Rights Agent under the provisions of Section 21 hereof. In case at the time such
successor Rights Agent shall succeed to the agency created by this Agreement, any of the Right
Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, any such successor Rights Agent may
adopt the countersignature of the predecessor Rights Agent and deliver such Right Certificates so
countersigned; and in case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been
countersigned, any successor Rights Agent may countersign such Right Certificates either in the
name of the predecessor Rights Agent or in the name of the successor Rights Agent; and in all such
cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and in
this Agreement.

          (b) In case at any time the name of the Rights Agent shall be changed and at such time any of
the Right Certificates shall have been countersigned but not delivered, the Rights Agent may adopt
the countersignature under its prior name and deliver Right Certificates so countersigned; and in
case at that time any of the Right Certificates shall not have been countersigned, the Rights Agent
may countersign such Right Certificates either in its prior name or in its changed name and in all
such cases such Right Certificates shall have the full force provided in the Right Certificates and
in this Agreement.

          Section 20. Duties of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent undertakes the duties and obligations
imposed by this Agreement upon the following terms and conditions, by all of which the Company and
the holders of Right Certificates, by their acceptance thereof, shall be bound:

          (a) The Rights Agent may consult with legal counsel (who may be legal counsel for the
Company), and the opinion of such counsel shall be full and complete authorization and protection
to the Rights Agent as to any action taken or omitted by it in good faith and in accordance with
such opinion.

          (b) Whenever in the performance of its duties under this Agreement the Rights Agent shall deem
it necessary or desirable that any fact or matter be proved or established by the Company prior to
taking or suffering any action hereunder, such fact or matter (unless other evidence in respect
thereof be herein specifically prescribed) may be deemed to be conclusively proved and established
by a certificate signed by the President and the Secretary of

34

 

the Company and delivered to the
Rights Agent; and such certificate shall be full authorization to the Rights Agent for any action
taken or suffered in good faith by it under the provisions of this Agreement in reliance upon such
certificate.

          (c) The Rights Agent shall be liable hereunder to the Company and any other Person only for
its own gross negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct.

          (d) The Rights Agent shall not be liable for or by reason of any of the statements of fact or
recitals contained in this Agreement or in the Right Certificates (except its countersignature
thereof) or be required to verify the same, but all such statements and recitals are and shall be
deemed to have been made by the Company only.

          (e) The Rights Agent shall not be under any responsibility in respect of the validity of this
Agreement or the execution and delivery hereof (except the due execution hereof by the Rights
Agent) or in respect of the validity or execution of any Right Certificate (except its
countersignature thereof); nor shall it be responsible for any breach by the Company of any
covenant or condition contained in this Agreement or in any Right Certificate; nor shall it be
responsible for any change in the exercisability of the Rights (including the Rights becoming void
pursuant to Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) or any adjustment in the terms of the Rights provided for in
Sections 3, 11, 13, 23 and 24, or the ascertaining of the existence of facts that would require any
such change or adjustment (except with respect to the exercise of Rights evidenced by Right
Certificates after receipt of a certificate furnished pursuant to Section 12, describing such
change or adjustment); nor shall it by any act hereunder be deemed to make any representation or
warranty as to the authorization or reservation of any shares of Preferred Stock or other
securities to be issued pursuant to this Agreement or any Right Certificate or as to whether any
shares of Preferred Stock or other securities will, when issued, be validly authorized and issued,
fully paid and nonassessable.

          (f) The Company agrees that it will perform, execute, acknowledge and deliver or cause to be
performed, executed, acknowledged and delivered all such further and other acts, instruments and
assurances as may reasonably be required by the Rights Agent for the carrying out or performing by
the Rights Agent of the provisions of this Agreement.

          (g) The Rights Agent is hereby authorized and directed to accept instructions with respect to
the performance of its duties hereunder from any person reasonably believed by the Rights Agent to
be one of the President, Secretary or Assistant Secretary of the Company, and to apply to such
officers for advice or instructions in connection with its duties, and it shall not be liable for
any action taken or suffered by it in good faith in accordance with instructions of any such
officer or for any delay in acting while waiting for those instructions. Any application by the
Rights Agent for written instructions from the Company may, at the option of the Rights Agent, set
forth in writing any action proposed to be taken or omitted by the Rights Agent under this
Agreement and the date on and/or after which such action shall be taken or such omission shall be
effective. The Rights Agent shall not be liable for any action taken by, or omission of, the
Rights Agent in accordance with a proposal included in any such application on or after the date
specified in such application (which date shall not be less than five Business Days after the date
any officer of the Company actually receives such application unless any such officer shall have
consented in writing to an earlier date) unless, prior to taking any such action (or the

35

 

effective
date in the case of an omission), the Rights Agent shall have received written instructions in
response to such application specifying the action to be taken or omitted.

          (h) The Rights Agent and any stockholder, director, officer or employee of the Rights Agent
may buy, sell or deal in any of the Rights or other securities of the Company or become pecuniarily
interested in any transaction in which the Company may be interested, or contract with or lend
money to the Company or otherwise act as fully and freely as though it were not Rights Agent under
this Agreement. Nothing herein shall preclude the Rights Agent from acting in any other capacity
for the Company or for any other legal entity.

          (i) The Rights Agent may execute and exercise any of the rights or powers hereby vested in it
or perform any duty hereunder either itself or by or through its attorneys or
agents, and the Rights Agent shall not be answerable or accountable for any act, default,
neglect or misconduct of any such attorneys or agents or for any loss to the Company resulting from
any such act, default, neglect or misconduct, provided reasonable care was exercised in the
selection and continued employment thereof.

          (j) If, with respect to any Rights Certificate surrendered to the Rights Agent for exercise or
transfer, the certificate contained in the form of assignment or the form of election to purchase
set forth on the reverse thereof, as the case may be, has not been completed to certify the holder
is not an Acquiring Person (or an Affiliate or Associate thereof) or a transferee thereof, the
Rights Agent shall not take any further action with respect to such requested exercise or transfer
without first consulting with the Company.

          Section 21. Change of Rights Agent. The Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent may resign and
be discharged from its duties under this Agreement upon 30 days’ notice in writing mailed to the
Company and to each transfer agent of the Common Stock, Convertible Preferred Stock or Preferred
Stock by registered or certified mail, and, following the Distribution Date, to the holders of the
Right Certificates by first-class mail. In the event the transfer agency relationship in effect
between the Company and the Rights Agent terminates, the Rights Agent will be deemed to resign
automatically on the effective date of such termination; and any required notice will be sent by
the Company. The Company may remove the Rights Agent or any successor Rights Agent upon 30 days’
notice in writing, mailed to the Rights Agent or successor Rights Agent, as the case may be, and to
each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock by registered or certified mail, and,
following the Distribution Date, to the holders of the Right Certificates by first-class mail. If
the Rights Agent shall resign or be removed or shall otherwise become incapable of acting, the
Company shall appoint a successor to the Rights Agent. If the Company shall fail to make such
appointment within a period of 30 days after giving notice of such removal or after it has been
notified in writing of such resignation or incapacity by the resigning or incapacitated Rights
Agent or by the holder of a Right Certificate (who shall, with such notice, submit his Right
Certificate for inspection by the Company), then the registered holder of any Right Certificate may
apply to any court of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a new Rights Agent. Any
successor Rights Agent, whether appointed by the Company or by such a court, shall be a corporation
organized and doing business under the laws of the United States or the laws of any state of the
United States or the District of Columbia, in good standing, having an office in the State of
Delaware or the State of New York, which is authorized under such laws to exercise corporate trust
or stock transfer

36

 

powers and is subject to supervision or examination by federal or state authority
and which has at the time of its appointment as Rights Agent a combined capital and surplus of at
least $50 million. After appointment, the successor Rights Agent shall be vested with the same
powers, rights, duties and responsibilities as if it had been originally named as Rights Agent
without further act or deed; but the predecessor Rights Agent shall deliver and transfer to the
successor Rights Agent any property at the time held by it hereunder, and execute and deliver any
further assurance, conveyance, act or deed necessary for the purpose. Not later than the effective
date of any such appointment, the Company shall file notice thereof in writing with the predecessor
Rights Agent and each transfer agent of the Common Stock or Preferred Stock, and, following the
Distribution Date, mail a notice thereof in writing to the registered holders of the Right
Certificates. Failure to give any notice provided for
in this Section 21, however, or any defect therein, shall not affect the legality or validity
of the resignation or removal of the Rights Agent or the appointment of the successor Rights Agent,
as the case may be.

          Section 22. Issuance of New Right Certificates. Notwithstanding any of the provisions of this
Agreement or of the Rights to the contrary, the Company may, at its option, issue new Right
Certificates evidencing Rights in such forms as may be approved by its Board of Directors to
reflect any adjustment or change in the Purchase Price and the number or kind or class or series of
shares or other securities or property purchasable under the Right Certificates made in accordance
with the provisions of this Agreement. In addition, in connection with the issuance or sale of
Common Stock following the Distribution Date and prior to the Expiration Date, the Company shall
with respect to shares of Common Stock so issued or sold pursuant to (i) the exercise of stock
appreciation rights or stock options, (ii) under any employee plan or arrangement, (iii) upon the
exercise, conversion or exchange of securities, notes or debentures issued by the Company (other
than any such security, note or debenture, including, without limitation, the Convertible Preferred
Stock, that as of the Distribution Date had a Right associated with it) or (iv) a contractual
obligation of the Company, in each case existing prior to the Distribution Date, issue Rights
Certificates representing the appropriate number of Rights in connection with such issuance or
sale.

          Section 23. Redemption.

          (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at any time prior to the Flip-In Event, redeem
all but not less than all the then outstanding Rights at a redemption price of $.01 per Right,
appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar transaction occurring
in respect of the Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock, as applicable, after the date hereof
(the redemption price being hereinafter referred to as the “Redemption Price”). The
redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions
as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion may establish. The Redemption
Price shall be payable, at the option of the Company, in cash, shares of Common Stock, or such
other form of consideration as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine.

          (b) Immediately upon the action of the Board of Directors of the Company ordering the
redemption of the Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 23 (or at such later time as the
Board of Directors of the Company may establish for the effectiveness of such redemption), and
without any further action and without any notice, the right to exercise the

37

 

Rights will terminate
and the only right thereafter of the holders of Rights shall be to receive the Redemption Price.
The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such redemption; provided,
however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, any such notice shall not affect the
validity of such redemption. Within 10 days after such action of the Board of Directors of the
Company ordering the redemption of the Rights (or such later time as the Board of Directors of the
Company may establish for the effectiveness of such redemption), the Company shall mail a notice of
redemption to all the holders of the then outstanding Rights at their last addresses as
they appear upon the registry books of the Rights Agent or, prior to the Distribution Date, on
the registry books of the transfer agent for the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred Stock,
as applicable. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided shall be deemed given,
whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of redemption shall state the
method by which the payment of the Redemption Price will be made.

          Section 24. Exchange.

          (a) The Board of Directors of the Company may, at its option, at any time after the Flip-In
Event, exchange all or part of the then outstanding and exercisable Rights (which shall not include
Rights that have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) for Common
Stock at an exchange ratio of one share of Series A Common Stock per Series A Right, one share of
Series B Common Stock per Series B Right and one share of Series C Common Stock per Series C Right
in each case appropriately adjusted to reflect any stock split, stock dividend or similar
transaction with respect to the applicable series of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock
occurring after the date hereof (such amount per Right being hereinafter referred to as the
“Exchange Ratio”). Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Board of Directors of the Company
shall not be empowered to effect such exchange at any time after an Acquiring Person shall have
become the Beneficial Owner of shares of Common Stock representing, in the aggregate, 50% or more
of the outstanding voting power of the Company. From and after the occurrence of an event
specified in Section 13(a) hereof, any Rights that theretofore have not been exchanged pursuant to
this Section 24(a) shall thereafter be exercisable only in accordance with Section 13 and may not
be exchanged pursuant to this Section 24(a). The exchange of the Rights by the Board of Directors
of the Company may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions as the
Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion may establish. So long as Series A Rights,
Series B Rights and Series C Rights are outstanding, the Company shall not effect any exchange with
respect to any of the Series A Rights, the Series B Rights or the Series C Rights unless the
Company shall also contemporaneously effect a like transaction with respect to each other such
series.

          (b) Immediately upon the effectiveness of the action of the Board of Directors of the Company
ordering the exchange of any Rights pursuant to paragraph (a) of this Section 24 and without any
further action and without any notice, the right to exercise such Rights shall terminate and the
only right thereafter of a holder of such Rights shall be to receive that number of shares of
Common Stock equal to the number of such Rights held by such holder multiplied by the Exchange
Ratio. The Company shall promptly give public notice of any such exchange; provided,
however, that the failure to give, or any defect in, such notice shall not affect the
validity of such exchange. The Company shall promptly mail a notice of any such exchange to all of
the holders of the Rights so exchanged at their last addresses as they appear upon the registry
books of the Rights Agent. Any notice which is mailed in the manner herein provided

38

 

shall be deemed given, whether or not the holder receives the notice. Each such notice of
exchange will state the method by which the exchange of the shares of Common Stock for Rights will
be effected and, in the event of any partial exchange, the number of Rights which will be
exchanged. Any partial exchange of (i) Series A Rights shall be effected pro rata based on the
number of Series A Rights (other than Series A Rights which have become void pursuant to the
provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Series A Rights, (ii) Series B
Rights shall be effected pro rata based on the number of Series B Rights (other than Series B
Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each
holder of Series B Rights and (iii) Series C Rights shall be effected pro rata based on the number
of Series C Rights (other than Series C Rights which have become void pursuant to the provisions of
Section 11(a)(ii) hereof) held by each holder of Series C Rights.

          (c) In the event that there shall not be sufficient shares of Series A Common Stock, Series B
Common Stock or Series C Common Stock, as the case may be, issued but not outstanding or authorized
but unissued to permit an exchange of Series A Rights, Series B Rights or Series C Rights, as the
case may be, for Series A Common Stock, Series B Common Stock or Series C Common Stock as
contemplated in accordance with this Section 24, the Company may, in its discretion, take such
action as may be necessary to authorize additional shares of Series A Common Stock, Series B Common
Stock or Series C Common Stock for issuance upon exchange of the Series A Rights, the Series B
Rights or the Series C Rights. In the event that the Company shall determine not to take such
action or shall, after good faith effort, be unable to take such action as may be necessary to
authorize such additional shares of Series A Common Stock, Series B Common Stock or Series C Common
Stock, the Company shall substitute, to the extent of such insufficiency, for each share of Series
A Common Stock, Series B Common Stock or Series C Common Stock that would otherwise be issuable
upon exchange of a Series A Right, Series B Right or Series C Right, a number of shares of Series A
Junior Preferred Stock, Series B Junior Preferred Stock, or Series C Junior Preferred Stock or
fractions thereof (or Equivalent Preferred Shares as such term is defined in Section 11(b)) such
that the current per share market price (determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) of one share
of Preferred Stock (or Equivalent Preferred Share) multiplied by such number or fraction is equal
to the current per share market price of one share of the applicable series of Common Stock
(determined pursuant to Section 11(d) hereof) as of the date of such exchange.

          (d) The Company shall not, in connection with any exchange pursuant to this Section 24, be
required to issue fractions of shares of Common Stock or to distribute certificates which evidence
fractional shares of Common Stock. In lieu of such fractional shares of Common Stock, the Company
shall pay to the registered holders of the Right Certificates with regard to which such fractional
shares of Common Stock would otherwise be issuable an amount in cash equal to the same fraction of
the current market value of a whole share of the applicable series of Common Stock. For the
purposes of this paragraph (d), the current market value of a whole share of Series A Common Stock,
Series B Common Stock or Series C Common Stock shall be the closing price of a share of Series A
Common Stock, Series B Common Stock and Series C Common Stock (as determined pursuant to the second
sentence of Section 11(d)(i) hereof), as applicable, for the Trading Day immediately prior to but
not including the date of exchange pursuant to this Section 24.

          Section 25. Notice of Certain Events.

39

 

          (a) In case the Company shall at any time after the earlier of the Distribution Date or the
Stock Acquisition Date propose (i) to pay any dividend payable in stock of any class or series to
the holders of its Preferred Stock or to make any other distribution to the holders of any series
of its Preferred Stock (other than a regular quarterly cash dividend), (ii) to offer to the holders
of any series of its Preferred Stock rights or warrants to subscribe for or to purchase any
additional shares of any series of Preferred Stock or shares of stock of any class or series or any
other securities, rights or options, (iii) to effect any reclassification of any series of its
Preferred Stock (other than a reclassification involving only the subdivision or combination of
outstanding Preferred Stock), (iv) to effect the liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Company, or (v) to pay any dividend on the Common Stock payable in Common Stock or to effect a
subdivision, combination or consolidation of the Common Stock (by reclassification or otherwise
than by payment of dividends in Common Stock), then, in each such case, the Company shall give to
each holder of a Right Certificate, in accordance with Section 26 hereof, a notice of such proposed
action, which shall specify the record date for the purposes of such dividend or distribution or
offering of rights or warrants, or the date on which such liquidation, dissolution, winding up,
reclassification, subdivision, combination or consolidation is to take place and the date of
participation therein by the holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, if any such date
is to be fixed, and such notice shall be so given in the case of any action covered by clause (i)
or (ii) above at least 10 days prior to the record date for determining holders of the Preferred
Stock for purposes of such action, and in the case of any such other action, at least 10 days prior
to the date of the taking of such proposed action or the date of participation therein by the
holders of the Common Stock and/or Preferred Stock, whichever shall be the earlier.

          (b) In case any event described in Section 11(a)(ii) or Section 13 shall occur then the
Company shall as soon as practicable thereafter give to each holder of a Right Certificate (or if
occurring prior to the Distribution Date, the holders of the Common Stock) in accordance with
Section 26 hereof, a notice of the occurrence of such event, which notice shall describe such event
and the consequences of such event to holders of Rights under Section 11(a)(ii) and Section 13
hereof.

          Section 26. Notices. Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or
made by the Rights Agent or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Company shall be
sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed (until another
address is filed in writing with the Rights Agent) as follows:

Discovery Communications, Inc.

[ADDRESS]

[ADDRESS]

Attention: General Counsel

Subject to the provisions of Section 21 hereof, any notice or demand authorized by this Agreement
to be given or made by the Company or by the holder of any Right Certificate to or on the Rights
Agent shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed
(until another address is filed in writing with the Company) as follows:

Computershare Trust Company, N.A.

250 Royall Street

40

 

Canton, MA 02021

Attention: Client Administration

Notices or demands authorized by this Agreement to be given or made by the Company or the Rights
Agent to the holder of any Right Certificate shall be sufficiently given or made if sent by
first-class mail, postage prepaid, addressed to such holder at the address of such holder as shown
on the registry books of the Company.

          Section 27. Supplements and Amendments. Except as provided in the penultimate
sentence of this Section 27, for so long as the Rights are then redeemable, the Company may in its
sole and absolute discretion, and the Rights Agent shall if the Company so directs, supplement or
amend any provision of this Agreement in any respect without the approval of any holders of the
Rights. At any time when the Rights are no longer redeemable, except as provided in the
penultimate sentence of this Section 27, the Company may, and the Rights Agent shall, if the
Company so directs, supplement or amend this Agreement without the approval of any holders of
Rights, provided that no such supplement or amendment may (a) adversely affect the interests of the
holders of Rights as such (other than an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate of an
Acquiring Person), (b) cause this Agreement again to become amendable other than in accordance with
this sentence or (c) cause the Rights again to become redeemable. Notwithstanding anything
contained in this Agreement to the contrary, no supplement or amendment shall be made which changes
the Redemption Price. Upon the delivery of a certificate from an appropriate officer of the
Company which states that the supplement or amendment is in compliance with the terms of this
Section 27, the Rights Agent shall execute such supplement or amendment.

          Section 28. Successors. All the covenants and provisions of this Agreement by or for
the benefit of the Company or the Rights Agent shall bind and inure to the benefit of their
respective successors and assigns hereunder.

          Section 29. Benefits of this Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed
to give to any Person other than the Company, the Rights Agent and the registered holders of the
Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock or the Convertible
Preferred Stock) any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under this Agreement; but this
Agreement shall be for the sole and exclusive benefit of the Company, the Rights Agent and the
registered holders of the Right Certificates (and, prior to the Distribution Date, the Common Stock
or the Convertible Preferred Stock).

          Section 30. Determinations and Actions by the Board of Directors. The Board of
Directors of the Company or any committee thereof authorized by the Board for such purpose shall
have the exclusive power and authority to administer this Agreement and to exercise the rights and
powers specifically granted to the Board of Directors of the Company or to the Company, or as may
be necessary or advisable in the administration of this Agreement, including, without limitation,
the right and power to (a) interpret the provisions of this Agreement and (b) make all
determinations deemed necessary or advisable for the administration of this Agreement (including,
without limitation, a determination to redeem or not redeem the Rights or to amend or not amend
this Agreement). All such actions, calculations, interpretations and determinations that are done
or made by the Board of Directors of the Company in good

41

 

faith shall be final, conclusive and binding on the Company, the Rights Agent, the holders of
the Rights, as such, and all other parties.

          Section 31. Severability. If any term, provision, covenant or restriction of this
Agreement is held by a court of competent jurisdiction or other authority to be invalid, void or
unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, provisions, covenants and restrictions of this Agreement
shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

          Section 32. Governing Law. This Agreement and each Right Certificate issued hereunder
shall be deemed to be a contract made under the laws of the State of Delaware and for all purposes
shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of such State applicable to
contracts to be made and performed entirely within such State.

          Section 33. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any number of
counterparts and each of such counterparts shall for all purposes be deemed to be an original, and
all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.

          Section 34. Descriptive Headings. Descriptive headings of the several Sections of
this Agreement are inserted for convenience only and shall not control or affect the meaning or
construction of any of the provisions hereof.

          Section 35. Force Majeure. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein,
the Rights Agent shall not be liable for any delays or failures in performance resulting from acts
beyond its reasonable control including, without limitation, acts of God, terrorist acts, shortage
of supply, breakdowns or malfunctions, interruptions or malfunction of computer facilities, or loss
of data due to power failures or mechanical difficulties with information storage or retrieval
systems, labor difficulties, war, or civil unrest.

42

 

        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to be duly executed, all as
of the day and year first above written.

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	COMPUTERSHARE TRUST COMPANY, N.A. as Rights Agent	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	By:	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Name:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	Title:	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 	 

 

 

Exhibit A

FORM OF

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

of

SERIES A JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

of

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware

               Discovery Communications, Inc. a corporation organized and existing under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the
provisions of Section 103 thereof, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

               That, upon the filing of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [                    ], 2008, pursuant to the authority vested in
the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in accordance with the
provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors
adopted the following resolution of the Board of Directors creating a series of [                    ] shares of
Preferred Stock designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” became effective:

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of
Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of
the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred
Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is
created, and that the designation and number of shares thereof and
the voting and other powers, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other rights of the shares of such series
and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as
follows:

Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock

          1. Designation and Amount. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock that shall be
designated as “Series A Junior Participating Preferred Stock” (the “Series A Junior Preferred
Stock”), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be [___]. Such number of
shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however,
that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock to less than
the number of shares then issued and outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise
of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by
the Corporation.

A-1

 

          2. Dividends and Distribution.

               (A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any class or
series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking prior and superior to the Series A Junior
Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock
outstanding at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding each Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) (or such other record date as the Board of Directors may
specify), in preference to the holders of shares of Series A Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Corporation (“Series A Common Stock”), Series B Common Stock, par value $.01
per share, of the Corporation (“Series B Common Stock”) and Series C Common Stock, par
value $.01, of the Corporation (“Series C Common Stock,” and collectively with the Series A
Common Stock and Series B Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) and of any class or series of
any other capital stock of the Corporation hereafter established ranking junior to the Series A
Junior Preferred Stock in respect thereof, and on a pari passu basis with the Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “Series B
Junior Preferred Stock”) and the Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01
per share, of the Corporation (the “Series C Junior Preferred Stock”, and collectively with
the Series A Junior Preferred Stock and Series B Junior Preferred Stock, the “Preferred
Stock”), shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared (except as provided in
paragraph (B) below) by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose,
quarterly dividends payable in cash (except as provided below) on the last day of March, June,
September and December, in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the date
upon which a share or fraction of a share of Series A Junior Preferred Stock is first outstanding
(the “First Issuance Date”), in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to
the greater of (i) $10.00 and (ii) the sum of (x) the Adjustment Number (as defined below) times
the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and (y) the Adjustment Number times the fair
value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of the aggregate per share amount of all non-cash
dividends or other distributions payable in kind as provided herein, other than a dividend payable
in shares of Series A Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Series A Common
Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), in the case of clauses (x) and (y) declared on the Series
A Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to
the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date following the First Issuance Date, from (but not
including) the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date immediately preceding the First Issuance Date;
provided, that to the extent the holders of shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock are
entitled to payment of such dividend pursuant to clause (ii) of this sentence in whole or in part
as a result of a non-cash dividend or distribution referred to in clause (ii)(y) above, such
holders will receive per share of Series A Preferred Stock, in lieu of the cash value of such
non-cash dividend or distribution, an amount of the securities or other property equal to the
Adjustment Number times the amount of such securities or other property distributed per share of
Series A Common Stock. The “Adjustment Number” shall initially be 1,000. In the event the
Corporation shall at any time after [                    ], 2008 (1) declare and pay any dividend on Series A
Common Stock payable in shares of Series A Common Stock, (2) subdivide the outstanding Series A
Common Stock or (3) combine the outstanding Series A Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,
then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be
adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number
of shares of Series A Common Stock

A-2

 

outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares
of Series A Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

               (B) The Board of Directors shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series A Junior
Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after each declaration of a dividend
or distribution on the Series A Common Stock (other than a dividend or distribution payable in
shares of Series A Common Stock); provided that no such dividend will be required to be
declared until the aggregate amount of cash dividends and the fair value of all non-cash dividends
and distributions on the Series A Common Stock, in each case multiplied by the Adjustment Number,
during the period following the last Quarterly Dividend Payment Date (or if applicable, the
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date preceding the First Issuance Date), exceeds the amount set forth in
clause (i) of paragraph (A) above.

               (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series A Junior
Preferred Stock from (but not including) the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the
First Issuance Date, unless such First Issuance Date is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is
after the record date for such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and prior to such Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date, in which event such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from (but not
including) such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear
interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock in an amount less than
the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.

     3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock shall have the
following voting rights:

               (A) Each share of Series A Junior Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to a number
of votes equal to the Adjustment Number times the number of votes which each share of Series A
Common Stock is entitled to vote, on all matters upon which the holders of the Series A Common
Stock are entitled to vote.

               (B) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and
except as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock will
vote as one class together with the holders of shares of Series A Common Stock and the holders of
any other class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation entitled to vote
with the holders of the Series A Common Stock generally upon all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders of the Corporation.

               (C) Except as required by law and by Section 10 hereof, holders of Series A Junior Preferred
Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the
extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Series A Common Stock as set forth herein) for
taking any corporate action.

     4. Certain Restrictions.

               (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series A
Junior Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until

A-3

 

all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of
Series A Junior Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall
not:

                    (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or
otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of capital stock ranking junior (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series A Junior Preferred Stock;

                    (ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of capital
stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)
with the Series A Junior Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series A Junior
Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in
proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; or

                    (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series A Junior Preferred
Stock, or any shares of capital stock ranking on a parity with the Series A Junior Preferred Stock
(including, without limitation, the redemption of any such parity stock), except (x) in accordance
with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors)
to all holders of Series A Junior Preferred Stock, or to such holders and holders of any such
shares ranking on a parity therewith, upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of
the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
treatment among the respective series or classes and (y) that the Corporation may at any time
redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock (other than any shares of
Series B or Series C Junior Preferred Stock) in exchange for shares of any capital stock of the
Corporation ranking junior (as to dividends and upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
Series A Junior Preferred Stock or rights, warrants or options to acquire such junior stock.

               (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or
otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of capital stock of the Corporation unless the
Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares
at such time and in such manner.

     5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise
acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired promptly after the
acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their retirement become authorized but unissued
shares of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be
created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to any conditions and
restrictions on issuance set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the
Corporation.

     6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

               (A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, voluntary or
otherwise, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of capital stock

A-4

 

ranking junior (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the
Series A Junior Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series A Junior
Preferred Stock shall have received an amount per share (the “Series A Liquidation
Preference”) equal to the greater of (i) $10.00 plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid
dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, and
(ii) the Adjustment Number times the amount of all cash and the fair value of all other property to
be distributed in respect of a single share of Series A Common Stock upon such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

               (B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in
full of the Series A Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other classes
and series of capital stock of the Corporation, if any, that rank on a parity with the Series A
Junior Preferred Stock in respect thereof, then the assets available for such distribution shall be
distributed ratably to the holders of the Series A Junior Preferred Stock and the holders of such
parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.

               (C) Neither the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another entity nor the
merger or consolidation of any other entity into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 6.

     7. Consolidation, Merger, Etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation,
merger, combination or other transaction in which the outstanding shares of Series A Common
Stock are exchanged for or changed into other capital stock or securities, cash and/or any other
property, then in any such case each share of Series A Junior Preferred Stock shall at the same
time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share equal to the Adjustment Number
times the aggregate amount of capital stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable
in kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Series A Common Stock is
changed or exchanged.

     8. No Redemption. Shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock shall not be subject to
redemption by the Corporation.

     9. Ranking. The Series A Junior Preferred Stock shall rank with respect to the payment of
dividends and as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of
the Corporation, pari passu with the Series B Junior Preferred Stock and the Series C Junior
Preferred Stock, senior to the Convertible Preferred Stock (as defined in the Corporation’s
Restated Certificate of Incorporation), junior to all other series of preferred stock unless the
terms of any such series of preferred stock shall provide otherwise, and senior to any class or
series of common stock of the Corporation.

     10. Amendment. At any time that any shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock are
outstanding, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding
shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be required in
order for the Corporation (including, in each case, directly or indirectly and whether effected
by or in connection with a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification of shares,
reorganization or by any other means) to amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Restated

A-5

 

Certificate of Incorporation to alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights
of shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely.

          11. Fractional Shares. Series A Junior Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a
share that shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to
exercise voting rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit
of all other rights of holders of Series A Junior Preferred Stock.

                       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate this                      day of
                                        , 2008.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

A-6

 

	 	 	 	 	 

Exhibit B

FORM OF

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

of

SERIES B JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

of

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware

          Discovery Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the
provisions of Section 103 thereof, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

          That, upon the filing of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [                    ], 2008, pursuant to the authority vested in
the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in accordance with the
provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors
adopted the following resolution of the Board of Directors creating a series of [                    ] shares of
Preferred Stock designated as “Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock” became effective:

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of
Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of
the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred
Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is
created, and that the designation and number of shares thereof and
the voting and other powers, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other rights of the shares of such series
and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as
follows:

Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock

     1. Designation and Amount. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock that shall be
designated as “Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock” (the “Series B Junior Preferred
Stock”), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be [                    ]. Such number of
shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however,
that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock to less than
the number of shares then issued and outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise
of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by
the Corporation.

B-1

 

     2. Dividends and Distribution.

          (A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any class or
series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking prior and superior to the Series B Junior
Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock
outstanding at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding each Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) (or such other record date as the Board of Directors may
specify), in preference to the holders of shares of Series A Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Corporation (“Series A Common Stock”), Series B Common Stock, par value $.01
per share, of the Corporation (“Series B Common Stock”) and Series C Common Stock, par
value $.01, of the Corporation (“Series C Common Stock,” and collectively with the Series A
Common Stock and Series B Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) and of any class or series of
any other capital stock of the Corporation hereafter established ranking junior to the Series B
Junior Preferred Stock in respect thereof, and on a pari passu basis with the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “Series A
Junior Preferred Stock”) and the Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01
per share, of the Corporation (the “Series C Junior Preferred Stock,” and collectively with
the Series A Preferred Stock and Series B Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”), shall be
entitled to receive, when, as and if declared (except as provided in paragraph (B) below) by the
Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose, quarterly dividends payable in
cash (except as provided below) on the last day of March, June, September and December, in each
year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly Dividend Payment Date”),
commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the date upon which a share or
fraction of a share of Series B Preferred Stock is first outstanding (the “First Issuance
Date”), in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to the greater of (i) $10.00
and (ii) the sum of (x) the Adjustment Number (as defined below) times the aggregate per share
amount of all cash dividends, and (y) the Adjustment Number times the fair value (as determined by
the Board of Directors) of the aggregate per share amount of all non-cash dividends or other
distributions payable in kind as provided herein, other than a dividend payable in shares of Series
B Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Series B Common Stock (by
reclassification or otherwise), in the case of clauses (x) and (y) declared on the Series B Common
Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to the
first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date following the First Issuance Date, from (but not including)
the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date immediately preceding the First Issuance Date;
provided, that to the extent the holders of shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock are
entitled to payment of such dividend pursuant to clause (ii) of this sentence in whole or in part
as a result of a non-cash dividend or distribution referred to in clause (ii)(y) above, such
holders will receive per share of Series B Preferred Stock, in lieu of the cash value of such
non-cash dividend or distribution, an amount of the securities or other property equal to the
Adjustment Number times the amount of such securities or other property distributed per share of
Series B Common Stock. The “Adjustment Number” shall initially be 1,000. In the event the
Corporation shall at any time after [                    ], 2008 (1) declare and pay any dividend on Series B
Common Stock payable in shares of Series B Common Stock, (2) subdivide the outstanding Series B
Common Stock or (3) combine the outstanding Series B Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,
then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be
adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number
of shares of Series B Common Stock outstanding immediately after such

B-2

 

event and the denominator of which is the number of shares of Series B Common Stock that were
outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          (B) The Board of Directors shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series B Junior
Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after each declaration of a dividend
or distribution on the Series B Common Stock (other than a dividend or distribution payable in
shares of Series B Common Stock); provided, that no such dividend will be required to be
declared until the aggregate amount of cash dividends and the fair value of all non-cash dividends
and distributions on the Series B Common Stock, in each case multiplied by the Adjustment Number,
during the period following the last Quarterly Dividend Payment Date (or, if applicable, the
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date preceding the First Issuance Date), exceeds the amount set forth in
clause (i) of paragraph (A) above.

          (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series B Junior
Preferred Stock from (but not including) the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the
First Issuance Date, unless such First Issuance Date is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is
after the record date for such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and prior to such Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date, in which event such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from (but not
including) such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear
interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock in an amount less than
the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.

     3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock shall have the
following voting rights:

          (A) Each share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to a number
of votes equal to the Adjustment Number times the number of votes which each share of Series B
Common Stock is entitled to vote, on all matters upon which the holders of the Series B Common
Stock are entitled to vote.

          (B) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and
except as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock will
vote as one class together with the holders of shares of Series B Common Stock and the holders of
any other class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation entitled to vote
with the holders of the Series B Common Stock generally upon all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders of the Corporation.

          (C) Except as required by law and by Section 10 hereof, holders of Series B Junior Preferred
Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the
extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Series B Common Stock as set forth herein) for
taking any corporate action.

     4. Certain Restrictions.

          (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series B
Junior Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until

B-3

 

all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of
Series B Junior Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall
not:

               (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or
otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of stock ranking junior (either as to dividends or
upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series B Junior Preferred Stock;

               (ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of capital
stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)
with the Series B Junior Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series B Junior
Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in
proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; or

               (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series B Junior Preferred
Stock, or any shares of capital stock ranking on a parity with the Series B Junior Preferred Stock
(including, without limitation, the redemption of any such parity stock), except (x) in accordance
with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors)
to all holders of Series B Junior Preferred Stock, or to such holders and holders of any such
shares ranking on a parity therewith, upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of
the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
treatment among the respective series or classes and (y) that the Corporation may at any time
redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock (other than any shares of
Series A or Series C Junior Preferred Stock) in exchange for shares of any capital stock of the
Corporation ranking junior (as to dividends and upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
Series B Junior Preferred Stock or rights, warrants or options to acquire such junior stock.

          (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or
otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of capital stock of the Corporation unless the
Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares
at such time and in such manner.

     5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise
acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired promptly after the
acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their retirement become authorized but unissued
shares of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be
created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to any conditions and
restrictions on issuance set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

     6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

          (A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, voluntary or
otherwise, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of capital stock ranking junior
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series

B-4

 

B Junior Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series B Junior
Preferred Stock shall have received an amount per share (the “Series B Liquidation
Preference”) equal to the greater of (i) $10.00 plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid
dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, and (ii)
the Adjustment Number times the per share amount of all cash and the fair value of all other
property to be distributed in respect of a single share of Series B Common Stock upon such
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

          (B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in
full of the Series B Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other classes
and series of capital stock of the Corporation, if any, that rank on a parity with the Series B
Junior Preferred Stock in respect thereof, then the assets available for such distribution shall be
distributed ratably to the holders of the Series B Junior Preferred Stock and the holders of such
parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.

          (C) Neither the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another entity nor the
merger or consolidation of any other entity into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 6.

     7. Consolidation, Merger, Etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation,
merger, combination or other transaction in which the outstanding shares of Series B Common Stock
are exchanged for or changed into other capital stock or securities, cash and/or any other
property, then in any such case each share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock shall at the same
time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share equal to the Adjustment Number
times the aggregate amount of capital stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in
kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Series B Common Stock is changed
or exchanged.

     8. No Redemption. Shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock shall not be subject to
redemption by the Corporation.

     9. Ranking. The Series B Junior Preferred Stock shall rank with respect to the payment of
dividends and as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, pari passu with the Series A Junior Preferred Stock and the Series C Junior Preferred
Stock, senior to the Convertible Preferred Stock (as defined in the Corporation’s Restated
Certificate of Incorporation), junior to all other series of preferred stock unless the terms of
any such series of preferred stock shall provide otherwise, and senior to any class or series of
common stock of the Corporation.

     10. Amendment. At any time that any shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock are
outstanding, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of Series B Junior Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be required in order for the
Corporation (including, in each case, directly or indirectly and whether effected by or in
connection with a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification of shares,
reorganization or by any other means) to amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Restated

B-5

 

Certificate of Incorporation to alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of
shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely.

     11. Fractional Shares. Series B Junior Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share
that shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting
rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights
of holders of Series B Junior Preferred Stock.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate this                      day of
                                        , 2008.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 

B-6

 

	 	 	 	 	 

Exhibit C

FORM OF

CERTIFICATE OF DESIGNATION

of

SERIES C JUNIOR PARTICIPATING PREFERRED STOCK

of

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

Pursuant to Section 151 of the General Corporation Law

of the State of Delaware

          Discovery Communications, Inc., a corporation organized and existing under the General
Corporation Law of the State of Delaware (the “Corporation”), in accordance with the
provisions of Section 103 thereof, DOES HEREBY CERTIFY:

          That, upon the filing of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation with the
Secretary of State of the State of Delaware on [___], 2008, pursuant to the authority vested in
the Board of Directors of the Corporation (the “Board of Directors”) in accordance with the
provisions of the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation, the Board of Directors
adopted the following resolution of the Board of Directors creating a series of [___] shares
of Preferred Stock designated as “Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock” became effective:

     RESOLVED, that pursuant to the authority vested in the Board of
Directors of this Corporation in accordance with the provisions of
the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, a series of Preferred
Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation be and hereby is
created, and that the designation and number of shares thereof and
the voting and other powers, preferences and relative,
participating, optional or other rights of the shares of such series
and the qualifications, limitations and restrictions thereof are as
follows:

Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock

     1. Designation and Amount. There shall be a series of Preferred Stock that shall be
designated as “Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock” (the “Series C Junior Preferred
Stock”), and the number of shares constituting such series shall be [___]. Such number of
shares may be increased or decreased by resolution of the Board of Directors; provided, however,
that no decrease shall reduce the number of shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock to less than
the number of shares then issued and outstanding plus the number of shares issuable upon exercise
of outstanding rights, options or warrants or upon conversion of outstanding securities issued by
the Corporation.

C-1

 

     2. Dividends and Distribution.

          (A) Subject to the prior and superior rights of the holders of any shares of any class or
series of capital stock of the Corporation ranking prior and superior to the Series C Junior
Preferred Stock with respect to dividends, the holders of shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock
outstanding at the close of business on the business day immediately preceding each Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date (as defined below) (or such other record date as the Board of Directors may
specify), in preference to the holders of shares of Series A Common Stock, par value $.01 per
share, of the Corporation (“Series A Common Stock”), Series B Common Stock, par value $.01
per share, of the Corporation (“Series B Common Stock”) and Series C Common Stock, par
value $.01, of the Corporation (“Series C Common Stock,” and collectively with the Series A
Common Stock and Series B Common Stock, the “Common Stock”) and of any class or series of
any other capital stock of the Corporation hereafter established ranking junior to the Series C
Junior Preferred Stock in respect thereof, and on a pari passu basis with the Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share, of the Corporation (the “Series A
Junior Preferred Stock”) and the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01
per share, of the Corporation (the “Series B Junior Preferred Stock,” and collectively with
the Series A Junior Preferred Stock and Series C Junior Preferred Stock, the “Preferred
Stock”), shall be entitled to receive, when, as and if declared (except as provided in
paragraph (B) below) by the Board of Directors out of funds legally available for the purpose,
quarterly dividends payable in cash (except as provided below) on the last day of March, June,
September and December, in each year (each such date being referred to herein as a “Quarterly
Dividend Payment Date”), commencing on the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date after the date
upon which a share or fraction of a share of Series C Junior Preferred Stock is first outstanding
(the “First Issuance Date”), in an amount per share (rounded to the nearest cent) equal to
the greater of (i) $10.00 and (ii) the sum of (x) the Adjustment Number (as defined below) times
the aggregate per share amount of all cash dividends, and (y) the Adjustment Number times the fair
value (as determined by the Board of Directors) of the aggregate per share amount of all non-cash
dividends or other distributions payable in kind as provided herein, other than a dividend payable
in shares of Series C Common Stock or a subdivision of the outstanding shares of Series C Common
Stock (by reclassification or otherwise), in the case of clauses (x) and (y) declared on the Series
C Common Stock since the immediately preceding Quarterly Dividend Payment Date, or, with respect to
the first Quarterly Dividend Payment Date following the First Issuance Date, from (but not
including) the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date immediately preceding the First Issuance Date;
provided, that to the extent the holders of shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock are
entitled to payment of such dividend pursuant to clause (ii) of this sentence in whole or in part
as a result of a non-cash dividend or distribution referred to in clause (ii)(y) above, such
holders will receive per share of Series C Junior Preferred Stock, in lieu of the cash value of
such non-cash dividend or distribution, an amount of the securities or other property equal to the
Adjustment Number times the amount of such securities or other property distributed per share of
Series C Common Stock. The “Adjustment Number” shall initially be 1,000. In the event the
Corporation shall at any
 time after [                    ], 2008 (1) declare and pay any dividend on Series C
Common Stock payable in shares of Series C Common Stock, (2) subdivide the outstanding Series C
Common Stock or (3) combine the outstanding Series C Common Stock into a smaller number of shares,
then in each such case the Adjustment Number in effect immediately prior to such event shall be
adjusted by multiplying such Adjustment Number by a fraction the numerator of which is the number
of shares of Series C Common Stock

C-2

 

outstanding immediately after such event and the denominator of which is the number of shares
of Series C Common Stock that were outstanding immediately prior to such event.

          (B) The Board of Directors shall declare a dividend or distribution on the Series C Junior
Preferred Stock as provided in paragraph (A) above immediately after each declaration of a dividend
or distribution on the Series C Common Stock (other than a dividend or distribution payable in
shares of Series C Common Stock); provided, that no such dividend will be required to be
declared until the aggregate amount of cash dividends and the fair value of all non-cash dividends
and distributions on the Series C Common Stock, in each case multiplied by the Adjustment Number,
during the period following the last Quarterly Dividend Payment Date (or, if applicable, the
Quarterly Dividend Payment Date preceding the First Issuance Date), exceeds the amount set forth in
clause (i) of paragraph (A) above.

          (C) Dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative on outstanding shares of Series C Junior
Preferred Stock from (but not including) the Quarterly Dividend Payment Date next preceding the
First Issuance Date, unless such First Issuance Date is a Quarterly Dividend Payment Date or is
after the record date for such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date and prior to such Quarterly Dividend
Payment Date, in which event such dividends shall begin to accrue and be cumulative from (but not
including) such Quarterly Dividend Payment Date. Accrued but unpaid dividends shall not bear
interest. Dividends paid on the shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock in an amount less than
the total amount of such dividends at the time accrued and payable on such shares shall be
allocated pro rata on a share-by-share basis among all such shares at the time outstanding.

     3. Voting Rights. The holders of shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock shall have the
following voting rights:

          (A) Each share of Series C Junior Preferred Stock shall entitle the holder thereof to a number
of votes equal to the Adjustment Number times the number of votes which each share of Series C
Common Stock is entitled to vote, on all matters upon which the holders of the Series C Common
Stock are entitled to vote.

          (B) Except as otherwise provided herein or in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation, and
except as otherwise required by law, the holders of shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock will
vote as one class together with the holders of shares of Series C Common Stock and the holders of
any other class or series of capital stock or other securities of the Corporation entitled to vote
with the holders of the Series C Common Stock generally upon all matters submitted to a vote of the
stockholders of the Corporation.

          (C) Except as required by law and by Section 10 hereof, holders of Series C Junior Preferred
Stock shall have no special voting rights and their consent shall not be required (except to the
extent they are entitled to vote with holders of Series C Common Stock as set forth herein) for
taking any corporate action.

     4. Certain Restrictions.

          (A) Whenever quarterly dividends or other dividends or distributions payable on the Series C
Junior Preferred Stock as provided in Section 2 are in arrears, thereafter and until

C-3

 

all accrued and unpaid dividends and distributions, whether or not declared, on shares of
Series C Junior Preferred Stock outstanding shall have been paid in full, the Corporation shall
not:

               (i) declare or pay dividends on, make any other distributions on, or redeem or purchase or
otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of capital stock ranking junior (either as to
dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series C Junior Preferred Stock;

               (ii) declare or pay dividends on or make any other distributions on any shares of capital
stock ranking on a parity (either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up)
with the Series C Junior Preferred Stock, except dividends paid ratably on the Series C Junior
Preferred Stock and all such parity stock on which dividends are payable or in arrears in
proportion to the total amounts to which the holders of all such shares are then entitled; or

               (iii) purchase or otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of Series C Junior Preferred
Stock, or any shares of capital stock ranking on a parity with the Series C Junior Preferred Stock
(including, without limitation, the redemption of any such parity stock), except (x) in accordance
with a purchase offer made in writing or by publication (as determined by the Board of Directors)
to all holders of Series C Junior Preferred Stock, or to such holders and holders of any such
shares ranking on a parity therewith, upon such terms as the Board of Directors, after
consideration of the respective annual dividend rates and other relative rights and preferences of
the respective series and classes, shall determine in good faith will result in fair and equitable
treatment among the respective series or classes and (y) that the Corporation may at any time
redeem, purchase or otherwise acquire shares of any such parity stock (other than any shares of
Series A or Series B Junior Preferred Stock) in exchange for shares of any capital stock of the
Corporation ranking junior (as to dividends and upon dissolution, liquidation or winding up) to the
Series C Junior Preferred Stock or rights, warrants or options to acquire such junior stock.

          (B) The Corporation shall not permit any subsidiary of the Corporation to purchase or
otherwise acquire for consideration any shares of capital stock of the Corporation unless the
Corporation could, under paragraph (A) of this Section 4, purchase or otherwise acquire such shares
at such time and in such manner.

     5. Reacquired Shares. Any shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock purchased or otherwise
acquired by the Corporation in any manner whatsoever shall be retired promptly after the
acquisition thereof. All such shares shall upon their retirement become authorized but unissued
shares of preferred stock and may be reissued as part of a new series of preferred stock to be
created by resolution or resolutions of the Board of Directors, subject to any conditions and
restrictions on issuance set forth in the Restated Certificate of Incorporation of the Corporation.

     6. Liquidation, Dissolution or Winding Up.

          (A) Upon any liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation, voluntary or
otherwise, no distribution shall be made to the holders of shares of capital stock ranking junior
(either as to dividends or upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up) to the Series

C-4

 

C Junior Preferred Stock unless, prior thereto, the holders of shares of Series C Junior
Preferred Stock shall have received an amount per share (the “Series C Liquidation
Preference”) equal to the greater of (i) $10.00 plus an amount equal to all accrued and unpaid
dividends and distributions thereon, whether or not declared, to the date of such payment, and (ii)
the Adjustment Number times the amount of all cash and the fair value of all other property to be
distributed in respect of a single share of Series C Common Stock upon such liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Corporation.

          (B) In the event, however, that there are not sufficient assets available to permit payment in
full of the Series C Liquidation Preference and the liquidation preferences of all other classes
and series of capital stock of the Corporation, if any, that rank on a parity with the Series C
Junior Preferred Stock in respect thereof, then the assets available for such distribution shall be
distributed ratably to the holders of the Series C Junior Preferred Stock and the holders of such
parity shares in proportion to their respective liquidation preferences.

          (C) Neither the merger or consolidation of the Corporation into or with another entity nor the
merger or consolidation of any other entity into or with the Corporation shall be deemed to be a
liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the Corporation within the meaning of this Section 6.

     7. Consolidation, Merger, Etc. In case the Corporation shall enter into any consolidation,
merger, combination or other transaction in which the outstanding shares of Series C Common Stock
are exchanged for or changed into other capital stock or securities, cash and/or any other
property, then in any such case each share of Series C Junior Preferred Stock shall at the same
time be similarly exchanged or changed into an amount per share equal to the Adjustment Number
times the aggregate amount of capital stock, securities, cash and/or any other property (payable in
kind), as the case may be, into which or for which each share of Series C Common Stock is changed
or exchanged.

     8. No Redemption. Shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock shall not be subject to
redemption by the Corporation.

     9. Ranking. The Series C Junior Preferred Stock shall rank with respect to the payment of
dividends and as to the distribution of assets upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up of the
Corporation, pari passu with the Series A Junior Preferred Stock and the Series B Junior Preferred
Stock, senior to the Convertible Preferred Stock (as defined in the Corporation’s Restated
Certificate of Incorporation), junior to all other series of preferred stock unless the terms of
any such series of preferred stock shall provide otherwise, and senior to any class or series of
common stock of the Corporation.

     10. Amendment. At any time that any shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock are
outstanding, the affirmative vote of the holders of at least two-thirds of the outstanding shares
of Series A Junior Preferred Stock, voting as a separate class, shall be required in order for the
Corporation (including, in each case, directly or indirectly and whether effected by or in
connection with a merger, consolidation, recapitalization, reclassification of shares,
reorganization or by any other means) to amend, alter or repeal any provision of the Restated

C-5

 

Certificate of Incorporation to alter or change the powers, preferences or special rights of
shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock so as to affect them adversely.

     11. Fractional Shares. Series C Junior Preferred Stock may be issued in fractions of a share
that shall entitle the holder, in proportion to such holder’s fractional shares, to exercise voting
rights, receive dividends, participate in distributions and to have the benefit of all other rights
of holders of Series C Junior Preferred Stock.

          IN
WITNESS WHEREOF, the undersigned has executed this Certificate this ___ day of
                    , 2008.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	Name:  	 	 
	 	 	Title:  	 	 
	 

C-6

 

Exhibit D

Form of Series A Right Certificate

Certificate No. R-                    

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER [                     ___], 2018 OR EARLIER IF
REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE SERIES A RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO
REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER SERIES A RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET
FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET
FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SERIES A RIGHTS OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED
TO ANY PERSON WHO IS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE
RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND CERTAIN TRANSFEREES THEREOF WILL BECOME NULL AND
VOID AND WILL NO LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE.

SERIES A RIGHT CERTIFICATE

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

     This certifies that                                          or registered assigns, is the registered
owner of the number of Series A Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof,
subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of
[                     ___], 2008, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Rights
Agreement”), between Discovery Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (the “Rights
Agent”), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is
defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on [                     ___],
2018 at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or of its successor
as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series A Junior Preferred
Stock”), of the Company at a purchase price of $100 per one one-thousandth of a share of
Preferred Stock (the “Purchase Price”), upon presentation and surrender of this Series A
Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Series A
Rights evidenced by this Series A Rights Certificate (and the number of one-thousandths of a share
of Series A Junior Preferred Stock which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above,
and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of [                     ___],
2008, based on the Series A Junior Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. As provided in the
Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price, the number of one-thousandths of a share of Series A Junior
Preferred Stock (or other securities or property) which may be purchased upon the exercise of the
Series A Rights and the number of Series A Rights evidenced by this Series A Right Certificate are
subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

     This Series A Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of
the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by
reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement

D-1

 

reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of
the Series A Right Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal
executive offices of the Company and the above-mentioned office or agency of the Rights Agent. The
Company will mail to the holder of this Series A Right Certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement
without charge after receipt of a written request therefor.

     This Series A Right Certificate, with or without other Series A Right Certificates, upon
surrender at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged
for another Series A Right Certificate or Series A Right Certificates of like tenor and date
evidencing Series A Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of shares of
Series A Junior Preferred Stock as the Series A Rights evidenced by the Series A Right Certificate
or Series A Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this
Series A Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon
surrender hereof another Series A Right Certificate or Series A Right Certificates for the number
of whole Series A Rights not exercised.

     Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Series A Rights evidenced by this
Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.01 per Series A Right or
(ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for shares of the Company’s Series A Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (“Series A Common Stock”), or shares of Series A Junior Preferred
Stock.

     No fractional shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock or Series A Common Stock will be
issued upon the exercise or exchange of any Series A Right or Series A Rights evidenced hereby
(other than fractions of Series A Junior Preferred Stock which are integral multiples of one
one-thousandth of a share of Series A Junior Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the
Company, be evidenced by depository receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as
provided in the Rights Agreement.

     No holder of this Series A Right Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive
dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Series A Junior Preferred Stock or of any
other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise or exchange
hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon
the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote
for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,
or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other
actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement) or to receive dividends
or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Series A Right or Series A Rights evidenced by this
Right Certificate shall have been exercised or exchanged as provided in the Rights Agreement.

     This Series A Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it
shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

D-2

 

          WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal.
Dated as of                      ___, 200___.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	     [Title] 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

ATTEST:

	 	 	 
	 
	 

[Title]

	 	 

Countersigned:

                                        , as Rights Agent

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	By
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	  [Title]
	 	 

D-3

 

Form of Reverse Side of Series A Right Certificate

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such

holder desires to transfer the Series A Right Certificate)

     FOR
VALUE RECEIVED
                                        
hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto 

 

(Please print name and address of transferee)

                                        Series A Rights represented by this Series A Right Certificate, together
with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
                                         Attorney, to transfer said Rights on the books of the within-named
Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:                                         

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signatures must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible
institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

(To be completed)

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the Series A Rights evidenced by this Series A Right
Certificate are not Beneficially Owned by, were not acquired by the undersigned from, and are not
being assigned to an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the
Rights Agreement).

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

D-4

 

Form of
Reverse Side of Series A Right Certificate – continued

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to exercise Series A

Rights represented by the Series A Rights Certificate)

To DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.:

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise                      Series A Rights represented by
this Series A Right Certificate to purchase the shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock (or other
securities or property) issuable upon the exercise of such Series A Rights and requests that
certificates for such shares of Series A Junior Preferred Stock (or such other securities) be
issued in the name of:

 

(Please print name and address)

     If such number of Series A Rights shall not be all the Series A Rights evidenced by this
Series A Right Certificate, a new Series A Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such
Rights shall be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security

or other identifying number

 

(Please print name and address)

Dated:                                        

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	Signature	 	 

(Signature must conform to holder specified on Right Certificate)

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signature must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible
institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

D-5

 

Form of
Reverse Side of Series A Right Certificate – continued

 

(To be completed)

     The undersigned certifies that the Series A Rights evidenced by this Series A Right
Certificate are not Beneficially Owned by, and were not acquired by the undersigned from, an
Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

 

NOTICE

     The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be,
must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Series A Right Certificate in every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

     In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of
Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, such Assignment or Election to Purchase
will not be honored.

D-6

 

Exhibit E

Form of Series B Right Certificate

Certificate No. R-                    

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER [                     ___], 2018 OR EARLIER IF
REDEMPTION OR EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE SERIES B RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO
REDEMPTION AT $.01 PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN
THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT. UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE
RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SERIES B RIGHTS OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON
WHO IS OR BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS
AGREEMENT) AND CERTAIN TRANSFEREES THEREOF WILL BECOME NULL AND VOID AND
WILL NO LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE.

SERIES B RIGHT CERTIFICATE

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

     This certifies that                                          or registered assigns, is the registered
owner of the number of Series B Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof,
subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of
[                     ___], 2008, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Rights
Agreement”), between Discovery Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (the “Rights
Agent”), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is
defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on [                     ___],
2018 at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or of its successor
as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series B Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series B Junior Preferred
Stock”), of the Company at a purchase price of $100 per one one-thousandth of a share of
Preferred Stock (the “Purchase Price”), upon presentation and surrender of this Series B
Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Series B
Rights evidenced by this Series B Rights Certificate (and the number of one-thousandths of a share
of Series B Junior Preferred Stock which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above,
and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of [                     ___],
2008, based on the Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. As
provided in the Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price, the number of one-thousandths of a share of
Series B Junior Preferred Stock (or other securities or property) which may be purchased upon the
exercise of the Series B Rights and the number of Series B Rights evidenced by this Series B Right
Certificate are subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

     This Series B Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of
the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby

E-1

 

incorporated herein by reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement
reference is hereby made for a full description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,
duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Series B
Right Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive offices
of the Company and the above-mentioned office or agency of the Rights Agent. The Company will mail
to the holder of this Series B Right Certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without charge
after receipt of a written request therefor.

     This Series B Right Certificate, with or without other Series B Right Certificates, upon
surrender at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged
for another Series B Right Certificate or Series B Right Certificates of like tenor and date
evidencing Series B Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of shares of
Series B Junior Preferred Stock as the Series B Rights evidenced by the Series B Right Certificate
or Series B Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this
Series B Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon
surrender hereof another Series B Right Certificate or Series B Right Certificates for the number
of whole Series B Rights not exercised.

     Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Series B Rights evidenced by this
Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.01 per Series B Right or
(ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for shares of the Company’s Series B Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (“Series B Common Stock”), or shares of Series B Junior Preferred
Stock.

     No fractional shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock or Series B Common Stock will be
issued upon the exercise or exchange of any Series B Right or Series B Rights evidenced hereby
(other than fractions of Series B Junior Preferred Stock which are integral multiples of one
one-thousandth of a share of Series B Junior Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the
Company, be evidenced by depository receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as
provided in the Rights Agreement.

     No holder of this Series B Right Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive
dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Series B Junior Preferred Stock or of any
other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise or exchange
hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon
the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote
for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,
or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other
actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement) or to receive dividends
or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Series B Right or Series B Rights evidenced by this
Right Certificate shall have been exercised or exchanged as provided in the Rights Agreement.

     This Series B Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it
shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

E-2

 

          WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal.
Dated as of                      ___, 200___.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	[Title] 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

ATTEST:

	 
	 	 	 
	 

[Title]

	 	 

Countersigned:

                                        , as Rights Agent

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	By
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
  [Title]
	 	 

E-3

 

Form of Reverse Side of Series B Right Certificate

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such

holder desires to transfer the Series B Right Certificate)

     FOR
VALUE RECEIVED
                                        
hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto 

 

(Please print name and address of transferee)

                                        Series B Rights represented by this Series B Right Certificate, together
with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
                                         Attorney, to transfer said Rights on the books of the within-named
Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:                                         

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signatures must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible
institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

(To be completed)

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the Series B Rights evidenced by this Series B Right
Certificate are not Beneficially Owned by, were not acquired by the undersigned from, and are not
being assigned to an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the
Rights Agreement).

	 	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

E-4

 

Form of
Reverse Side of Series B Right Certificate – continued

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to exercise Series B

Rights represented by the Series B Rights Certificate)

To DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.:

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise                      Series B Rights represented by
this Series B Right Certificate to purchase the shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock (or other
securities or property) issuable upon the exercise of such Series B Rights and requests that
certificates for such shares of Series B Junior Preferred Stock (or such other securities) be
issued in the name of:

 

(Please print name and address)

If such number of Series B Rights shall not be all the Series B Rights evidenced by this Series B
Right Certificate, a new Series B Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall
be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security

or other identifying number

 

(Please print name and address)

Dated:                                        

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

(Signature must conform to holder specified on Right Certificate)

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signature must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible
institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

E-5

 

Form of
Reverse Side of Series B Right Certificate – continued

 

(To be completed)

     The undersigned certifies that the Series B Rights evidenced by this Series B Right
Certificate are not Beneficially Owned by, and were not acquired by the undersigned from, an
Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

 

NOTICE

     The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be,
must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Series B Right Certificate in every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

     In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of
Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, such Assignment or Election to Purchase
will not be honored.

E-6

 

Exhibit F

Form of Series C Right Certificate

Certificate No. R-                    

NOT EXERCISABLE AFTER [                     ___], 2018 OR EARLIER IF REDEMPTION
OR EXCHANGE OCCURS. THE SERIES C RIGHTS ARE SUBJECT TO REDEMPTION AT $.01
PER RIGHT AND TO EXCHANGE ON THE TERMS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT.
UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT, SERIES
C RIGHTS OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WHO IS OR BECOMES AN
ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND CERTAIN
TRANSFEREES THEREOF WILL BECOME NULL AND VOID AND WILL NO LONGER BE
TRANSFERABLE.

SERIES C RIGHT CERTIFICATE

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

     This certifies that                                          or registered assigns, is the registered
owner of the number of Series C Rights set forth above, each of which entitles the owner thereof,
subject to the terms, provisions and conditions of the Rights Agreement, dated as of
[                     ___], 2008, as the same may be amended from time to time (the “Rights
Agreement”), between Discovery Communications, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the
“Company”), and Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (the “Rights
Agent”), to purchase from the Company at any time after the Distribution Date (as such term is
defined in the Rights Agreement) and prior to 5:00 P.M., New York City time, on [                     ___],
2018 at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, or of its successor
as Rights Agent, one one-thousandth of a fully paid non-assessable share of Series C Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series C Junior Preferred
Stock”), of the Company at a purchase price of $100 per one one-thousandth of a share of
Preferred Stock (the “Purchase Price”), upon presentation and surrender of this Series C
Right Certificate with the Form of Election to Purchase duly executed. The number of Series C
Rights evidenced by this Series C Rights Certificate (and the number of one-thousandths of a share
of Series C Junior Preferred Stock which may be purchased upon exercise hereof) set forth above,
and the Purchase Price set forth above, are the number and Purchase Price as of [                     ___],
2008, based on the Series C Junior Preferred Stock as constituted at such date. As provided in the
Rights Agreement, the Purchase Price, the number of one-thousandths of a share of Series C Junior
Preferred Stock (or other securities or property) which may be purchased upon the exercise of the
Series C Rights and the number of Series C Rights evidenced by this Series C Right Certificate are
subject to modification and adjustment upon the happening of certain events.

     This Series C Right Certificate is subject to all of the terms, provisions and conditions of
the Rights Agreement, which terms, provisions and conditions are hereby incorporated herein by
reference and made a part hereof and to which Rights Agreement reference is hereby made for a full
description of the rights, limitations of rights, obligations,

F-1

 

duties and immunities hereunder of the Rights Agent, the Company and the holders of the Series
C Right Certificates. Copies of the Rights Agreement are on file at the principal executive
offices of the Company and the above-mentioned office or agency of the Rights Agent. The Company
will mail to the holder of this Series C Right Certificate a copy of the Rights Agreement without
charge after receipt of a written request therefor.

     This Series C Right Certificate, with or without other Series C Right Certificates, upon
surrender at the office or agency of the Rights Agent designated for such purpose, may be exchanged
for another Series C Right Certificate or Series C Right Certificates of like tenor and date
evidencing Series C Rights entitling the holder to purchase a like aggregate number of shares of
Series C Junior Preferred Stock as the Series C Rights evidenced by the Series C Right Certificate
or Series C Right Certificates surrendered shall have entitled such holder to purchase. If this
Series C Right Certificate shall be exercised in part, the holder shall be entitled to receive upon
surrender hereof another Series C Right Certificate or Series C Right Certificates for the number
of whole Series C Rights not exercised.

     Subject to the provisions of the Rights Agreement, the Series C Rights evidenced by this
Certificate (i) may be redeemed by the Company at a redemption price of $.01 per Series C Right or
(ii) may be exchanged in whole or in part for shares of the Company’s Series C Common Stock, par
value $.01 per share (“Series C Common Stock”), or shares of Series C Junior Preferred
Stock.

     No fractional shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock or Series C Common Stock will be
issued upon the exercise or exchange of any Series C Right or Series C Rights evidenced hereby
(other than fractions of Series C Junior Preferred Stock which are integral multiples of one
one-thousandth of a share of Series C Junior Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the
Company, be evidenced by depository receipts), but in lieu thereof a cash payment will be made, as
provided in the Rights Agreement.

     No holder of this Series C Right Certificate, as such, shall be entitled to vote or receive
dividends or be deemed for any purpose the holder of the Series C Junior Preferred Stock or of any
other securities of the Company which may at any time be issuable on the exercise or exchange
hereof, nor shall anything contained in the Rights Agreement or herein be construed to confer upon
the holder hereof, as such, any of the rights of a stockholder of the Company or any right to vote
for the election of directors or upon any matter submitted to stockholders at any meeting thereof,
or to give or withhold consent to any corporate action, or to receive notice of meetings or other
actions affecting stockholders (except as provided in the Rights Agreement) or to receive dividends
or subscription rights, or otherwise, until the Series C Right or Series C Rights evidenced by this
Right Certificate shall have been exercised or exchanged as provided in the Rights Agreement.

     This Series C Right Certificate shall not be valid or obligatory for any purpose until it
shall have been countersigned by the Rights Agent.

F-2

 

          WITNESS the facsimile signature of the proper officers of the Company and its corporate seal.
Dated as of                      ___, 200___.

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

 	 
	 	By:  	 	 
	 	 	[Title] 	 
	 	 	 	 
	 

ATTEST:

	 
	 	 	 
	 

[Title]

	 	 

Countersigned:

                                        , as Rights Agent

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	By
	 	 	 	 
	 

	 	 
  [Title]
	 	 

F-3

 

Form of Reverse Side of Series C Right Certificate

FORM OF ASSIGNMENT

(To be executed by the registered holder if such

holder desires to transfer the Series C Right Certificate)

     FOR
VALUE RECEIVED
                                        
hereby sells, assigns and transfers
unto 

 

(Please print name and address of transferee)

                                        Series C Rights represented by this Series C Right Certificate, together
with all right, title and interest therein, and does hereby irrevocably constitute and appoint
                                         Attorney, to transfer said Rights on the books of the within-named
Company, with full power of substitution.

Dated:                                         

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signatures must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible
institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

(To be completed)

     The undersigned hereby certifies that the Series C Rights evidenced by this Series C Right
Certificate are not Beneficially Owned by, were not acquired by the undersigned from, and are not
being assigned to an Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the
Rights Agreement).

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

F-4

 

Form of
Reverse Side of Series C Right Certificate – continued

FORM OF ELECTION TO PURCHASE

(To be executed if holder desires to exercise Series C

Rights represented by the Series C Rights Certificate)

To DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.:

     The undersigned hereby irrevocably elects to exercise                      Series C Rights represented by
this Series C Right Certificate to purchase the shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock (or other
securities or property) issuable upon the exercise of such Series C Rights and requests that
certificates for such shares of Series C Junior Preferred Stock (or such other securities) be
issued in the name of:

 

(Please print name and address)

If such number of Series C Rights shall not be all the Series C Rights evidenced by this Series C
Right Certificate, a new Series C Right Certificate for the balance remaining of such Rights shall
be registered in the name of and delivered to:

Please insert social security

or other identifying number

 

(Please print name and address)

Dated:                                        

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

(Signature must conform to holder specified on Right Certificate)

Signature Guaranteed:

     Signature must be guaranteed by a bank, trust company, broker, dealer or other eligible
institution participating in a recognized signature guarantee medallion program.

F-5

 

Form of
Reverse Side of Series C Right Certificate – continued

 

(To be completed)

     The undersigned certifies that the Series C Rights evidenced by this Series C Right
Certificate are not Beneficially Owned by, and were not acquired by the undersigned from, an
Acquiring Person or an Affiliate or Associate thereof (as defined in the Rights Agreement).

	 	 	 	 	 
	 
	 

	 	 

Signature
	 	 

 

NOTICE

     The signature in the Form of Assignment or Form of Election to Purchase, as the case may be,
must conform to the name as written upon the face of this Series C Right Certificate in every
particular, without alteration or enlargement or any change whatsoever.

     In the event the certification set forth above in the Form of Assignment or the Form of
Election to Purchase, as the case may be, is not completed, such Assignment or Election to Purchase
will not be honored.

F-6

 

Exhibit G

     UNDER CERTAIN CIRCUMSTANCES, AS SET FORTH IN THE RIGHTS
AGREEMENT, RIGHTS OWNED BY OR TRANSFERRED TO ANY PERSON WHO IS OR
BECOMES AN ACQUIRING PERSON (AS DEFINED IN THE RIGHTS AGREEMENT) AND
CERTAIN TRANSFEREES THEREOF WILL BECOME NULL AND VOID AND WILL NO
LONGER BE TRANSFERABLE.

SUMMARY OF RIGHTS TO PURCHASE

SHARES OF PREFERRED STOCK OF

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC

     On [DATE], the Board of Directors of Discovery Communications, Inc. (the “Company”)
declared a dividend of preferred share purchase rights to holders of the Company’s Common Stock of
record and holders of the Company’s Convertible Preferred Stock of record as of immediately after
the effectiveness of the Merger (the “Record Date”). The dividend consisted of one Series
A Right for each share of Series A Common Stock outstanding or Series A Convertible Preferred Stock
outstanding on the Record Date, one Series B Right for each share of Series B Common Stock
outstanding on the Record Date and one Series C Right for each share of Series C Common Stock
outstanding or Series C Convertible Preferred Stock outstanding on the Record Date. Each Series A
Right represents the right to purchase 1/1000th of a share of the Company’s Series A Junior
Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series A Junior Preferred
Stock”), each Series B Right represents the right to purchase 1/1000th of a share of the
Company’s Series B Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the “Series
B Junior Preferred Stock”) and each Series C Right collectively with the Series A Rights and
the Series B Rights, the “Rights”) represents the right to purchase 1/1000th of a share of
the Company’s Series C Junior Participating Preferred Stock, par value $.01 per share (the
“Series C Junior Preferred Stock” and, collectively with the Series A Junior Preferred
Stock and the Series B Junior Preferred Stock, the “Preferred Stock”). The description and
terms of the Rights are set forth in a Rights Agreement, dated as of [                     ___], 2008, as the
same may be amended from time to time (the “Rights Agreement”), between the Company and
Computershare Trust Company, N.A., as Rights Agent (the “Rights Agent”).

     Until the earlier to occur of (i) 10 days following a public announcement that a person or
group of affiliated or associated persons (with certain exceptions, an “Acquiring Person”)
has acquired beneficial ownership of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock or (ii)
10 business days (or such later date as may be determined by action of the Board of Directors of
the Company prior to such time as any person or group of affiliated persons becomes an Acquiring
Person) following the commencement of, or announcement of an intention to make, a tender offer or
exchange offer the consummation of which would result in the beneficial ownership by a person or
group of 10% or more of the outstanding shares of Common Stock (the earlier of such dates being
called the “Distribution Date”), the Rights will be evidenced, with respect to any of the
Common Stock certificates or Convertible Preferred Stock certificates outstanding as of the Record
Date, by such Common Stock certificate or Convertible Preferred Stock certificate together with
this Summary of Rights, or in the case of uncertificated shares, the balances indicated in the
book-entry account system of the transfer agent for the Common Stock or the Convertible Preferred
Stock.

G-1

 

     The Rights Agreement provides that, until the Distribution Date (or earlier expiration of the
Rights), the Rights will be transferred with and only with the Common Stock or the Convertible
Preferred Stock. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier expiration of the Rights), new Common
Stock certificates or Convertible Preferred Stock certificates issued after the Record Date upon
transfer or new issuances of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred Stock will contain a notation
incorporating the Rights Agreement by reference. Until the Distribution Date (or earlier
expiration of the Rights), the transfer of any shares of Common Stock or Convertible Preferred
Stock outstanding as of the Record Date, even without such notation or a copy of this Summary of
Rights, will also constitute the transfer of the Rights associated with such shares of Common Stock
or Convertible Preferred Stock. As soon as practicable following the Distribution Date, separate
certificates evidencing the Series A Rights (“Series A Right Certificates”), the Series B
Rights (“Series B Rights Certificates”) and the Series C Rights (“Series C Rights
Certificates” and, collectively with the Series A Right Certificates and the Series B Right
certificates, the “Right Certificates”) will be mailed to holders of record of the Series A
Common Stock, the Series B Common Stock, the Series C Common Stock, the Series A Convertible
Preferred Stock and the Series C Convertible Preferred Stock, respectively, as of the close of
business on the Distribution Date, and thereafter such separate Rights Certificates alone will
evidence the Rights.

     The Rights are not exercisable until the Distribution Date. The Rights will expire on
[                    , 2018] (the “Final Expiration Date”), unless the Final Expiration
Date is advanced or extended or unless the Rights are earlier redeemed or exchanged by the Company,
in each case as described below.

     The Purchase Price payable to exercise the Rights, and the number of shares of Preferred Stock
or other securities or property issuable upon any such exercise are subject to adjustment from time
to time to prevent dilution (i) in the event of a stock dividend on, or a subdivision, combination
or reclassification of, the Preferred Stock, (ii) upon the grant to holders of the Preferred Stock
of certain rights, options or warrants to subscribe for or purchase Preferred Stock at a price, or
securities convertible into Preferred Stock with a conversion price, less than the then-current
market price of the Preferred Stock or (iii) upon the distribution to holders of the Preferred
Stock of evidences of indebtedness or assets (excluding regular periodic cash dividends or
dividends payable in Preferred Stock) or of subscription rights or warrants (other than those
referred to above).

     The number of outstanding Rights associated with each share of Common Stock is subject to
adjustment in the event of a stock dividend on the Common Stock payable in shares of Common Stock
or subdivisions, consolidations or combinations of the Common Stock occurring, in any such case,
prior to the Distribution Date. The number of outstanding Rights associated with each share of
Convertible Preferred Stock is subject to adjustment in the event of a stock dividend on the
Convertible Preferred Stock payable in shares of Convertible Preferred Stock or subdivisions,
consolidations or combinations of the Convertible Preferred Stock occurring, in any such case,
prior to the Distribution Date.

     Shares of Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of the Rights will not be redeemable.
Each share of Preferred Stock will be entitled, when, as and if declared, to a minimum preferential
quarterly dividend payment of the greater of (a) $10.00 per share of

G-2

 

Preferred Stock, and (b) an amount per share of Preferred Stock equal to 1,000 times the
dividend declared per share of the applicable series of Common Stock. In the event of liquidation,
dissolution or winding up of the Company, the holders of the Preferred Stock will be entitled to a
minimum preferential payment of the greater of (a) $10.00 per share (plus any accrued but unpaid
dividends), and (b) an amount equal to 1,000 times the payment made per share of the applicable
series of Common Stock. Each share of Preferred Stock will have 1,000 times the number of votes
each share of the applicable series of Common Stock has on matters such series is entitled to vote
on, which shall be voted together with the applicable series of Common Stock (and, accordingly, the
Series C Junior Preferred Stock, like the Series C Common Stock, will not ordinarily have any
voting power). Finally, in the event of any merger, consolidation or other transaction in which
outstanding shares of Common Stock are converted or exchanged, each share of Preferred Stock will
be entitled to receive 1,000 times the amount received per share of the applicable series of Common
Stock. These rights are protected by customary antidilution provisions.

     Because of the nature of the Preferred Stock’s dividend, liquidation and voting rights, the
value of the 1/1000th interest in a share of Preferred Stock purchasable upon exercise of each
Series A Right, Series B Right and Series C Right should approximate the value of one share of
Series A Common Stock, Series B Common Stock and Series C Common Stock, respectively.

     In the event that any person or group of affiliated or associated persons becomes an Acquiring
Person, each holder of a Right, other than Rights Beneficially Owned by the Acquiring Person (which
will thereupon become void), will thereafter have the right to receive upon exercise of a Right
that number of shares of Series A Common Stock (in the case of a Series A Right), Series B Common
Stock (in the case of a Series B Right) or Series C Common Stock (in the case of a Series C Right),
having a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the Right.

     In the event that, after a person or group has become an Acquiring Person, the Company is
acquired in a merger or other business combination transaction, or 50% or more of its consolidated
assets or earning power are sold, proper provisions will be made so that each holder of a Right
(other than Rights Beneficially Owned by an Acquiring Person, which will have become void) will
thereafter have the right to receive upon the exercise of a Right that number of shares of common
stock of the person with whom the Company has engaged in such transaction (or its parent) that at
the time of such transaction have a market value equal to two times the exercise price of the
Right.

     At any time after any person or group becomes an Acquiring Person and prior to the earlier of
one of the events described in the previous paragraph or the acquisition by such Acquiring Person
of shares of Common Stock representing 50% or more of the total number of votes entitled to be cast
generally by the holders of the Common Stock then outstanding, the Board of Directors of the
Company may exchange the Rights (other than Rights owned by such Acquiring Person, which will have
become void), in whole or in part, for shares of Common Stock or Preferred Stock (or a series of
the Company’s preferred stock having equivalent rights, preferences and privileges), at an exchange
ratio of one share of Common Stock, or a fractional share of Preferred Stock (or other preferred
stock) equivalent in value thereto, per Right.

G-3

 

     With certain exceptions, no adjustment in the Purchase Price will be required until cumulative
adjustments require an adjustment of at least 1% in such Purchase Price. No fractional shares of
Preferred Stock or Common Stock will be issued (other than fractions of Preferred Stock which are
integral multiples of 1/1000th of a share of Preferred Stock, which may, at the election of the
Company, be evidenced by depositary receipts), and in lieu thereof an adjustment in cash will be
made based on the current market price of the Preferred Stock or the Common Stock.

     At any time prior to the time an Acquiring Person becomes such, the Board of Directors of the
Company may redeem the Rights in whole, but not in part, at a price of $.01 per Right (the
“Redemption Price”) payable, at the option of the Company, in cash, shares of Common Stock
or such other form of consideration as the Board of Directors of the Company shall determine. The
redemption of the Rights may be made effective at such time, on such basis and with such conditions
as the Board of Directors of the Company in its sole discretion may establish. Immediately upon
any redemption of the Rights, the right to exercise the Rights will terminate and the only right of
the holders of Rights will be to receive the Redemption Price.

     For so long as the Rights remain redeemable, the Company may, except with respect to the
Redemption Price, amend the Rights Agreement in any manner. After the Rights are no longer
redeemable, the Company may, except with respect to the Redemption Price, amend the Rights
Agreement in any manner that does not adversely affect the interests of holders of the Rights.

     Until a Right is exercised or exchanged, the holder thereof, as such, will have no rights as a
stockholder of the Company, including, without limitation, the right to vote or to receive
dividends.

     A copy of the Rights Agreement has been filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission as
an Exhibit to a Registration Statement on Form S-4 dated [                    ], 2008. A copy of the Rights
Agreement is available free of charge from the Company. This summary description of the Rights
does not purport to be complete and is qualified in its entirety by reference to the Rights
Agreement, as the same may be amended from time to time, which is hereby incorporated herein by
reference.

G-4exv4w6

Exhibit 4.6

AMENDMENT AND RESTATEMENT AGREEMENT

dated
 9  May 2007

for

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE LIMITED

(formerly known as Discovery Content UK limited)

guaranteed by

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

arranged by

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc

with

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc

acting as Agent

RELATING TO A FACILITY AGREEMENT DATED

2 March 2006 as amended on 18 April 2006

and as further amended and restated on 27 April 2006

Linklaters

Ref: NM/ALW

 

 

CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	CLAUSE	 	PAGE
	1. Definitions and interpretation
	 	 	1	 
	2. Conditions precedent
	 	 	2	 
	3. Representations
	 	 	2	 
	4. Amendments
	 	 	2	 
	5. Incorporation of terms
	 	 	2	 
	6. Confirmation
	 	 	2	 
	7. Governing Law; Jurisdiction, etc.
	 	 	2	 

THE SCHEDULES

	 	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE	 	 
	SCHEDULE 1
Conditions Precedent
	 	 	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	SCHEDULE 2 Form of Amended Agreement
	 	 	 	 

 

 

THIS
AGREEMENT is dated  9  May 2007 and made between:

	(1)	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE LIMITED, formerly known as Discovery Content UK Limited (the
“Borrower”);
	 
	(2)	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a corporation incorporated in the state of Delaware (the
“Company”);
	 
	(3)	 	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc as mandated lead arranger the “Arranger”); and
	 
	(4)	 	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

IT IS AGREED as follows:

	1.	 	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 
	1.1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	“Amended Agreement” means the Original Facility Agreement, as amended and restated in the
form set out in Schedule 2 (Form of Amended Agreement).
	 
	 	 	“Effective Date” means the date of the notification by the Agent under Clause 2 (Conditions
precedent).
	 
	 	 	“Original Facility Agreement” means the revolving loan facility agreement dated 2 March 2006
as amended on 18 April 2006 and as further amended and restated on 27 April 2006 between the
Borrower, the Company, the Agent, the Arranger and the Lender named in it.
	 
	1.2	 	Incorporation of defined terms
	 
	(a)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term defined in the Amended Agreement has the same
meaning in this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	The principles of construction set out in the Amended Agreement shall have effect as if set
out in this Agreement.
	 
	1.3	 	Clauses
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement any reference to a “Clause” or a “Schedule” is, unless the context
otherwise requires, a reference to a Clause of or a Schedule to this Agreement.
	 
	1.4	 	Third Party Rights
	 
	 	 	A person who is not a party to this Agreement has no right to enforce or to enjoy the benefit
of any term of this Agreement.
	 
	1.5	 	Designation
	 
	 	 	In accordance with the Original Facility Agreement, each of the Borrower and the Agent
designate this Agreement as a Finance Document.

1

 

	2.	 	CONDITIONS PRECEDENT
	 
	 	 	The provisions of Clause 4 (Amendments) shall be effective only if the Agent has received all
the documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 1 (Conditions precedent) in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders
promptly upon being so satisfied.
	 
	3.	 	REPRESENTATIONS
	 
	 	 	Each Obligor makes the Repeating Representations, by reference to the facts and circumstances
then existing:

	 	(a)	 	on the date of this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	on the Effective Date,

	 	 	but as if references in Clause 19 (Representations) of the Original Facility Agreement were
instead to this Agreement and, on the Effective Date, to the Amended Agreement.
	 
	4.	 	AMENDMENTS
	 
	4.1	 	Amendments
	 
	 	 	With effect from the Effective Date the Original Facility Agreement shall be amended and
restated in the form set out in Schedule 2 (Form of Amended Agreement).
	 
	4.2	 	Continuing obligations
	 
	 	 	The provisions of the Original Facility Agreement and the other Finance Documents (including
the guarantee and indemnity of the Company) shall, save as amended by this Agreement,
continue in full force and effect.
	 
	5.	 	INCORPORATION OF TERMS
	 
	 	 	The provisions of Clauses 17 (Costs and expenses) and 31 (Notices) of the Original Facility
Agreement shall be incorporated into this Agreement as if set out in full in this Agreement
and as if references in those clauses to “the Finance Documents” are references to this
Agreement.
	 
	6.	 	CONFIRMATION
	 
	6.1	 	Cancellation
	 
	 	 	The parties hereby confirm that the amendments to the Original Facility Agreement contained
in the amendment and restatement agreement dated 13 April 2007 have not become effective and
are hereby cancelled.
	 
	7.	 	GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION, ETC.
	 
	7.1	 	Governing Law
	 
	 	 	This Agreement shall be governed by, and construed in accordance with, the laws of the State
of New York, without giving effect to its conflicts of law principles (other than the New
York General Obligation Law §5-1401).

2

 

	7.2	 	Submission to Jurisdiction
	 
	 	 	Each Party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its
property, to the non-exclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in
New York County and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New
York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document, or for recognition or enforcement
of any judgment, and each of the Parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that
all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such
New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal
court. Each of the Parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the
judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other
Finance Document shall affect any right that the Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to
bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document
against the borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
	 
	7.3	 	Waiver of Venue
	 
	 	 	Each Party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of
venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other
Finance Document in any court referred to in clause 7.2 (Submission to Jurisdiction). Each
of the Parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or
proceeding in any such court.
	 
	7.4	 	Service of Process
	 
	 	 	Each Party hereto irrevocably consents to service of process in the manner provided for
notices in clause 31 (Notices) of the Original Facility Agreement. Nothing in this Agreement
will affect the right of any Party hereto to serve process in any other manner permitted by
applicable law.
	 
	7.5	 	WAIVER OF RIGHT TO TRIAL BY JURY
	 
	 	 	EACH PARTY HERETO HEREBY IRREVOCABLY WAIVES, TO THE FULLEST EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE
LAW, ANY RIGHT IT MAY HAVE TO A TRIAL BY JURY IN ANY LEGAL PROCEEDING DIRECTLY OR INDIRECTLY
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATING TO THIS AGREEMENT OR ANY OTHER FINANCE DOCUMENT OR THE
TRANSACTIONS CONTEMPLATED HEREBY OR THEREBY (WHETHER BASED ON CONTRACT, TORT OR ANY OTHER
THEORY). EACH PARTY HERETO (A) CERTIFIES THAT NO REPRESENTATIVE, AGENT OR ATTORNEY OF ANY
OTHER PARTY HAS REPRESENTED TO IT, EXPRESSLY OR OTHERWISE, THAT SUCH OTHER PARTY WOULD NOT,
IN THE EVENT OF LITIGATION, SEEK TO ENFORCE THE FOREGOING WAIVER AND (B) ACKNOWLEDGES THAT IT
AND THE OTHER PARTIES HERETO HAVE BEEN INDUCED TO ENTER INTO THIS AGREEMENT AND THE OTHER
FINANCE DOCUMENTS BY, AMONG OTHER THINGS, THE MUTUAL WAIVERS AND CERTIFICATIONS IN THIS
CLAUSE.
	 
	7.6	 	USA Patriot Act Notice
	 
	 	 	Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Agent (for
itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Obligors that pursuant to the
requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title iii of pub. l. 107-56 (signed into law October 26,
2001)), it is required

3

 

	 	 	to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors, which information
includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that will allow such
Lender or the Agent, as applicable, to identify the Obligors in accordance with the Patriot
Act.
	 
	7.7	 	Time of the Essence
	 
	 	 	Time is of the essence in this Agreement.
	 
	7.8	 	Entire Agreement
	 
	 	 	This Agreement and the other Finance Documents represent the final agreement among the
Parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous, or subsequent oral
agreements of the Parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements among the Parties.
	 
	7.9	 	COUNTERPARTS
	 
	 	 	This Agreement may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same effect as
if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of this Agreement.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

4

 

SIGNATURES

	 	 	 	 	 
	The Borrower	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ J. Michael Suffredini	 	 
	 

	 	 
Authorized
Signer
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	The Company	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ J. Michael Suffredini	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 

Senior Vice President and Treasurer
	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	The Arranger	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	The Royal Bank of Scotland plc	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:
	 	/s/ Sarah Prebble	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 
	 	Associate Director	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	The Agent on Behalf of the Lenders	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	The Royal Bank of Scotland plc	 	 
	 
	 	 	 	 
	By:

	 	/s/ Brian Tomkins	 	 
	 

	 	 

	 	 
	 

	 	 

Associate Director
	 	 

 

SCHEDULE 2

Form of Amended Agreement 

 

 

€260,000,000

FACILITY AGREEMENT

dated 2 March 2006 as amended on 18 April 2006 and as further amended and restated on

27 April 2006 and 9 May 2007

for

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE LIMITED

(formerly know as Discovery Content UK Limited)

guaranteed by

DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC.

and

arranged by

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc

with

THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc

acting as Agent

Linklaters

Ref: CW/RE

 

 

CONTENTS

	 	 	 	 	 
	CLAUSE	 	PAGE
	SECTION 1
	 	 	 	 
	INTERPRETATION
	 	 	 	 
	1. Definitions and Interpretation
	 	 	1	 
	SECTION 2
	 	 	 	 
	THE FACILITY
	 	 	 	 
	2. The Facility
	 	 	24	 
	3. Purpose
	 	 	24	 
	4. Conditions of Utilisation
	 	 	24	 
	SECTION 3
	 	 	 	 
	UTILISATION
	 	 	 	 
	5. Utilisation
	 	 	27	 
	6. Optional Currencies
	 	 	28	 
	SECTION 4
	 	 	 	 
	REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	 	 	 	 
	7. Repayment
	 	 	29	 
	8. Prepayment and Cancellation
	 	 	29	 
	SECTION 5
	 	 	 	 
	COSTS OF UTILISATION
	 	 	 	 
	9. Interest
	 	 	31	 
	10. Interest Periods
	 	 	32	 
	11. Changes to the Calculation of Interest
	 	 	32	 
	12. Fees
	 	 	33	 
	SECTION 6
	 	 	 	 
	ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS
	 	 	 	 
	13. Tax Gross up and Indemnities
	 	 	35	 
	14. Increased Costs
	 	 	41	 
	15. Other Indemnities
	 	 	42	 
	16. Mitigation by the Lenders
	 	 	43	 
	17. Costs and Expenses
	 	 	43	 
	SECTION 7
	 	 	 	 
	GUARANTEE
	 	 	 	 
	18. Guarantee and Indemnity
	 	 	45	 
	SECTION 8
	 	 	 	 
	REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 	 	 	 
	19. Representations
	 	 	48	 
	20. Affirmative Covenants
	 	 	53	 
	21. Negative Covenants
	 	 	61	 
	22. Events of Default
	 	 	69	 
	23. Remedies Upon Event of Default
	 	 	71	 
	SECTION 9
	 	 	 	 
	CHANGES TO PARTIES
	 	 	 	 
	24. Changes to the Lenders
	 	 	72	 

 

 

	 	 	 	 	 
	CLAUSE	 	PAGE
	25. Changes to the Obligors
	 	 	75	 
	SECTION 10
	 	 	 	 
	THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 	 	 	 
	26. Role of the Agent and the Arranger
	 	 	76	 
	27. Conduct of Business by the Finance Parties
	 	 	80	 
	28. Sharing Among the Finance Parties
	 	 	81	 
	SECTION 11
	 	 	 	 
	ADMINISTRATION
	 	 	 	 
	29. Payment Mechanics
	 	 	83	 
	30. Set-Off
	 	 	85	 
	31. Notices
	 	 	86	 
	32. Calculations and Certificates
	 	 	87	 
	33. Partial Invalidity
	 	 	87	 
	34. Remedies and Waivers
	 	 	88	 
	35. Amendments and Waivers
	 	 	88	 
	36. Counterparts
	 	 	88	 
	SECTION 12
	 	 	 	 
	GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT
	 	 	 	 
	37. Governing Law; Jurisdiction, etc.
	 	 	89	 

THE SCHEDULES

	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	PAGE
	SCHEDULE 2 Form of Amended Agreement
	 	 	6	 

 

 

THIS AGREEMENT is dated 2 March 2006 as amended on 18 April 2006 and as further amended and
restated on 27 April 2006 and made between:

	(5)	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS EUROPE LIMITED (formerly known as Discovery Content UK Limited), a
company incorporated in England and Wales with registration number 05039068 (the “Borrower”);
	 
	(6)	 	DISCOVERY COMMUNICATIONS, INC., a close corporation incorporated in Delaware (the “Company”);
	 
	(7)	 	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc as mandated lead arranger (the “Arranger”);
	 
	(8)	 	THE FINANCIAL INSTITUTIONS listed in Schedule 1 (The Original Lenders) as lenders (the
“Original Lenders”); and
	 
	(9)	 	THE ROYAL BANK OF SCOTLAND plc as agent of the other Finance Parties (the “Agent”).

WHEREAS:

	(A)	 	The Borrower entered into a multicurrency revolving loan facility with, among others, the
Company as guarantor and the Agent, dated as of 2 March 2006 and amended as of 18 April 2006,
pursuant to which facilities in an aggregate amount of €105,000,000 were made available to the
Borrower (the “Original Facility Agreement”); and
	 
	(B)	 	The Borrower and the Company have since requested that the Original Lenders amend and restate
the Original Facility Agreement to increase the amount of the Total Commitments, as defined
herein, for the purposes specified in this Agreement to the maximum aggregate amount of
€260,000,000, all on the terms and conditions specified herein;

NOW THEREFORE, the Original Lenders are willing to extend such credit to the Borrower on the terms
and subject to the conditions set forth herein, and the Parties hereto are willing to amend and
restate the Original Facility Agreement, in each case subject to the terms and conditions set forth
herein. Accordingly, it is agreed as follows:

SECTION 1

INTERPRETATION

	8.	 	DEFINITIONS AND INTERPRETATION
	 
	8.1	 	Definitions
	 
	 	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	“Additional Cost Rate” has the meaning given to it in Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost Formula).
	 
	 	 	“Affiliate” means, with respect to any Person, another Person that directly, or indirectly
through one or more intermediaries, Controls or is Controlled by or is under common Control
with the Person specified.
	 
	 	 	“Agent’s Spot Rate of Exchange” means the Agent’s spot rate of exchange for the purchase of
the relevant currency with the Base Currency in the London foreign exchange market at or
about 11:00 a.m. on a particular day.

- 1 -

 

“Antenna Audio” means Antenna Audio Inc., a Delaware corporation, Antenna Audio Limited, a
corporation formed under the laws of England and Wales, and their respective subsidiaries.

“Applicable Margin” means the appropriate percentage rate set out in the column headed
Applicable Margin for Loans in the table contained in the definition of Applicable Rate.

“Applicable Rate” means the following percentages per annum, based upon the Consolidated
Leverage Ratio as set forth in the most recent Compliance Certificate received by the Agent
pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Certificates; Other Information):

	 	 	 	 	 	 	 
	 	 	Consolidated Leverage	 	 	 	Applicable Margin for
	Pricing Level	 	Ratio	 	Facility Fee	 	Loans
	1.
	 	34.00:1	 	0.300 %	 	0.875 %
	2.
	 	33.50:1 but <4.00:1	 	0.250 %	 	0.675 %
	3.
	 	33.00:1 but <3.50:1	 	0.200 %	 	0.600 %
	4.
	 	32.50:1 but <3.00:1	 	0.175 %	 	0.500 %
	5.
	 	32.00:1 but <2.50:1	 	0.150 %	 	0.400 %
	6.
	 	< 2.00:1	 	0.100 %	 	0.325 %

Any increase or decrease in the Applicable Rate resulting from a change in the Consolidated
Leverage Ratio shall become effective as of the first Business Day immediately following the
date a Compliance Certificate is delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Certificates; Other
Information); provided, however, that if a Compliance Certificate is not delivered when due
in accordance with such Clause, then Pricing Level 1 shall apply as of the first Business Day
after the date on which such Compliance Certificate was required to have been delivered. The
Applicable Rate in effect from the Closing Date through 30th March 2006 shall be Pricing
Level 2 and from 31st March 2006 through the date on which a subsequent Compliance
Certificate is delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2 (Certificates; Other Information) shall be
Pricing Level 3.

“Attributable Indebtedness” means, on any date, (a) in respect of any Capitalized Lease of
any Person, the capitalized amount thereof that would appear on a balance sheet of such
Person prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP, and (b) in respect of any
Off-Balance Sheet Obligation of any Person, (i) in the case of an Off-Balance Sheet
Obligation in an asset securitization transaction of the type described under clause (a) of
the definition thereof, the unrecovered investment of transferees in transferred assets as to
which such Person has or may have recourse obligations; or (ii) in the case of an Off-Balance
Sheet Obligation in an off balance sheet lease transaction of the type described under
clauses (b), (c) and (d) of the definition thereof, the capitalized amount of the remaining
lease payments under the relevant lease that would appear on a balance sheet of such Person
prepared as of such date in accordance with GAAP if such off balance sheet lease were
accounted for as a Capitalized Lease.

“Audited Financial Statements” means, in relation to the Company, the audited consolidated
balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries for the fiscal year ended December 31,

- 2 -

 

2004, and the related consolidated statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity
and cash flows for such fiscal year of the Company and its Subsidiaries, including the notes
thereto.

“Authorisation” means an authorisation, consent, approval, resolution, licence, exemption,
filing, notarisation or registration.

“Availability Period” means the period from and including the date of this Agreement to and
including the Termination Date.

“Available Commitment” means a Lender’s Commitment minus:

	 	(a)	 	Base Currency Amount of its participation in any outstanding Loans; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	in relation to any proposed Utilisation, the Base Currency Amount of its
participation in any Loans that are due to be made on or before the proposed Utilisation
Date,

other than that Lender’s participation in any Loans that are due to be repaid or prepaid on
or before the proposed Utilisation Date.

“Available Facility” means the aggregate for the time being of each Lender’s Available
Commitment.

“Base Currency” or “€” means euros.

“Base Currency Amount” means, in relation to a Loan, the amount specified in the Utilisation
Request delivered by the Borrower for that Loan (or, if the amount requested is not
denominated in the Base Currency, that amount converted into the Base Currency at the Agent’s
Spot Rate of Exchange on the date which is three Business Days before the Utilisation Date
or, if later, on the date the Agent receives the Utilisation Request) adjusted to reflect any
repayment or prepayment of the Loan.

“Break Costs” means the amount (if any) by which:

	 	(a)	 	the interest which a Lender should have received for the period from the date of
receipt of all or any part of its participation in a Loan or Unpaid Sum to the last day
of the current Interest Period in respect of that Loan or Unpaid Sum, had the principal
amount or Unpaid Sum received been paid on the last day of that Interest Period;

exceeds:

	 	(b)	 	the amount which that Lender would be able to obtain by placing an amount equal
to the principal amount or Unpaid Sum received by it on deposit with a leading bank in
the Relevant Interbank Market for a period starting on the Business Day following
receipt or recovery and ending on the last day of the current Interest Period.

“Business Day” means a day (other than a Saturday or Sunday) on which banks are open for
general business in London and

	 	(c)	 	(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of a currency other than euro)
the principal financial centre of the country of that currency: or
	 
	 	(d)	 	(in relation to any date for payment or purchase of euro) any TARGET Day.

- 3 -

 

“Capitalized Lease” means, as applied to any Person, any lease of any property (whether real,
personal or mixed) by that Person as lessee which in accordance with GAAP, is or should be
accounted for, as a capital lease on the balance sheet of such Person.

“Cash Equivalents” means any of the following types of Investments, to the extent owned by
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary free and clear of all Liens (other than Liens created
under the Finance Documents):

	 	(e)	 	readily marketable obligations issued or directly and fully guaranteed or insured
by the United States of America or any agency or instrumentality thereof having
maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition thereof; provided that
the full faith and credit of the United States of America is pledged in support thereof;
	 
	 	(f)	 	readily marketable obligations or securities issued or directly and fully
guaranteed or insured by any other sovereign country or any agency or instrumentality
thereof having maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition
thereof; provided that the full faith and credit of such country is pledged in support
thereof;
	 
	 	(g)	 	time deposits with, or insured certificates of deposit or bankers’ acceptances
of, any commercial bank that (i) (A) is a Lender or (B) is organized under the laws of
the United States or is the principal banking subsidiary of a bank holding company
organized under the laws of the United States of America, any state thereof or the
District of Columbia, and is a member of the Federal Reserve System, (ii) issues (or the
parent of which issues) commercial paper rated as described in clause (d) of this
definition and (iii) has combined capital and surplus of at least $1,000,000,000, in
each case with maturities of not more than 360 days from the date of acquisition
thereof;
	 
	 	(h)	 	commercial paper issued by any Person organized under the laws of any state of
the United States and rated at least “Prime-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by Moody’s
or at least “A-1” (or the then equivalent grade) by S&P, in each case with maturities of
not more than 180 days from the date of acquisition thereof;
	 
	 	(i)	 	repurchase agreements with respect to Investments of the type described in
clauses (a), (b), (c) and (d) of this definition with financial institutions having a
long term unsecured debt rating of A3 or better from Moody’s or A- or better from S&P,
in each case with terms of not more than 360 days from the date of the applicable
agreement; and
	 
	 	(j)	 	Investments, classified in accordance with GAAP as current assets of the Company
or a Restricted Subsidiary, in money market investment programs registered under the
Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended, which are administered by financial
institutions that have the highest rating obtainable from either Moody’s or S&P, and the
portfolios of which are limited primarily to Investments of the character, quality and
maturity described in clauses (a), (b), (c), (d) and (e) of this definition.

“Change of Control” means an event or series of events by which:

(k)

	 	(i)	 	any “person” or “group” (as such terms are used in Sections 13(d)
and 14(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934) becomes the “beneficial owner”
(as defined

- 4 -

 

in Rules 13d-3 and 13d-5 under the Securities Exchange Act of 1934), directly
or indirectly, of more than 50% of the equity securities of the Company
entitled to vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing
body of the Company or entitled to vote on management or policies of the
Company, other than (A) any Significant Shareholder, (B) any combination of
Significant Shareholders and (C) any other Person if 50% or more of the equity
securities of such Person entitled to vote for members of the board of
directors or equivalent governing body of such Person are beneficially owned,
directly or indirectly, by any Significant Shareholder or any combination of
Significant Shareholders; and

	 	(ii)	 	within a period of 90 days after the occurrence of the event or
series of events described in clause (a)(i) above, the Company shall not have
procured and delivered to the Agent (A) a debt rating as determined by either
S&P or Moody’s of the Company’s non-credit enhanced, senior unsecured long-term
debt of at least BBB-/Baa3 and (B) any other debt rating required to be obtained
under the Note Purchase Agreements after the occurrence of such event or series
of events; or

	 	(l)	 	a Change of Control (as defined under any Note Purchase Agreement) has occurred;
	 
	 	(m)	 	the Borrower ceases to be directly or indirectly wholly owned by the Company.

“Closing Date” means the first date all the conditions precedent in Clause 4.1 (Initial
Conditions Precedent) are satisfied or waived.

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986.

“Commitment” means:

(n) in relation to an Original Lender, the amount in the Base Currency set opposite
its name under the heading “Commitment” in Part I of Schedule 1 (The Original Lender)
and the amount of any other Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement; and

(o) in relation to any other Lender, the amount in the Base Currency of any
Commitment transferred to it under this Agreement,

to the extent not cancelled, reduced or transferred by it under this Agreement.

“Compliance Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 6
(Form of Compliance Certificate).

“Confidentiality Undertaking” means a confidentiality undertaking substantially in a
recommended form of the LMA or in any other form agreed between the Company and the Agent.

“Consolidated Funded Indebtedness” means, as of any date of determination, for the Company
and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis, without duplication, the sum of (a)
the outstanding principal amount of all obligations, whether current or long-term, for
borrowed money (including Obligations (other than in respect of Swap Contracts) hereunder)
and all obligations evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar
instruments, (b) all purchase money Indebtedness (except as provided in clause (d) below),
(c)

- 5 -

 

all direct obligations arising under letters of credit (including standby and commercial),
bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety bonds and similar instruments (other than (i)
commercial letters of credit in an aggregate face amount of not more than $15,000,000 and
(ii) surety bonds in an aggregate face amount of not more than $10,000,000), (d) all
obligations in respect of the deferred purchase price of property or services (other than
trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business), (e) Attributable Indebtedness in
respect of Capitalized Leases and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations, (f) without duplication, all
Guarantees with respect to outstanding Indebtedness of the types specified in clauses (a)
through (e) above of, or other obligation payable by, Persons other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary, and (g) all Indebtedness of the types referred to in clauses (a)
through (f) above of any partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is
itself a corporation, limited liability company or similar limited liability entity organized
under the laws of a jurisdiction other than the United States or a state thereof) in which
the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary is a general partner or joint venturer, unless such
Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary.

“Consolidated Interest Charges” means, for any period, for the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries determined on a consolidated basis, the sum of all interest, premium payments,
debt discount, fees, charges and related expenses in connection with borrowed money
(including capitalized interest) or in connection with the deferred purchase price of assets,
in each case to the extent treated as interest in accordance with GAAP, including the portion
of rent expense with respect to such period under Capitalized Leases that is treated as
interest in accordance with GAAP.

“Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of
(a) Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most
recently ended on or prior to such date to (b) Consolidated Interest Charges for such period.

“Consolidated Leverage Ratio” means, as of any date of determination, the ratio of (a)
Consolidated Funded Indebtedness as of such date to (b) Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for
the period of four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended on or prior to such date.

“Consolidated Operating Cash Flow” means, for any period, the Operating Cash Flow of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis for that period.

“Consolidated Total Assets” means, as of any date, the total consolidated assets of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP as of the last day of the
fiscal quarter most recently ended prior to such date.

“Contractual Obligation” means, as to any Person, any provision of any security issued by
such Person or of any agreement, instrument or other undertaking to which such Person is a
party or by which it or any of its property is bound.

“Control” means the possession, directly or indirectly, of the power to direct or cause the
direction of the management or policies of a Person, whether through the ability to exercise
voting power, by contract or otherwise. “Controlling” and “Controlled” have meanings
correlative thereto.

- 6 -

 

“Control Event” means an event whereby any Person or two or more Persons acting in concert
(other than any Significant Shareholders or any combination of Significant Shareholders)
shall have acquired by contract or otherwise, or shall have entered into a contract or
arrangement that, upon consummation thereof, will result in its or their acquisition of the
power to exercise, directly or indirectly, a controlling influence over the management or
policies of the Company, or control over the equity securities of the Company entitled to
vote for members of the board of directors or equivalent governing body of the Company or
entitled to vote on management or policies of the Company on a fully-diluted basis
representing more than 50% of the combined voting power of such securities.

“Debtor Relief Laws” means the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, and all other
liquidation, conservatorship, bankruptcy, assignment for the benefit of creditors,
moratorium, rearrangement, receivership, insolvency, reorganization, or similar debtor relief
Laws of the United States or other applicable jurisdictions from time to time in effect and
affecting the rights of creditors generally.

“Default” means any event or condition that constitutes an Event of Default or that, with the
giving of any notice, the passage of time, or both, would be an Event of Default.

“Designation” means (a) a designation by the Company of a newly organized or newly acquired
Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, (b) a later designation by the Company of a
Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, or (c) a designation of an Unrestricted
Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary; in each case, as confirmed pursuant to Clause 20.2(f)
(Certificates; Other Information). “Designate” has a meaning correlative thereto.

“Discovery Commerce” means The Discovery Channel Store, Inc., a Virginia corporation, and The
Nature Company Aviation Partners, a Colorado general partnership.

“Discovery Commerce Designation” means the designation by the Company of Discovery Commerce
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary pursuant to the certificate of a Responsible Officer of the
Company dated 26 March 2007, delivered to the Agent in accordance with paragraph (f) of
Clause 20.2 (Certificates: other information) and Clause 21.9 (Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

“Disposition” or “Dispose” means the sale, transfer, license, lease or other disposition
(including any sale and leaseback transaction) of any property (other than cash payments
otherwise permitted by this Agreement) by any Person, including any sale, assignment,
transfer or other disposal, with or without recourse, of any notes or accounts receivable or
any rights and claims associated therewith.

“Disruption Event” means either or both of:

	 	(p)	 	a material disruption to those payment or communications systems or to those
financial markets which are, in each case, required to operate in order for payments to
be made in connection with the Facility (or otherwise in order for the transactions
contemplated by the Finance Documents to be carried out) which disruption is not caused
by, and is beyond the control of, any of the Parties; or

- 7 -

 

	 	(q)	 	the occurrence of any other event which results in a disruption (of a technical
or systems-related nature) to the treasury or payments operations of a Party preventing
that, or any other Party:

	 	(i)	 	from performing its payment obligations under the Finance
Documents; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	from communicating with other Parties in accordance with the
terms of the Finance Documents,

and which (in either such case) is not caused by, and is beyond the control of, the Party
whose operations are disrupted.

“Domestic Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary that is organized under the laws of any political
subdivision of the United States.

“English GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles, standards and practices in
England.

“Environmental Laws” means any and all Federal, state, local, and foreign statutes, laws,
regulations, ordinances, rules, judgments, orders, decrees, permits, concessions, grants,
franchises, licenses, agreements or governmental restrictions relating to pollution and the
protection of the environment or the release of any materials into the environment, including
those related to hazardous substances or wastes, air emissions and discharges to waste or
public systems.

“Environmental Liability” means any liability, contingent or otherwise (including any
liability for damages, costs of environmental remediation, fines, penalties or indemnities),
of the Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries directly or indirectly resulting from or
based upon (a) violation of any Environmental Law, (b) the generation, use, handling,
transportation, storage, treatment or disposal of any Hazardous Materials, (c) exposure to
any Hazardous Materials, (d) the release or threatened release of any Hazardous Materials
into the environment or (e) any contract, agreement or other consensual arrangement pursuant
to which liability is assumed or imposed on the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary with
respect to any of the foregoing.

“Equity Interests” means, with respect to any Person, all of the shares of capital stock of
(or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the warrants, options or
other rights for the purchase or acquisition from such Person of shares of capital stock of
(or other ownership or profit interests in) such Person, all of the securities convertible
into or exchangeable for shares of capital stock of (or other ownership or profit interests
in) such Person or warrants, rights or options for the purchase or acquisition from such
Person of such shares (or such other interests), and all of the other ownership or profit
interests in such Person (including partnership, member or trust interests therein), whether
voting or nonvoting, and whether or not such shares, warrants, options, rights or other
interests are outstanding on any date of determination.

“ERISA” means the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974.

“ERISA Affiliate” means any trade or business (whether or not incorporated) under common
control with the Company within the meaning of Section 414(b) or (c) of the Code (and
Sections 414(m) and (o) of the Code for purposes of provisions relating to Section 412 of the
Code).

- 8 -

 

“ERISA Event” means (a) a Reportable Event with respect to a Pension Plan; (b) a withdrawal
by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate from a Pension Plan subject to Section 4063 of ERISA
during a plan year in which it was a substantial employer (as defined in Section 4001(a)(2)
of ERISA) or a cessation of operations that is treated as such a withdrawal under Section
4062(e) of ERISA; (c) a complete or partial withdrawal by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate
from a Multiemployer Plan or notification that a Multiemployer Plan is in reorganization; (d)
the filing of a notice of intent to terminate, the treatment of a Plan amendment as a
termination under Sections 4041 or 4041A of ERISA, or the commencement of proceedings by the
PBGC to terminate a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; (e) an event or condition which
constitutes grounds under Section 4042 of ERISA for the termination of, or the appointment of
a trustee to administer, any Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan; or (f) the imposition of any
liability under Title IV of ERISA, other than for PBGC premiums due but not delinquent under
Section 4007 of ERISA, upon the Company or any ERISA Affiliate.

“EURIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan:

	 	(r)	 	the applicable Screen Rate; or
	 
	 	(s)	 	(if no Screen Rate is available for euros for the Interest Period of that Loan)
the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to
the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the European
interbank market,

as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in euros for a
period comparable to the Interest Period for that Loan.

“€” and “euro” means the single currency unit of the Participating Member States.

“Excluded Split-Off” means collectively, (a) the contribution by the Company and its
Restricted Subsidiaries to SplitCo of all outstanding Equity Interests in and/or assets
comprising each of Travel Channel and Antenna Audio, and (b) the distribution by the Company
to Holdco of all outstanding Equity Interests in SplitCo, in each case, pursuant to that
certain letter of intent dated 28 March 2007 among the Company and its Significant
Shareholders (as defined in the Existing Credit Facility)

“Existing Credit Facility” means the credit facility dated 15 June 2004 between, among
others, the Company as Borrower and Bank of America, N.A. as administrative agent for the
lenders as amended by an amendment agreement dated 31 October 2005 and a further amendment
agreement dated 23 February 2006 and as otherwise amended, restated, novated, waived or
modified from time to time.

“Event of Default” has the meaning specified in Clause 22 (Events of Default).

“Facility” means the revolving loan facility made available under this Agreement as described
in Clause 2 (The Facility).

“Facility Office” means the office or offices notified by a Lender to the Agent in writing on
or before the date it becomes a Lender (or, following that date, by not less than five
Business Days’ written notice) as the office or offices through which it will perform its
obligations under this Agreement.

- 9 -

 

“Fee Letter” means any letter or letters between the Arranger and the Borrower (or the Agent
and the Borrower) setting out any of the fees referred to in Clause 12 (Fees).

“Film Rights Amortization” means, for any Person, the amortization of payments for the
acquisition of film rights and broadcast programming, which payments shall, at all times, be
amortized in accordance with GAAP.

“Finance Document” means this Agreement, any Fee Letter, the Syndication Side Letter and any
other document designated as such by the Agent and the Company.

“Finance Party” means the Agent, the Arranger or a Lender.

“Fraudulent Transfer Law” means any applicable Debtor Relief Laws (including, without
limitation, Section 548 of Title 11 of the United States Bankruptcy Code) or any US state
fraudulent transfer or conveyance statute and any related case law.

“FRB” means the Board of Governors of the Federal Reserve System of the United States.

“GAAP” means:

	 	(t)	 	in relation to the Company, US GAAP; and
	 
	 	(u)	 	in relation to the Borrower, English GAAP.

“Governmental Authority” means the government of the United States or any other nation, or of
any political subdivision thereof, whether state or local, and any agency, authority,
instrumentality, regulatory body, court, central bank or other entity exercising executive,
legislative, judicial, taxing, regulatory or administrative powers or functions of or
pertaining to government (including any supra-national bodies such as the European Union or
the European Central Bank).

“Group” means the Company and its Subsidiaries for the time being.

“Guarantee” means, as to any Person, (a) any obligation, contingent or otherwise, of such
Person guaranteeing or having the economic effect of guaranteeing any Indebtedness or other
obligation payable or performable by another Person (the “primary obligor”) in any manner,
whether directly or indirectly, and including any obligation of such Person, direct or
indirect, (i) to purchase or pay (or advance or supply funds for the purchase or payment of)
such Indebtedness or other obligation, (ii) to purchase or lease property, securities or
services for the purpose of assuring the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other
obligation of the payment or performance of such Indebtedness or other obligation, (iii) to
maintain working capital, equity capital or any other financial statement condition or
liquidity or level of income or cash flow of the primary obligor so as to enable the primary
obligor to pay such Indebtedness or other obligation, or (iv) entered into for the purpose of
assuring in any other manner the obligee in respect of such Indebtedness or other obligation
of the payment or performance thereof or to protect such obligee against loss in respect
thereof (in whole or in part), or (b) any Lien on any assets of such Person securing any
Indebtedness or other obligation of any other Person, whether or not such Indebtedness or
other obligation is assumed by such Person (or any right, contingent or otherwise, of any
holder of such Indebtedness to obtain any such Lien). The amount of any Guarantee shall be
deemed to be an amount equal to the stated or determinable amount of the

- 10 -

 

related primary obligation, or portion thereof, in respect of which such Guarantee is made
or, if not stated or determinable, the maximum reasonably anticipated liability in respect
thereof as determined by the guaranteeing Person in good faith. The term “Guarantee” as a
verb has a corresponding meaning.

“Hazardous Materials” means all explosive or radioactive substances or wastes and all
hazardous or toxic substances, wastes or other pollutants, including petroleum or petroleum
distillates, asbestos or asbestos-containing materials, polychlorinated biphenyls, radon gas,
infectious or medical wastes and all other substances or wastes of any nature regulated
pursuant to any Environmental Law.

“Holding Company” means, in relation to a company or corporation, any other company or
corporation in respect of which it is a Subsidiary.

“Holdco” means the Delaware limited liability company to be organised by the Significant
Shareholders (as defined in the Existing Credit Facility) in connection with the Excluded
Split-Off transaction.

“Indebtedness” means, as to any Person at a particular time, without duplication, all of the
following, whether or not included as indebtedness or liabilities in accordance with GAAP:

	 	(v)	 	all obligations of such Person for borrowed money and all obligations of such
Person evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes, loan agreements or other similar
instruments;
	 
	 	(w)	 	all direct or contingent obligations of such Person arising under letters of
credit (including standby and commercial), bankers’ acceptances, bank guaranties, surety
bonds and similar instruments (other than (i) commercial letters of credit in an
aggregate face amount of not more than $15,000,000 and (ii) surety bonds in an aggregate
face amount of not more than $10,000,000);
	 
	 	(x)	 	net obligations of such Person under any Swap Contract;
	 
	 	(y)	 	all obligations of such Person to pay the deferred purchase price of property or
services (other than trade accounts payable in the ordinary course of business);
	 
	 	(z)	 	indebtedness (excluding prepaid interest thereon) secured by a Lien on property
owned or being purchased by such Person (including indebtedness arising under
conditional sales or other title retention agreements), whether or not such indebtedness
shall have been assumed by such Person or is limited in recourse;
	 
	 	(aa)	 	Capitalized Leases and Off-Balance Sheet Obligations; and
	 
	 	(bb)	 	all Guarantees of such Person in respect of any of the foregoing of, or in
respect of any obligation payable by, any other Person.

For all purposes hereof, the Indebtedness of any Person shall include the Indebtedness of any
partnership or joint venture (other than a joint venture that is itself a corporation,
limited liability company or similar limited liability entity organized under the laws of a
jurisdiction other than the United States or a state thereof) in which such Person is a
general partner or a joint venturer, unless such Indebtedness is expressly made non-recourse
to such Person. The amount of any net obligation under any Swap Contract on any date shall
be deemed to be the Swap

- 11 -

 

Termination Value thereof as of such date. The amount of any Capitalized Lease or
Off-Balance Sheet Obligation as of any date shall be deemed to be the amount of Attributable
Indebtedness in respect thereof as of such date.

“Information Package” means the document in the form approved by the Company concerning the
Group which, at the Company’s request and on its behalf, is to be prepared in relation to the
financing provided pursuant to this Agreement and distributed by the Arranger to selected
financial institutions.

“Interest Period” means, in relation to a Loan, each period determined in accordance with
Clause 10 (Interest Periods) and, in relation to an Unpaid Sum, each period determined in
accordance with Clause 9.3 (Default interest).

“Investment” means, as to any Person, any direct or indirect acquisition or investment by
such Person, whether by means of (a) the purchase or other acquisition of capital stock or
other securities of another Person, (b) a loan, advance or capital contribution to, Guarantee
or assumption of debt of, or purchase or other acquisition of any other debt or equity
participation or interest in, another Person, including any partnership or joint venture
interest in such other Person and any arrangement pursuant to which the investor Guarantees
Indebtedness of such other Person, or (c) the purchase or other acquisition (in one
transaction or a series of transactions) of assets of another Person that constitute a
business unit. For purposes of covenant compliance, the amount of any Investment shall be
the amount actually invested, without adjustment for subsequent increases or decreases in the
value of such Investment. Any Designation of an existing Restricted Subsidiary as an
Unrestricted Subsidiary hereunder shall be deemed to be an Investment in such Unrestricted
Subsidiary by the Borrower and any Restricted Subsidiary holding Equity Interests or
Indebtedness of such Unrestricted Subsidiary or which has guaranteed any such Indebtedness.

“IRS” means the United States Internal Revenue Service.

“Joint-Venture Partner” means, with respect to a Restricted Subsidiary of the Company which
is not a wholly-owned Subsidiary of the Company, each Person which owns an Equity Interest in
such Restricted Subsidiary other than the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary.

“Laws” means, collectively, all international, foreign, Federal, state and local statutes,
treaties, rules, guidelines, regulations, ordinances, codes and administrative or judicial
precedents or authorities, including the interpretation or administration thereof by any
Governmental Authority charged with the enforcement, interpretation or administration
thereof, and all applicable administrative orders, directed duties, requests, licenses,
authorizations and permits of, and agreements with, any Governmental Authority, in each case
whether or not having the force of law including, without limitation, all Environmental Laws.

“Legal Opinion Provisions” means Clauses 19.1 (Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance
with Laws), 19.2 (Authorization; No Contravention), 19.3 (Governmental Authorization; Other
Consents), 19.4 (Binding Effect) and 19.14(b) (Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act).

“Lender” means:

- 12 -

 

	 	(cc)	 	any Original Lender; and
	 
	 	(dd)	 	any bank, financial institution, trust, fund or other entity which has become a
Party in accordance with Clause 24 (Changes to the Lenders),

which in each case has not ceased to be a Party in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.

“LIBOR” means, in relation to any Loan:

	 	(ee)	 	the applicable Screen Rate; or
	 
	 	(ff)	 	(if no Screen Rate is available for the currency or Interest Period of that Loan)
the arithmetic mean of the rates (rounded upwards to four decimal places) as supplied to
the Agent at its request quoted by the Reference Banks to leading banks in the London
interbank market,

as of the Specified Time on the Quotation Day for the offering of deposits in the currency of
that Loan and for a period comparable to the Interest Period for that Loan.

“Lien” means any mortgage, pledge, hypothecation, assignment, deposit arrangement,
encumbrance, lien (statutory or other), charge, or preference, priority or other security
interest or preferential arrangement of any kind or nature whatsoever (including any
conditional sale or other title retention agreement any easement, right of way or other
encumbrance on title to real property, and any financing lease having substantially the same
economic effect as any of the foregoing).

“LMA” means the Loan Market Association.

“Loan” means a loan made or to be made under the Facility or the principal amount outstanding
for the time being of that loan.

“Majority Lenders” means:

	 	(gg)	 	if there are no Loans then outstanding, a Lender or Lenders whose Commitments
aggregate more than 50% of the Total Commitments (or, if the Total Commitments have been
reduced to zero, aggregated more than 50% of the Total Commitments immediately prior to
the reduction); or
	 
	 	(hh)	 	at any other time, a Lender or Lenders whose participations in the Loans then
outstanding aggregate more than 50% of all the Loans then outstanding.

“Mandatory Cost” means the percentage rate per annum calculated by the Agent in accordance
with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formula).

“Material Adverse Effect” means (a) a material adverse change in, or a material adverse
effect upon, the operations, business, assets, liabilities (actual or contingent), or
condition (financial or otherwise) of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries taken as a
whole; (b) a material impairment of the ability of an Obligor to perform its obligations
under any Finance Document to which it is a party; or (c) a material adverse effect upon the
legality, validity, binding effect or enforceability against an Obligor of any Finance
Document to which it is a party.

- 13 -

 

“Month” means a period starting on one day in a calendar month and ending on the numerically
corresponding day in the next calendar month, except that:

	 	(ii)	 	if the numerically corresponding day is not a Business Day, that period shall end
on the next Business Day in that calendar month in which that period is to end if there
is one, or if there is not, on the immediately preceding Business Day; and
	 
	 	(jj)	 	if there is no numerically corresponding day in the calendar month in which that
period is to end, that period shall end on the last Business Day in that calendar month.

The above rules will only apply to the last Month of any period.

“Moody’s” means Moody’s Investors Service, Inc. and any successor thereto.

“Multiemployer Plan” means any employee benefit plan of the type described in Section
4001(a)(3) of ERISA, to which the Company or any ERISA Affiliate makes or is obligated to
make contributions, or during the preceding five plan years, has made or been obligated to
make contributions.

“Net Income” means, for any period, for any Person, the net income of such Person for that
period, determined in accordance with GAAP.

“Note Purchase Agreements” means (a) the Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of December 1,
2005, among the Company and the purchasers signatory thereto, entered into in connection with
the issuance of $480,000,000 principal amount of Senior Unsecured Notes of the Company,
consisting of $390,000,000 of 6.01% Series A Senior Unsecured Notes due December 1, 2015, and
$90,000,000 of Floating Rate Series B Senior Unsecured Notes due December 1, 2012, (b) the
Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4, 2005, (originally dated
as of September 30, 2002) among the Company and the purchasers signatory thereto, entered
into in connection with the issuance of $290,000,000 principal amount of Senior Unsecured
Notes of the Company, consisting of $55,000,000 of 7.45% Series A Senior Unsecured Notes due
September 30, 2009, and $235,000,000 of 8.13% Series B Senior Unsecured Notes due September
30, 2012, and (c) the Amended and Restated Note Purchase Agreement, dated as of November 4,
2005, (originally dated as of March 9, 2001) among the Company and the purchasers signatory
thereto, entered into in connection with the issuance of $700,000,000 of Senior Unsecured
Notes of the Company, consisting of $300,000,000 of 7.81% Series A Senior Unsecured Notes due
March 9, 2006, and $180,000,000 of 8.06% Series B Senior Unsecured Notes due March 9, 2008,
and $220,000,000 of 8.37% Series C Senior Unsecured Notes due March 9, 2011.

“Obligations” means all advances to, and debts, liabilities, obligations, covenants and
duties of, the Obligors arising under any Finance Document (including, any Swap Contract
entered into after the date of this Agreement to which a Swap Bank is a party) or otherwise
with respect to any Loan, whether direct or indirect (including those acquired by
assumption), absolute or contingent, due or to become due, now existing or hereafter arising
and including interest and fees that accrue after the commencement by or against an Obligor
or any Affiliate thereof of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Laws naming such Person as
the debtor in such proceeding, regardless of whether such interest and fees are allowed
claims in such proceeding.

- 14 -

 

“Obligor” means the Borrower or the Company.

“Off-Balance Sheet Obligation” means, with respect to any Person as of any date of
determination thereof, without duplication and to the extent not included as a liability on
the consolidated balance sheet of such Person and its Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP:
(a) with respect to any asset securitization transaction (including any accounts receivable
purchase facility) (i) the unrecovered investment of purchasers or transferees of assets so
transferred, and (ii) any other payment, recourse, repurchase, hold harmless, indemnity or
similar obligation of such Person or any of its Subsidiaries in respect of assets transferred
or payments made in respect thereof, other than limited recourse provisions that are
customary for transactions of such type and that neither (x) have the effect of limiting the
loss or credit risk of such purchasers or transferees with respect to payment or performance
by the obligors of the assets so transferred nor (y) impair the characterization of the
transaction as a true sale under applicable Laws (including Debtor Relief Laws); (b) the
monetary obligations under any financing lease or so-called “synthetic,” tax retention or
off-balance sheet lease transaction where such Person has retained the tax benefits of the
equipment subject to the applicable lease and which, upon the application of any Debtor
Relief Law to such Person or any of its Subsidiaries, would be characterized as indebtedness;
(c) the monetary obligations under any sale and leaseback transaction involving a lease of
the type described in clause (b) above; or (d) any other monetary obligation arising with
respect to any other transaction which is characterized as indebtedness for tax purposes but
not for accounting purposes in accordance with GAAP.

“Operating Cash Flow” means, for any period, for any Person, the sum of (a) the Net Income of
such Person, plus (b) interest expense, depreciation, amortization (other than Film Rights
Amortization), provision for income tax and other non-cash expenses deducted in determining
such Net Income of such Person, in each case, determined in accordance with GAAP. By way of
example only, as of the date of this Agreement “other non-cash expenses” includes (i)
expenses recorded for long term incentive plans, (ii) amortization expense for launch and
representation rights, (iii) expenses to record minority interests in consolidated results,
(iv) equity gain or loss of other unconsolidated ventures, and (v) unrealized gain or loss on
mark-to-market calculations for derivative financial instruments. For the avoidance of
doubt, “Operating Cash Flow”, as defined herein, does not mean “operating income”, as defined
in accordance with GAAP.

“Optional Currency” means a currency (other than the Base Currency) which complies with the
conditions set out in Clause 4.4 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies).

“Organization Documents” means, (a) with respect to any corporation, the certificate or
articles of incorporation and the bylaws (or equivalent or comparable constitutive documents
with respect to any non-U.S. jurisdiction); (b) with respect to any limited liability
company, the certificate or articles of formation or organization and operating agreement;
and (c) with respect to any partnership, joint venture, trust or other form of business
entity, the partnership, joint venture or other applicable agreement of formation or
organization and any agreement, instrument, filing or notice with respect thereto filed in
connection with its formation or organization with the applicable Governmental Authority in
the jurisdiction of its formation or

- 15 -

 

organization and, if applicable, any certificate or articles of formation or organization of
such entity.

“Participant” means a Person to who participations in all or any portion of a Lender’s rights
and/or obligations (including all or a portion of its Commitment and/or the Loans owing to
it) under this Agreement are sold.

“Participating Member State” means any member state of the European Communities that adopts
or has adopted the euro as its lawful currency in accordance with legislation of the European
Community relating to Economic and Monetary Union.

“Party” means a party to this Agreement.

“PBGC” means the Pension Benefit Guaranty Corporation.

“Pension Plan” means any “employee pension benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section
3(2) of ERISA), other than a Multiemployer Plan, that is subject to Title IV of ERISA and is
sponsored or maintained by the Company or any ERISA Affiliate or to which the Company or any
ERISA Affiliate contributes or has an obligation to contribute, or in the case of a multiple
employer or other plan described in Section 4064(a) of ERISA, has made contributions at any
time during the immediately preceding five plan years.

“Person” means any natural person, corporation, limited liability company, trust, joint
venture, association, company, partnership, Governmental Authority or other entity.

“Plan” means any “employee benefit plan” (as such term is defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA)
established by the Company or, with respect to any such plan that is subject to Section 412
of the Code or Title IV of ERISA, any ERISA Affiliate.

“Qualifying Lender” has the meaning given to it in Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and indemnities).

“Quotation Day” means, in relation to any period for which an interest rate is to be determined:

	 	(kk)	 	(if the currency is sterling) the first day of that period;
	 
	 	(ll)	 	(if the currency is euro) two TARGET Days before the first day of that period; or
	 
	 	(mm)	 	(for any other currency) two Business Days before the first day of that period,
	 
	 	(nn)	 	unless market practice differs in the Relevant Interbank Market for a currency,
in which case the Quotation Day for that currency will be determined by the Agent in
accordance with market practice in the Relevant Interbank Market (and if quotations for
that currency and period would normally be given by leading banks in the Relevant
Interbank Market on more than one day, the Quotation Day will be the last of those
days).

“Reference Banks” means in relation to LIBOR, EURIBOR and Mandatory Cost the principal London
office of The Royal Bank of Scotland plc or such other banks as may be appointed by the Agent
in consultation with the Company.

“Reference Period” has the meaning specified in Clause 1.4(c) (Accounting Terms).

“Relevant Interbank Market” means the European interbank market.

- 16 -

 

“Repeating Representations” means each of the representations set out in Clause 19
(Representations) and any other Finance Document, or which are contained in any document
furnished at any time under or in connection herewith or therewith (i) except to the extent
that such representations and warranties specifically refer to an earlier date, in which case
they shall be true and correct as of such earlier date, and (ii) except that the
representations and warranties contained in Clauses 19.5(a) (Financial Statements; No
Material Adverse Effect) and 19.5(b) (Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect) shall
be deemed to refer to the most recent statements furnished pursuant to Clauses 20.1(a)
(Financial Statements) and 20.1(b) (Financial Statements).

“Reportable Event” means any of the events set forth in Section 4043(c) of ERISA, other than
events for which the 30 day notice period has been waived.

“Responsible Officer” means the chief executive officer, president, chief financial officer,
senior executive vice president, executive vice president, senior vice president, director,
treasurer, assistant treasurer or equivalent of the relevant company. Any document
delivered hereunder that is signed by a Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to
have been authorized by all necessary corporate, partnership and/or other action on the part
of the company and such Responsible Officer shall be conclusively presumed to have acted on
behalf of the relevant company.

“Restricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company which is not an Unrestricted
Subsidiary, provided that the Borrower shall always be a Restricted Subsidiary.

“Rollover Loan” means one or more Loans:

	 	(oo)	 	made or to be made on the same day that one or more maturing Loan is or are due
to be repaid;
	 
	 	(pp)	 	the aggregate amount of which is equal to or less than the maturing Loan(s)
(unless it is more than the maturing Loan(s) solely because it arose as a result of the
operation of Clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency));
	 
	 	(qq)	 	in the same currency as the maturing Loan(s) (unless it arose as a result of the
operation of Clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency)); and
	 
	 	(rr)	 	made or to be made to the Borrower for the purpose of refinancing the maturing
Loan(s).

“S&P” means Standard & Poor’s Ratings Services, a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc.
and any successor thereto.

“Screen Rate” means the British Bankers Association Interest Settlement Rate for the relevant
currency and period displayed on the appropriate page of the Telerate screen. If the agreed
page is replaced or service ceases to be available, the Agent may specify another page or
service displaying the appropriate rate after consultation with the Company and the Lenders.

“SEC” means the Securities and Exchange Commission, or any Governmental Authority succeeding
to any of its principal functions.

“Significant Shareholders” means Cox Communications Holdings, Inc., Advance/Newhouse
Programming Partnership and LMC Discovery, Inc. (or one or more corporations or other
entities

- 17 -

 

of which 80% or more of the outstanding Equity Interests of all classes is owned directly or
indirectly by any such Person or by Liberty Media Corporation).

“Specified Time” means a time determined in accordance with Schedule 7 (Timetables).

“SplitCo” means the Delaware corporation or limited liability company to be organised by the
Company in order to consummate the Excluded Split-Off.

“Sterling” means the lawful currency of United Kingdom at the date of this Agreement.

“Subsidiary” of a Person means a corporation, partnership, joint venture, limited liability
company or other business entity of which a majority of the Equity Interests having ordinary
voting power for the election of directors or other governing body (other than Equity
Interests having such power only by reason of the happening of a contingency) are at the time
beneficially owned, or the management of which is otherwise Controlled, directly, or
indirectly through one or more intermediaries, or both, by such Person and shall also include
such entities not less than 50% of the Equity Interests of which are owned by such Person but
which are not so Controlled by such Person but which are nonetheless indicated on the audited
financial statements of such Person as a consolidated entity of such Person. Unless
otherwise specified, all references herein to a “Subsidiary” or to “Subsidiaries” shall refer
to a Subsidiary or Subsidiaries of the Company.

“Swap Bank” means any Lender or Affiliate of a Lender in its capacity as a party to a Swap
Contract entered into after the date of this Agreement.

“Swap Contract” means (a) any and all rate swap transactions, basis swaps, credit derivative
transactions, forward rate transactions, commodity swaps, commodity options, forward
commodity contracts, equity or equity index swaps or options, bond or bond price or bond
index swaps or options or forward bond or forward bond price or forward bond index
transactions, interest rate options, forward foreign exchange transactions, cap transactions,
floor transactions, collar transactions, currency swap transactions, cross-currency rate swap
transactions, currency options, spot contracts, or any other similar transactions or any
combination of any of the foregoing (including any options to enter into any of the
foregoing), whether or not any such transaction is governed by or subject to any master
agreement, and (b) any and all transactions of any kind, and the related confirmations, which
are subject to the terms and conditions of, or governed by, any form of master agreement
published by the International Swaps and Derivatives Association, Inc., any International
Foreign Exchange Master Agreement, or any other master agreement (any such master agreement,
together with any related schedules, a “Master Agreement”), including any such obligations or
liabilities under any Master Agreement.

“Swap Termination Value” means, in respect of any one or more Swap Contracts, after taking
into account the effect of any legally enforceable netting agreement relating to such Swap
Contracts, (a) for any date on or after the date such Swap Contracts have been closed out and
termination value(s) determined in accordance therewith, such termination value(s), and (b)
for any date prior to the date referenced in clause (a), the amount(s) determined as the
mark-to-market value(s) for such Swap Contracts, as determined based upon one or more
mid-market or other readily available quotations provided by any recognized dealer in such
Swap Contracts (which may include a Lender or any Affiliate of a Lender).

- 18 -

 

“Syndication Side Letter” means the letter dated on or about the date of this Agreement
between the Arranger and the Company relating to, amongst other things, syndication of the
Facility.

“TARGET” means Trans-European Automated Real-time Gross Settlement Express Transfer payment
system.

“Target Business” has the meaning specified in Clause 21.6 (Change in Nature of Business).

“TARGET Day” means any day on which TARGET is open for the settlement of payments in euro.

“Taxes” means all present or future taxes, levies, imposts, duties, deductions, withholdings,
assessments, fees or other charges imposed by any Governmental Authority, including any
interest, additions to tax or penalties applicable thereto.

“Taxes Act” means the Income and Corporation Taxes Act 1988 of England and Wales.

“Termination Date” means the date which is 3 years from the date of this Agreement.

“Threshold Amount” means $15,000,000.

“Total Commitments” means the aggregate of the Commitments, being €260,000,000 at 27 April
2006.

“Transfer Certificate” means a certificate substantially in the form set out in Schedule 5
(Form of Transfer Certificate) or any other form agreed between the Agent and the Company.

“Transfer Date” means, in relation to a transfer, the later of:

	 	(ss)	 	the proposed Transfer Date specified in the Transfer Certificate; and
	 
	 	(tt)	 	the date on which the Agent executes the Transfer Certificate.

“Travel Channel” means the assets and business known collectively as the Travel Channel and
travelchannel.com, including without limitation, the Equity Interests of the Travel Channel
LLC, a Delaware limited liability company and Discovery Ventures, LLC, a Delaware limited
liability company.

“Unfunded Pension Liability” means the excess of a Pension Plan’s benefit liabilities under
Section 4001(a)(16) of ERISA, over the current value of that Pension Plan’s assets,
determined in accordance with the assumptions used by the actuary to that Pension Plan in its
most recent valuation of that Pension Plan, determined as of the most recent financial
statement reflecting such amounts.

“United States” and “U.S.” means the United States of America.

“Unpaid Sum” means any sum due and payable but unpaid by an Obligor under the Finance
Documents.

“Unrestricted Subsidiary” means any Subsidiary of the Company organized or acquired after the
Closing Date and Designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or any Restricted Subsidiary which
is Designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, in each case, pursuant to Clauses 20.2(f)

- 19 -

 

(Certificates; Other Information) and 21.9 (Unrestricted Subsidiaries). Each Subsidiary of
an Unrestricted Subsidiary shall be deemed to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

“US GAAP” means generally accepted accounting principles in the United States set forth in
the opinions and pronouncements of the Accounting Principles Board and the American Institute
of Certified Public Accountants and statements and pronouncements of the Financial Accounting
Standards Board or such other principles as may be approved by a significant segment of the
accounting profession in the United States, that are applicable to the circumstances as of
the date of determination, consistently applied.

“Utilisation” means a utilisation of the Facility.

“Utilisation Date” means the date of a Utilisation, being the date on which the relevant Loan
is to be made.

“Utilisation Request” means a notice substantially in the form set out in Schedule 3
(Utilisation Request).

“VAT” means value added tax as provided for in the Value Added Tax Act 1994 of England and
Wales and any other tax of a similar nature.

	8.2	 	Construction
	 
	(a)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, any reference in this Agreement to:

	 	(i)	 	the “Agent”, the “Arranger”, any “Finance Party”, any “Lender”, any “Obligor” or
any “Party” shall be construed so as to include its successors in title, permitted
assigns and permitted transferees;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	“assets” includes present and future properties, revenues and rights of every
description;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a “Finance Document” or any other agreement or instrument or Organization
Document is a reference to that Finance Document or other agreement or instrument or
Organization Document as amended or novated;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	a “regulation” includes any regulation, rule, official directive, request or
guideline (whether or not having the force of law) of any governmental,
intergovernmental or supranational body, agency, department or regulatory,
self-regulatory or other authority or organisation;
	 
	 	(v)	 	a provision of law, including any statute or regulation, is a reference to that
provision as amended or re-enacted and includes all regulations promulgated and rules
issued thereunder and any case law relating to the foregoing; and
	 
	 	(vi)	 	a time of day is a reference to London time.

	(b)	 	Section, Clause and Schedule headings are for ease of reference only.
	 
	(c)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, a term used in any other Finance Document or in any
notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document has the same meaning in that
Finance Document or notice as in this Agreement.
	 
	(d)	 	A Default (including an Event of Default) is “continuing” if it has not been remedied or
waived.

- 20 -

 

	8.3	 	No Third Party Rights
	 
	 	 	A person who is not a Party has no right to enforce or to enjoy the benefit of any term of
this Agreement.
	 
	8.4	 	Accounting Terms
	 
	(a)	 	All accounting terms not specifically or completely defined herein shall be construed in
conformity with, and all financial data (including financial ratios and other financial
calculations) required to be submitted pursuant to this Agreement shall be prepared in
conformity with, GAAP applied on a consistent basis, as in effect from time to time, applied
in a manner consistent with that used in preparing the Audited Financial Statements, except as
otherwise specifically prescribed herein.
	 
	(b)	 	If at any time any change in GAAP would affect the computation of any financial ratio or
requirement set forth in any Loan Document, and either the Company or the Majority Lenders
shall so request, the Agent, the Lenders and the Company shall negotiate in good faith to
amend such ratio or requirement to preserve the original intent thereof in light of such
change in GAAP (subject to the approval of the Majority Lenders); provided that, until so
amended, (i) such ratio or requirement shall continue to be computed in accordance with GAAP
prior to such change therein and (ii) the Company shall provide to the Agent and the Lenders
financial statements and other documents required under this Agreement or as reasonably
requested hereunder setting forth a reconciliation between calculations of such ratio or
requirement made before and after giving effect to such change in GAAP.
	 
	(c)	 	Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, any calculation of the Consolidated Interest
Coverage Ratio or the Consolidated Leverage Ratio for any Reference Period during which a
Business Acquisition, Business Disposition, any Designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a
Restricted Subsidiary or any Designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted
Subsidiary (in each case, other than any Excluded Transactions) shall have occurred (or shall
be deemed to have occurred for purposes described in sub-paragraph (iii) below shall be made
on a Pro Forma Basis for purposes of making the following determinations:

	 	(i)	 	determining the applicable pricing level under the definition of “Applicable
Rate”;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	determining compliance with Clause 21.10 (Consolidated Leverage Ratio;
Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio) (other than for purposes of determining whether
the conditions precedent for a proposed transaction have been satisfied as contemplated
by sub-paragraph (iii) below); and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	determining whether the conditions precedent have been satisfied for a proposed
transaction which is permitted hereunder only so long as no Default (including, without
limitation, no Default under Clause 21.10 (Consolidated Leverage Ratio; Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio)) would result from the consummation thereof or shall have
occurred after giving effect thereto, including, without limitation, any Investment by
the Borrower or a Restricted Subsidiary which results in a Business Acquisition or a
Business Disposition, the Designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary or the Designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary.

For these purposes, the following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

- 21 -

 

“Business Acquisition” by any Person means the purchase or acquisition in a single
transaction or a series of related transactions by such Person and its Affiliates of (a) any
Equity Interests of another Person which are sufficient to permit such Person and its
Affiliates to Control such other Person or (b) all or any substantial portion of the property
(including, without limitation, all or a substantial portion of the property comprising a
division, unit or line of business) of another Person, whether or not involving a merger or
consolidation with such other Person.

“Business Disposition” by any person means the Disposition in a single transaction or series
of related transactions by such Person and its Affiliates of (a) any Equity Interests of
another Person sufficient to permit such Person and its Affiliates to Dispose of Control of
such other Person or (b) all or any substantial portion of the property (including, without
limitation, all or a substantial portion of the property comprising a division, unit or line
of business (including cash)) of another Person, whether or not involving a merger or
consolidation.

“Excluded Transaction” means, for any Reference Period, (a) any Business Acquisition by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first date of such Reference Period for
which the aggregate consideration (including assumed Indebtedness) paid by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed US$50,000,000; provided, however, that no such
Business Acquisition shall be deemed to be an Excluded Transaction if the aggregate
consideration (including assumed Indebtedness) paid by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in such Business Acquisition, together with the aggregate consideration
(including assumed Indebtedness) paid by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in all
other Business Acquisitions since the first day of such Reference Period which have been
treated as Excluded Transactions, would exceed US$150,000,000; and provided, further, that no
proposed Business Acquisition shall be deemed to be an Excluded Transaction for purposes of
determining whether the conditions precedent for such proposed transaction have been
satisfied pursuant to this sub-paragraph (iii), and (b) any Business Disposition by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries since the first day of such Reference Period for
which the aggregate fair market value of the cash and other property Disposed of by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries does not exceed US$50,000,000; provided, however,
that no such Business Disposition shall be deemed to be an Excluded Transaction if the
aggregate fair market value of the cash and other the property Disposed of by the Company and
its Restricted Subsidiaries in such Business Disposition, together with the aggregate fair
market value of the cash and other property Disposed of by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries in all other Business Dispositions since the first day of such Reference Period
which have been treated as Excluded Transactions would exceed US$150,000,000; provided,
further, that no proposed Business Disposition shall be deemed to be an Excluded Transaction
for purposes of determining whether the conditions precedent for such proposed transaction
have been satisfied pursuant to this sub-paragraph (iii).

“Pro Forma Basis” means, for purposes of calculating any financial ratio or financial amount
for any Reference Period for any of the purposes specified in this Clause 1.4(c), and with
respect to any proposed Business Acquisition, any proposed Business Disposition, any proposed
Designation of an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary and any proposed

- 22 -

 

Designation of a Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary and each such
transaction actually consummated in such Reference Period (in each case, other than any
Excluded Transactions), that such financial ratio or financial amount shall be calculated on
a pro forma basis based on the following assumptions: (a) each such transaction shall be
deemed to have occurred on the first day of such Reference Period; (b) any funds to be used
by any Person in consummating any such transaction will be assumed to have been used for that
purpose as of the first day of such Reference Period; (c) any Indebtedness to be incurred by
any Person in connection with the consummation of any such transaction will be assumed to
have been incurred on the first day of such Reference Period (or any Indebtedness of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary which is outstanding on the date such Subsidiary is Designated as a
Restricted Subsidiary will be assumed to have been outstanding on the first day of such
Reference Period); (d) the gross interest expenses, determined in accordance with GAAP, with
respect to such Indebtedness assumed to have been incurred or outstanding on the first day of
such Reference Period that bears interest at a floating rate shall be calculated at the
current rate (as of the date of such calculation) under the agreement governing such
Indebtedness (including this Agreement if the Indebtedness is incurred hereunder); and (e)
any gross interest expense, determined in accordance with GAAP, with respect to Indebtedness
outstanding during such Reference Period which Indebtedness was or is to be repaid or
refinanced with proceeds of a transaction which is assumed to have occurred as of the first
day of such Reference Period pursuant to (a) or (b) above, and gross interest expense with
respect to any Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary which is outstanding on the date such
Subsidiary is Designated as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, will be excluded from such
calculations (and to the extent not already excluded pursuant to (a) or (b) above, the
principal amount of such Indebtedness shall also be excluded).

“Reference Period” means (a) for purposes of calculating compliance with any financial
covenant or test on any date on which a Compliance Certificate is required to be delivered
hereunder, the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to such date and
(b) for purposes of determining whether the conditions precedent have been satisfied for a
proposed transaction, the four consecutive fiscal quarters most recently ended prior to date
of such proposed transaction for which annual or quarterly financial statements and a
Compliance Certificate shall have been delivered in accordance with the provisions hereof.

- 23 -

 

SECTION 2

THE FACILITY

	9.	 	THE FACILITY
	 
	9.1	 	The Facility
	 
	 	 	Subject to the terms of this Agreement, the Lenders make available to the Borrower a
multicurrency revolving loan facility in an aggregate amount equal to the Total Commitments.
	 
	9.2	 	Finance Parties’ rights and obligations
	 
	(a)	 	The obligations of each Finance Party under the Finance Documents are several. Failure by a
Finance Party to perform its obligations under the Finance Documents does not affect the
obligations of any other Party under the Finance Documents. No Finance Party is responsible
for the obligations of any other Finance Party under the Finance Documents.
	 
	(b)	 	The rights of each Finance Party under or in connection with the Finance Documents are
separate and independent rights and any debt arising under the Finance Documents to a Finance
Party from an Obligor shall be a separate and independent debt.
	 
	(c)	 	A Finance Party may, except as otherwise stated in the Finance Documents, separately enforce
its rights under the Finance Documents.
	 
	10.	 	PURPOSE
	 
	10.1	 	Purpose
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall apply all amounts borrowed by it under the Facility for its general
corporate purposes, including, for the avoidance of doubt and without limitation,
acquisitions.
	 
	10.2	 	Monitoring
	 
	 	 	No Finance Party is bound to monitor or verify the application of any amount borrowed
pursuant to this Agreement.
	 
	11.	 	CONDITIONS OF UTILISATION
	 
	11.1	 	Initial conditions precedent
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request unless the Agent has received all of the
documents and other evidence listed in Schedule 2 (Conditions precedent) in form and
substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Company and the
Lenders promptly upon being so satisfied.
	 
	11.2	 	Further conditions precedent
	 
	 	 	The Lenders will only be obliged to comply with Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation) if on the
date of the Utilisation Request and on the proposed Utilisation Date:

	 	(a)	 	in the case of a Rollover Loan, no Event of Default is continuing or would result
from the proposed Loan and, in the case of any other Loan, no Default is continuing or
would result from the proposed Loan; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Repeating Representations to be made by each Obligor are not incorrect or
misleading when made or deemed to be made.

- 24 -

 

	11.3	 	Amendment and Restatement
	 
	(a)	 	Upon the execution and delivery by the Parties hereto of this Agreement and the satisfaction
of conditions set forth in paragraph (b) of this Clause 4.3:

	 	(i)	 	this Agreement shall be deemed to amend, restate and supersede the Original
Facility Agreement, except that the grants of Liens and Guarantees under and pursuant to
the Finance Documents shall continue and each other Finance Document shall continue in
full force and effect in accordance with its terms and the Parties hereto hereby ratify
and confirm the terms thereof as being in full force and effect;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	all Loans or other amounts outstanding under the Original Facility Agreement and
the other Finance Documents shall continue to be outstanding and shall be governed in
all respects by this Agreement and the other Finance Documents, it being agreed and
understood that this Agreement does not constitute a novation, satisfaction, payment or
reborrowing of any Loans or other amounts outstanding under the Original Facility
Agreement or any other Finance Document, nor does it operate as a waiver of any right,
power or remedy of any Lender under any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	all references to the Original Facility Agreement in any Finance Document or
other documents or instrument delivered in connection therewith shall be deemed to refer
to this Agreement and the provisions hereof.

	(b)	 	Notwithstanding any other terms of this Agreement, the Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation
Request, unless the Agent has received the following documents and other evidence referred to
in Schedule 2 (Conditions Precedent) 1 (a) (or a certificate of an authorised signatory of the
Borrower certifying that the constitutional documents previously delivered to the Agent on 2
March 2006 have not been amended and remain in full force and effect), 1 (b), 1 (c), 1 (d), 1
(e), 1(f) 1 (g), 2 (a) (i) (or a certificate of an authorised signatory of the Company
certifying that the constitutional documents previously delivered to the Agent on 2 March 2006
have not been amended and remain in full force and effect), 2 (a) (ii), 2 (b), 2 (b) (i), 2
(b) (ii), 2 (b) (iii), 2 (c), 2 (d), 2 (e), 2 (f), 2(g), 3 and 4, in form and substance
reasonably satisfactory to the Agent. The Agent shall notify the Borrower and the Lenders
promptly upon being so satisfied.
	 
	11.4	 	Conditions relating to Optional Currencies
	 
	(a)	 	A currency will constitute an Optional Currency in relation to a Loan if:

	 	(i)	 	it is readily available in the amount required and freely convertible into the
Base Currency in the Relevant Interbank Market on the Quotation Day and the Utilisation
Date for that Loan; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	it is Sterling, euro or has been approved by the Agent (acting on the
instructions of all the Lenders) on or prior to receipt by the Agent of the Utilisation
Request for that Loan.

	(b)	 	If by the Specified Time the Agent has received a written request from the Borrower for a
currency to be approved under paragraph (a)(ii) above, the Agent will notify the Lenders of
that request by the Specified Time. Based on any responses received by the Agent by the
Specified Time, the Agent will confirm to the Borrower by the Specified Time:

	 	(i)	 	whether or not the Lenders have granted their approval; and

- 25 -

 

	 	(ii)	 	if approval has been granted, the minimum amount (and, if required, integral
multiples) for any subsequent Utilisation in that currency.

	11.5	 	Maximum number of Loans
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed Utilisation
more than 15 Loans would be outstanding.
	 
	(b)	 	The Borrower may not deliver a Utilisation Request if as a result of the proposed
Utilisation, Loans denominated in more than 3 currencies would be outstanding.
	 
	(c)	 	Any Loan made by a single Lender under Clause 6.2 (Unavailability of a currency) shall not be
taken into account in this Clause 4.4.

- 26 -

 

SECTION 3

UTILISATION

	12.	 	UTILISATION

	12.1	 	Delivery of a Utilisation Request
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may utilise the Facility by delivery to the Agent of a duly completed
Utilisation Request not later than the Specified Time.
	 
	12.2	 	Completion of a Utilisation Request
	 
	(a)	 	Each Utilisation Request is irrevocable and will not be regarded as having been duly
completed unless:

	 	(i)	 	the proposed Utilisation Date is a Business Day within the Availability Period;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the currency and amount of the Utilisation comply with Clause 5.3 (Currency and
amount);
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the proposed Interest Period complies with Clause 10 (Interest Periods); and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	it specifies the account and bank (which must be in the principal financial
centre of the country of the currency of the Utilisation or, in the case of the euro,
the principal financial centre of a Participating Member State in which banks are open
for general business on that day or London) to which the proceeds of the Utilisation are
to be credited.

	(b)	 	Only one Loan may be requested in each Utilisation Request.
	 
	12.3	 	Currency and amount
	 
	(a)	 	The currency specified in a Utilisation Request must be the Base Currency or an Optional
Currency.
	 
	(b)	 	The amount of the proposed Loan must be:

	 	(i)	 	If the currency selected is the Base Currency, a minimum of €5,000,000 or, if
less, the Available Facility; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	If the currency selected is Sterling, a minimum of £4,000,000 or, if less, the
Available Facility: or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	If the currency selected is an Optional Currency other than Sterling, the
minimum amount (and, if required, integral multiple) specified by the Agent pursuant to
paragraph (b)(ii) of Clause 4.4 (Conditions relating to Optional Currencies) or, if
less, the Available Facility:

	 	 	and, if (i) to (ii) are complied with in increments above €5,000,000 of €1,000,000 (or its equivalent).

	12.4	 	Lenders’ participation
	 
	(a)	 	If the conditions set out in this Agreement have been met, each Lender shall make its
participation in each Loan available by the Utilisation Date through its Facility Office.
	 
	(b)	 	The amount of each Lender’s participation in each Loan will be equal to the proportion borne
by its Available Commitment to the Available Facility immediately prior to making the Loan.

- 27 -

 

	(c)	 	The Agent shall determine the Base Currency Amount of each Loan which is to be made in an
Optional Currency and shall notify each Lender of the amount, currency and the Base Currency
Amount of each Loan and the amount of its participation in that Loan, in each case by the
Specified Time.

	13.	 	OPTIONAL CURRENCIES
	 
	13.1	 	Selection of currency
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall select the currency of a Loan in the Utilisation Request.
	 
	13.2	 	Unavailability of a currency
	 
	 	 	If before the Specified Time on any Quotation Day:

	 	(a)	 	a Lender notifies the Agent that the Optional Currency requested is not readily
available to it in the amount required; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	a Lender notifies the Agent that compliance with its obligation to participate in
a Loan in the proposed Optional Currency would contravene a law or regulation applicable
to it,

	 	 	the Agent will give notice to the Borrower to that effect by the Specified Time on that day.
In this event, any Lender that gives notice pursuant to this Clause 6.2 will be required to
participate in the Loan in the Base Currency (in an amount equal to that Lender’s proportion
of the Base Currency Amount or, in respect of a Rollover Loan, an amount equal to that
Lender’s proportion of the Base Currency Amount of the Rollover Loan that is due to be made)
and its participation will be treated as a separate Loan denominated in the Base Currency
during that Interest Period.

	13.3	 	Participation in a Loan
	 
	 	 	Each Lender’s participation in a Loan will be determined in accordance with paragraph (b) of
Clause 5.4 (Lenders’ participation).

- 28 -

 

SECTION 4

REPAYMENT, PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION

	14.	 	REPAYMENT
	 
	 	 	Repayment of Loans
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall repay each Loan on the last day of its Interest Period.
	 
	15.	 	PREPAYMENT AND CANCELLATION
	 
	15.1	 	Illegality
	 
	 	 	If it becomes unlawful in any applicable jurisdiction for a Lender to perform any of its
obligations as contemplated by this Agreement or to fund or maintain its participation in any
Loan:

	 	(a)	 	that Lender shall promptly notify the Agent upon becoming aware of that event;
	 
	 	(b)	 	upon the Agent notifying the Borrower, the Commitment of that Lender will be
immediately cancelled; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in the Loans on the last day
of the Interest Period for each Loan occurring after the Agent has notified the Borrower
or, if earlier, the date specified by the Lender in the notice delivered to the Agent
(being no earlier than the last day of any applicable grace period permitted by law).

	15.2	 	Voluntary cancellation
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter
period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, cancel the whole or any part (being a
minimum amount of €5,000,000) of the Available Facility. Any cancellation under this Clause
8.2 shall reduce the Commitments of the Lenders rateably.
	 
	15.3	 	Voluntary prepayment of Loans
	 
	 	 	The Borrower may, if it gives the Agent not less than 10 Business Days’ (or such shorter
period as the Majority Lenders may agree) prior notice, prepay the whole or any part of a
Loan (but, if in part, being an amount that reduces the Base Currency Amount of the Loan by a
minimum amount of €5,000,000 (or the equivalent in any other currency or currencies).
	 
	15.4	 	Right of repayment and cancellation in relation to a single Lender

	 
	(a)	 	If:

	 	(i)	 	any sum payable to any Lender by an Obligor is required to be increased under
paragraph (c) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up); or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any Lender claims indemnification from the Borrower under Clause 13.3 (Tax
indemnity) or Clause 14 (Increased costs),

	 	 	the Borrower may, whilst the circumstance giving rise to the requirement or indemnification
continues, give the Agent notice of cancellation of the Commitment of that Lender and its
intention to procure the repayment of that Lender’s participation in the Loans.
	 
	(b)	 	On receipt of a notice referred to in paragraph (a) above, the Commitment of that Lender
shall immediately be reduced to zero.

- 29 -

 

	(c)	 	On the last day of each Interest Period which ends after the Borrower has given notice under
paragraph (a) above (or, if earlier, the date specified by the Borrower in that notice), the
Borrower shall repay that Lender’s participation in each Loan.
	 
	15.5	 	Restrictions
	 
	(a)	 	Any notice of cancellation or prepayment given by any Party under this Clause 8 shall be
irrevocable and, unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, shall specify the
date or dates upon which the relevant cancellation or prepayment is to be made and the amount
of that cancellation or prepayment.
	 
	(b)	 	Any prepayment under this Agreement shall be made together with accrued interest on the
amount prepaid and, subject to any Break Costs, without premium or penalty.
	 
	(c)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in this Agreement, any part of the Facility which is
prepaid may be reborrowed in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
	 
	(d)	 	The Borrower shall not repay or prepay all or any part of the Loans or cancel all or any part
of the Commitments except at the times and in the manner expressly provided for in this
Agreement.
	 
	(e)	 	No amount of the Total Commitments cancelled under this Agreement may be subsequently
reinstated.
	 
	(f)	 	If the Agent receives a notice under this Clause 8 it shall promptly forward a copy of that
notice to either the Borrower or the affected Lender, as appropriate.

- 30 -

 

SECTION 5

COSTS OF UTILISATION

	16.	 	INTEREST
	 
	16.1	 	Calculation of interest
	 
	 	 	The rate of interest on each Loan for each Interest Period is the percentage rate per annum
which is the aggregate of the applicable:

	 	(a)	 	Applicable Margin;
	 
	 	(b)	 	EURIBOR or, in relation to any Loan in Sterling or any other Optional Currency,
LIBOR; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	Mandatory Cost, if any

	16.2	 	Payment of interest
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay accrued interest on each Loan on the last day of each Interest Period
(and, if the Interest Period is longer than six Months, on the dates falling at six monthly
intervals after the first day of the Interest Period).
	 
	16.3	 	Default interest
	 
	(a)	 	If an Obligor fails to pay any amount payable by it under a Finance Document on its due date,
interest shall accrue on the overdue amount from the due date up to the date of actual payment
(both before and after judgment) at a rate which, subject to paragraph (b) below, is the sum
of 1 per cent and the rate which would have been payable if the overdue amount had, during the
period of non-payment, constituted a Loan in the currency of the overdue amount for successive
Interest Periods, each of a duration selected by the Agent (acting reasonably). Any interest
accruing under this Clause 9.3 shall be immediately payable by the Obligor on demand by the
Agent.
	 
	(b)	 	If any overdue amount consists of all or part of a Loan which became due on a day which was
not the last day of an Interest Period relating to that Loan:

	 	(i)	 	the first Interest Period for that overdue amount shall have a duration equal to
the unexpired portion of the current Interest Period relating to that Loan; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the rate of interest applying to the overdue amount during that first Interest
Period shall be the sum of 1 per cent and the rate which would have applied if the
overdue amount had not become due.

	(c)	 	Default interest (if unpaid) arising on an overdue amount will be compounded with the overdue
amount at the end of each Interest Period applicable to that overdue amount but will remain
immediately due and payable.
	 
	16.4	 	Notification of rates of interest
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall promptly notify the Lenders and the Borrower of the determination of a rate
of interest under this Agreement.

- 31 -

 

	16.5	 	Interest Rate Limitation
	 
	 	 	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in any Finance Document, the interest paid
or agreed to be paid under the Finance Documents shall not exceed the maximum rate of
non-usurious interest permitted by applicable Law (the “Maximum Rate”). If the Agent or any
Lender shall receive interest in an amount that exceeds the Maximum Rate, the excess interest
shall be applied to the principal of the Loans or, if it exceeds such unpaid principal,
refunded to the Borrower. In determining whether the interest contracted for, charged, or
received by the Agent or a Lender exceeds the Maximum Rate, such Person may, to the extent
permitted by applicable Law, (a) characterize any payment that is not principal as an
expense, fee, or premium rather than interest, (b) exclude voluntary prepayments and the
effects thereof, and (c) amortize, prorate, allocate, and spread in equal or unequal parts
the total amount of interest throughout the contemplated term of the Obligations hereunder.
	 
	17.	 	INTEREST PERIODS
	 
	17.1	 	Selection of Interest Periods
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower may select an Interest Period for a Loan in the Utilisation Request for that
Loan.
	 
	(b)	 	Subject to this Clause 10, the Borrower may select an Interest Period of 1, 2, 3 or 6 Months
or any other period agreed between the Borrower and the Agent (acting on the instructions of
all the Lenders).
	 
	(c)	 	An Interest Period for a Loan shall not extend beyond the Termination Date.
	 
	(d)	 	A Loan has one Interest Period only.
	 
	17.2	 	Non-Business Days
	 
	 	 	If an Interest Period would otherwise end on a day which is not a Business Day, that Interest
Period will instead end on the next Business Day in that calendar month (if there is one) or
the preceding Business Day (if there is not).
	 
	18.	 	CHANGES TO THE CALCULATION OF INTEREST
	 
	18.1	 	Absence of quotations
	 
	 	 	Subject to Clause 11.2 (Market disruption), if EURIBOR or, if applicable LIBOR is to be
determined by reference to the Reference Banks but a Reference Bank does not supply a
quotation by the Specified Time on the Quotation Day, the applicable EURIBOR or LIBOR shall
be determined on the basis of the quotations of the remaining Reference Banks.
	 
	18.2	 	Market disruption
	 
	(a)	 	If a Market Disruption Event occurs in relation to a Loan for any Interest Period, then the
rate of interest on each Lender’s share of that Loan for the Interest Period shall be the
percentage rate per annum which is the sum of:

	 	(i)	 	the Applicable Margin;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the rate notified to the Agent by that Lender as soon as practicable and in any
event before interest is due to be paid in respect of that Interest Period, to be that
which expresses as a percentage rate per annum the cost to that Lender of funding its
participation in that Loan from whatever source it may reasonably select; and

- 32 -

 

	 	(iii)	 	the Mandatory Cost, if any, applicable to that Lender’s participation in the
Loan.

	(b)	 	In this Agreement “Market Disruption Event” means:

	 	(i)	 	at or about noon on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest Period the Screen
Rate is not available and none or only one of the Reference Banks supplies a rate to the
Agent to determine EURIBOR or, if applicable, LIBOR for the relevant Interest Period; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	before close of business in London on the Quotation Day for the relevant Interest
Period, the Agent receives notifications from a Lender or Lenders (whose participations
in a Loan exceed 35 per cent. of that Loan) that the cost to it of obtaining matching
deposits in the Relevant Interbank Market would be in excess of EURIBOR or, if
applicable, LIBOR.

	18.3	 	Alternative basis of interest or funding

	(a)	 	If a Market Disruption Event occurs and the Agent or the Company so requires, the Agent and
the Company shall enter into negotiations (for a period of not more than thirty days) with a
view to agreeing a substitute basis for determining the rate of interest.

	(b)	 	Any alternative basis agreed pursuant to paragraph (a) above shall, with the prior consent of
all the Lenders and the Company, be binding on all Parties.
	 
	18.4	 	Break Costs

	(a)	 	The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand by a Finance Party, pay to that
Finance Party its Break Costs attributable to all or any part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum being
paid by the Borrower on a day other than the last day of an Interest Period for that Loan or
Unpaid Sum.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Lender shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a
certificate confirming the amount of its Break Costs for any Interest Period in which they
accrue.
	 
	19.	 	FEES
	 
	19.1	 	Facility fee
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for the account of each Lender) a fee in the Base
Currency computed at the Applicable Rate as set out in the column titled “Facility Fee” of the
table referenced in the definition of Applicable Rate on that Lender’s Commitment for the
Availability Period, regardless of usage.
	 
	(b)	 	The accrued facility fee is payable on the last day of each successive period of three Months
which ends during the Availability Period, on the last day of the Availability Period and, if
cancelled in full, on the cancelled amount of the relevant Lender’s Commitment at the time the
cancellation is effective.
	 
	19.2	 	Arrangement fee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Arranger an arrangement fee in the amount and at the times
agreed in a Fee Letter.
	 
	19.3	 	Up Front Fees
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Lenders up front fees in the amount and at the times agreed in
a Fee Letter.

- 33 -

 

	19.4	 	Agency fee
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay to the Agent (for its own account) an agency fee in the amount and at
the times agreed in a Fee Letter.

- 34 -

 

SECTION 6

ADDITIONAL PAYMENT OBLIGATIONS

	20.	 	TAX GROSS UP AND INDEMNITIES
	 
	20.1	 	Definitions
	 
	(a)	 	In this Agreement:
	 
	 	 	“Protected Party” means a Finance Party which is or will be subject to any liability, or
required to make any payment, for or on account of Tax in relation to a sum received or
receivable (or any sum deemed for the purposes of Tax to be received or receivable) under a
Finance Document.
	 
	 	 	“Qualifying Lender” means:

	 	(i)	 	a Lender (other than a Lender within sub-paragraph (ii) below) which is
beneficially entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under
a Finance Document and is:

	 	(A)	 	a Lender:

	 	1.	 	which is a bank (as defined for the
purpose of section 349 of the Taxes Act) making an advance under a
Finance Document; or
	 
	 	2.	 	in respect of an advance made under a
Finance Document by a person that was a bank (as defined for the
purpose of section 349 of the Taxes Act) at the time that that
advance was made,

	 	 	 	and which is within the charge to United Kingdom corporation tax as
respects any payments of interest made in respect of that advance; or
	 
	 	(B)	 	a Lender which is:

	 	(1)	 	a company resident in the United
Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes;
	 
	 	(2)	 	a partnership each member of which is:

	 	(a)	 	a company so resident in
the United Kingdom; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	a company not so resident
in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United
Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings
into account in computing its chargeable profits (for the
purposes of section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) the whole of any
share of interest payable in respect of that advance that
falls to it by reason of sections 114 and 115 of the Taxes
Act;

	 	(3)	 	a company not so resident in the United
Kingdom which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a
permanent establishment and which brings into account interest
payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable
profits (for the purposes of section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) of
that company; or

- 35 -

 

	 	(C)	 	a Treaty Lender; or

	 	(ii)	 	a building society (as defined for the purpose of section 477A of the Taxes Act).
	 
	 	 	 	“Tax Confirmation” means a written confirmation by a Lender that the person beneficially
entitled to interest payable to that Lender in respect of an advance under a Finance Document
is either:
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a company resident in the United Kingdom for United Kingdom tax purposes; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	a partnership each member of which is:

	 	(A)	 	a company so resident in the United Kingdom; or

	 	(B)	 	a company not so resident in the United Kingdom
which carries on a trade in the United Kingdom through a permanent
establishment and which brings into account in computing its chargeable
profits (for the purposes of section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) the whole of
any share of interest payable in respect of that advance that falls to it
by reason of sections 114 and 115 of the Taxes Act; or

	 	(v)	 	a company not so resident in the United Kingdom which carries on a trade in the
United Kingdom through a permanent establishment and which brings into account interest
payable in respect of that advance in computing the chargeable profits (for the purposes
of section 11(2) of the Taxes Act) of that company.

	 	 	“Tax Credit” means a credit against, relief or remission for, or repayment of any Tax.
	 
	 	 	“Tax Deduction” means a deduction or withholding for or on account of Tax from a payment
under a Finance Document.
	 
	 	 	“Tax Payment” means either the increase in a payment made by an Obligor to a Finance Party
under Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) or a payment under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity).
	 
	 	 	“Treaty Lender” means a Lender which:

	 	(vi)	 	is treated as a resident of a Treaty State for the purposes of the Treaty;
	 
	 	(vii)	 	does not carry on a business in the United Kingdom through a permanent
establishment with which that Lender’s participation in the Loans is effectively
connected; and
	 
	 	(viii)	 	fulfils any conditions which must be fulfilled under the double taxation agreement for
residents of that Treaty State to obtain exemption from United Kingdom taxation on
interest.

	 	 	“Treaty State” means a jurisdiction having a double taxation agreement (a “Treaty”) with the
United Kingdom which makes provision for full exemption from tax imposed by the United
Kingdom on interest.
	 
	 	 	“UK Non-Bank Lender” means a Lender which gives a Tax Confirmation in the Transfer
Certificate which it executes on becoming a Party to this Agreement.

- 36 -

 

	(b)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears, in this Clause 13 a reference to “determines” or
“determined” means a determination made in the absolute discretion of the person making the
determination.
	 
	20.2	 	Tax gross-up
	 
	(a)	 	Each Obligor shall make all payments to be made by it to any Finance Party hereunder without
any Tax Deduction, unless such Obligor is required by law to make such payment subject to a
Tax Deduction.
	 
	(b)	 	The relevant Obligor shall promptly upon becoming aware that an Obligor must make a Tax
Deduction (or that there is any change in the rate or the basis of a Tax Deduction) notify the
Agent accordingly. Similarly, a Lender shall notify the Agent on becoming so aware in respect
of a payment payable to that Lender. If the Agent receives such notification from a Lender it
shall notify the Company and that Obligor.
	 
	(c)	 	If a Tax Deduction is required by law to be made by an Obligor, the amount of the payment due
from that Obligor shall be increased to an amount which (after making any Tax Deduction)
leaves an amount equal to the payment which would have been due if no Tax Deduction had been
required.
	 
	(d)	 	An Obligor is not required to make an increased payment to a Lender under paragraph (c) above
for a Tax Deduction in respect of tax imposed by the United Kingdom from a payment of interest
on a Loan, if on the date on which the payment falls due:

	 	(i)	 	the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without a Tax Deduction
if it was a Qualifying Lender, but on that date that Lender is not or has ceased to be a
Qualifying Lender other than as a result of any change after the date it became a Lender
under this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any
law or Treaty, or any published practice or concession of any relevant taxing authority;
or
	 
	 	(ii) 	 	 

	 	(A)	 	the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely
under sub-paragraph (i)(B) of the definition of Qualifying Lender;
	 
	 	(B)	 	the Board of HM Revenue & Customs has given (and
not revoked) a direction (a “Direction”) under section 349C of the Taxes
Act (as that provision has effect on the date on which the relevant
Lender became a Party) which relates to that payment and that Lender has
received from that Obligor or the Company a certified copy of that
Direction; and
	 
	 	(C)	 	the payment could have been made to the Lender
without any Tax Deduction in the absence of that Direction; or

	 	(iii)	 	the relevant Lender is a Qualifying Lender solely under sub-paragraph (i)(B) of
the definition of Qualifying Lender and it has not, other than by reason of any change
after the date of this Agreement in (or in the interpretation, administration or
application of) any law or any published practice or concession of any relevant taxing
authority, given a Tax Confirmation to the Company; or

- 37 -

 

	 	(iv)	 	the relevant Lender is a Treaty Lender and the Obligor making the payment is able
to demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the relevant Lender without the
Tax Deduction had that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraphs (h)(i) and
(h)(iii) (but not, for the avoidance of doubt, (h)(ii)) below.

	(e)	 	An Obligor is not required to make an increased payment to a Lender under paragraph (c) above
for a Tax Deduction in respect of tax imposed by the United States from a payment hereunder,
if on the date on which the payment falls due the Obligor making the payment is able to
demonstrate that the payment could have been made to the Lender without the Tax Deduction had
that Lender complied with its obligations under paragraph (h)(ii) or (h)(iii) below.
	 
	(f)	 	If an Obligor is required to make a Tax Deduction, that Obligor shall make that Tax Deduction
and any payment required in connection with that Tax Deduction within the time allowed and in
the minimum amount required by law.
	 
	(g)	 	Within thirty days of making either a Tax Deduction or any payment required in connection
with that Tax Deduction, the Obligor making that Tax Deduction shall deliver to the Agent for
the Finance Party entitled to the payment evidence reasonably satisfactory to that Finance
Party that the Tax Deduction has been made or (as applicable) any appropriate payment paid to
the relevant taxing authority.
	 
	(h) 	 	 

	 	(i)	 	A Treaty Lender and each Obligor which makes a payment to which that Treaty
Lender is entitled, shall co-operate in completing any procedural formalities necessary
for that Obligor to obtain authorisation to make that payment without a Tax Deduction.
	 
	 	(ii)	 	In the event the Company is required to make any payment hereunder, each Lender
that is legally entitled to do so shall promptly deliver to the Company and the Agent
(in such number of copies as shall be requested by the recipient) from time to time upon
the request of the Obligor or the Agent, whichever of the following is applicable:

	 	(A)	 	duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8BEN (or successor form) claiming eligibility for benefits of an
income tax treaty to which the United States is a party;
	 
	 	(B)	 	duly completed copies of Internal Revenue Service
Form W-8ECI (or successor form);
	 
	 	(C)	 	in the case of a Lender that is able to claim the
benefits of the exemption for portfolio interest under section 881(c) of
the Code, (x) a certificate to the effect that such Lender is not (A) a
“bank” within the meaning of section 881(c)(3)(A) of the Code, (B) a “10
per cent shareholder” of the Company within the meaning of section
881(c)(3)(B) of the Code, or (C) a “controlled foreign corporation”
described in section 881(c)(3)(C) of the Code and (y) duly completed
copies of Internal Revenue Service Form W-8BEN (or successor form); or
	 
	 	(D)	 	any other form or successor form prescribed by
applicable law as a basis for claiming exemption from United States
Federal withholding tax duly

- 38 -

 

	 	 	 	completed together with such supplementary documentation as may be
prescribed by applicable law to permit the Company to determine the
withholding or deduction required to be made.

	 	(iii)	 	Without limiting the obligations of the Lenders set forth above regarding
delivery of certain forms and documents to establish each Lender’s status for U.S.
withholding tax purposes, at the reasonable request of the relevant Obligor, the Lender
shall use reasonable endeavours to (i) complete and provide to that Obligor all forms,
documentation or certifications, as the case may be, identified by that Obligor and
required to establish the legal entitlement of the Lender to receive that payment
without a Tax Deduction, or if the Lender is not entitled to receive such payment
without a Tax Deduction but is entitled to receive that payment subject to a Tax
Deduction at a reduced rate, such forms that are required to establish the legal
entitlement of the Lender to receive such payments subject to a Tax Deduction at that
reduced rate and (ii) provide to that Obligor, on its reasonable request, further copies
of any such form or certification on or before the date that any such form or
certification expires or becomes obsolete and after the occurrence of any event
requiring a change in the most recent form or certificate previously provided by it to
the Obligor.

	(i)	 	A UK Non-Bank Lender which becomes a Party on the day on which this Agreement is entered into
gives a Tax Confirmation to the Company by entering into this Agreement.

	(j)	 	A UK Non-Bank Lender shall promptly notify the Company and the Agent if there is any change
in the position from that set out in the Tax Confirmation.
	 
	20.3	 	Tax indemnity
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower shall (within three Business Days of demand by the Agent) pay to a Protected
Party an amount equal to the loss, liability or cost which that Protected Party, acting
reasonably, determines will be or has been (directly or indirectly) suffered for or on account
of Tax by that Protected Party in respect of a Finance Document.
	 
	(b)	 	Paragraph (a) above shall not apply:

	 	(i)	 	with respect to any Tax assessed on a Finance Party:

	 	(A)	 	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party is
incorporated or, if different, the jurisdiction (or jurisdictions) in which that
Finance Party is treated as resident for tax purposes; or
	 
	 	(B)	 	under the law of the jurisdiction in which that Finance Party’s
Facility Office is located in respect of amounts received or receivable in that
jurisdiction,

	 	 	if that tax is imposed on or calculated by reference to the net income received or receivable
(but not any sum deemed to be received or receivable) by that Finance Party; or

	 	(ii)	 	to the extent a loss, liability or cost:

	 	(A)	 	is compensated for by an increased payment under Clause 13.2 (Tax
gross-up); or

- 39 -

 

	 	(B)	 	would have been compensated for by an increased payment under
Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) but was not so compensated solely because one of the
exclusions in paragraph (d) of Clause 13.2 (Tax gross-up) applied.

	(c)	 	A Protected Party making, or intending to make, a claim under paragraph (a) above shall
promptly notify the Agent of the event which will give, or has given, rise to the claim,
following which the Agent shall notify the Borrower.
	 
	(d)	 	A Protected Party shall, on receiving a payment from an Obligor under this Clause 13.3,
notify the Agent.
	 
	20.4	 	Tax Credit
	 
	 	 	If an Obligor makes a Tax Payment and the relevant Finance Party determines that:

	 	(a)	 	a Tax Credit is attributable either to an increased payment of which that Tax
Payment forms part, or to that Tax Payment; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	that Finance Party has obtained, utilised and retained that Tax Credit,

	 	 	the Finance Party shall pay an amount to the Obligor which that Finance Party determines will
leave it (after that payment) in no worse after-Tax position as it would have been in had the
Tax Payment not been required to be made by the Obligor.
	 
	20.5	 	Stamp taxes
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall pay and, within three Business Days of demand, indemnify each Finance
Party against any cost, loss or liability that Finance Party incurs in relation to all stamp
duty, stamp duty land tax, registration and other similar Taxes payable in respect of any
Finance Document.
	 
	20.6	 	Value added tax

	(a)	 	All amounts set out, or expressed to be payable under a Finance Document by any Party to a
Finance Party which (in whole or in part) constitute the consideration for VAT purposes shall
be deemed to be exclusive of any VAT which is chargeable on such supply, and accordingly,
subject to paragraph (c) below, if VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party
to any Party under a Finance Document, that Party shall pay to the Finance Party (in addition
to and at the same time as paying the consideration) an amount equal to the amount of the VAT
(and such Finance Party shall promptly provide an appropriate VAT invoice to such Party).
	 
	(b)	 	If VAT is chargeable on any supply made by any Finance Party (the “Supplier”) to any other
Finance Party (the “Recipient”) under a Finance Document, and any Party (the “Relevant Party”)
is required by the terms of any Finance Document to pay an amount equal to the consideration
for such supply to the Supplier (rather than being required to reimburse the Recipient in
respect of that consideration), such Party shall also pay to the Supplier (in addition to and
at the same time as paying such amount) an amount equal to the amount of such VAT. The
Recipient will promptly pay to the Relevant Party an amount equal to any credit or repayment
from the relevant tax authority which it reasonably determines relates to the VAT chargeable
on that supply.
	 
	(c)	 	Where a Finance Document requires any Party to reimburse a Finance Party for any costs or
expenses, that Party shall also at the same time pay and indemnify the Finance Party against
all

- 40 -

 

	 	 	VAT incurred by the Finance Party in respect of the costs or expenses to the extent that the
Finance Party reasonably determines that neither it nor any other member of any group of
which it is a member for VAT purposes is entitled to credit or repayment from the relevant
tax authority in respect of the VAT.

	21.	 	INCREASED COSTS
	 
	21.1	 	Increased costs
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to Clause 14.3 (Exceptions) the Borrower shall, within three Business Days of a
demand by the Agent, pay for the account of a Finance Party the amount of any Increased Costs
incurred by that Finance Party or any of its Affiliates as a result of (i) the introduction of
or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or application of) any law or
regulation or (ii) compliance with any law or regulation made after the date of this
Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	In this Agreement “Increased Costs” means:

	 	(i)	 	a reduction in the rate of return from the Facility or on a Finance Party’s (or
its Affiliate’s) overall capital;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	an additional or increased cost; or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a reduction of any amount due and payable under any Finance Document,

	 	 	which is incurred or suffered by a Finance Party or any of its Affiliates to the extent that
it is attributable to that Finance Party having entered into its Commitment or funding or
performing its obligations under any Finance Document.
	 
	21.2	 	Increased cost claims
	 
	(a)	 	A Finance Party intending to make a claim pursuant to Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) shall
notify the Agent of the event giving rise to the claim, following which the Agent shall
promptly notify the Borrower.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Finance Party shall, as soon as practicable after a demand by the Agent, provide a
certificate confirming the amount of its Increased Costs.
	 
	21.3	 	Exceptions
	 
	(a)	 	Clause 14.1 (Increased costs) does not apply to the extent any Increased Cost is:

	 	(i)	 	attributable to a Tax Deduction required by law to be made by an Obligor;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	compensated for by Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) (or would have been compensated
for under Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) but was not so compensated solely because any of
the exclusions in paragraph (b) of Clause 13.3 (Tax indemnity) applied);
	 
	 	(iii)	 	compensated for by the payment of the Mandatory Cost; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	attributable to the wilful breach by the relevant Finance Party or its Affiliates
of any law or regulation.

	(b)	 	In this Clause 14.3, a reference to a “Tax Deduction” has the same meaning given to the term
in Clause 13.1 (Definitions).

- 41 -

 

	22.	 	OTHER INDEMNITIES
	 
	22.1	 	Currency indemnity
	 
	(a)	 	If any sum due from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (a “Sum”), or any order, judgment
or award given or made in relation to a Sum, has to be converted from the currency (the “First
Currency”) in which that Sum is payable into another currency (the “Second Currency”) for the
purpose of:

	 	(i)	 	making or filing a claim or proof against that Obligor;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	obtaining or enforcing an order, judgment or award in relation to any litigation
or arbitration proceedings,

	 	 	that Obligor shall as an independent obligation, within three Business Days of demand,
indemnify each Finance Party to whom that Sum is due against any cost, loss or liability
arising out of or as a result of the conversion including any discrepancy between (A) the
rate of exchange used to convert that Sum from the First Currency into the Second Currency
and (B) the rate or rates of exchange available to that person at the time of its receipt of
that Sum.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Obligor waives any right it may have in any jurisdiction to pay any amount under the
Finance Documents in a currency or currency unit other than that in which it is expressed to
be payable.
	 
	22.2	 	Other indemnities
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall (or shall procure that an Obligor will), within three Business Days of
demand, indemnify each Finance Party against any cost, loss or liability incurred by that
Finance Party as a result of:

	 	(a)	 	the occurrence of any Event of Default;
	 
	 	(b)	 	a failure by an Obligor to pay any amount due under a Finance Document on its due
date, including without limitation, any cost, loss or liability arising as a result of
Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties);
	 
	 	(c)	 	funding, or making arrangements to fund, its participation in a Loan requested by
the Borrower in a Utilisation Request but not made by reason of the operation of any one
or more of the provisions of this Agreement (other than by reason of default or
negligence by that Finance Party alone);
	 
	 	(d)	 	a Loan (or part of a Loan) not being prepaid in accordance with a notice of
prepayment given by the Borrower;
	 
	 	(e)	 	any actual or alleged presence or release of Hazardous Materials on or from any
property owned or operated by an Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or any
Environmental Liability related in any way to an Obligor or any of its Subsidiaries, or
	 
	 	(f)	 	any actual or prospective claim, litigation, investigation or proceeding relating
to any of the foregoing, whether based on contract, tort or any other theory, whether
brought by a third party or by an Obligor, and regardless of whether any Finance Party
is a party thereto, in all cases, whether or not caused by or arising, in whole or in
part, out of the negligence of the Finance Party;

- 42 -

 

	 	 	provided that (e) and (f) shall not, as to any Finance Party, be available to the extent that
such losses, claims, damages, liabilities or related expenses (x) are determined by a court
of competent jurisdiction by final and nonappealable judgment to have resulted from the
negligence or wilful misconduct of such Finance Party or (y) result from a claim brought by
an Obligor against a Finance Party for breach in bad faith of such Finance Party’s
obligations hereunder or under any other Finance Document, if the Obligor has obtained a
final and nonappealable judgment in its favor on such claim as determined by a court of
competent jurisdiction.
	 
	22.3	 	Indemnity to the Agent
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall promptly indemnify the Agent against any cost, loss or liability incurred
by the Agent (acting reasonably) as a result of:

	 	(a)	 	investigating any event which it reasonably believes is a Default; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	entering into or performing any foreign exchange contract for the purposes of
paragraph (b) of Clause 29.9 (Change of currency); or
	 
	 	(c)	 	acting or relying on any notice, request or instruction which it reasonably
believes to be genuine, correct and appropriately authorised.

	23.	 	MITIGATION BY THE LENDERS
	 
	23.1	 	Mitigation
	 
	(a)	 	Each Finance Party shall, in consultation with the Borrower, take all reasonable steps to
mitigate any circumstances which arise and which would result in any amount becoming payable
under or pursuant to, or cancelled pursuant to, any of Clause 8.1 (Illegality), Clause 13 (Tax
gross-up and indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased costs) including (but not limited to)
transferring its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents to another Affiliate or
Facility Office.
	 
	(b)	 	Paragraph (a) above does not in any way limit the obligations of any Obligor under the
Finance Documents.
	 
	23.2	 	Limitation of liability
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower shall indemnify each Finance Party for all costs and expenses reasonably
incurred by that Finance Party as a result of steps taken by it under Clause 16.1
(Mitigation).
	 
	(b)	 	A Finance Party is not obliged to take any steps under Clause 16.1 (Mitigation) if, in the
opinion of that Finance Party (acting reasonably), to do so might be prejudicial to it.
	 
	24.	 	COSTS AND EXPENSES
	 
	24.1	 	Transaction expenses
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall promptly on demand pay (or procure such payment to) the Agent and the
Arranger the amount of all reasonable out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable
legal fees) incurred by any of them in connection with the negotiation, preparation, printing
and execution and syndication of this Agreement and any other Finance Documents executed
after the date of this Agreement.
	 
	24.2	 	Amendment costs
	 
	 	 	If (a) an Obligor requests a joinder agreement, an amendment, waiver or consent or (b) an
amendment is required pursuant to Clause 29.9 (Change of currency), the Borrower shall,
within

- 43 -

 

	 	 	three Business Days of demand, reimburse the Agent for the amount of all reasonable
out-of-pocket costs and expenses (including reasonable legal fees) incurred by the Agent in
responding to, evaluating, negotiating or complying with that request or requirement.
	 
	24.3	 	Enforcement costs
	 
	 	 	The Borrower shall, within three Business Days of demand, pay to each Finance Party the
amount of all costs and expenses (including legal fees) incurred by that Finance Party in
connection with the enforcement of, or the preservation of any rights under, any Finance
Document.

- 44 -

 

SECTION 7

GUARANTEE

	25.	 	GUARANTEE AND INDEMNITY
	 
	25.1	 	Guarantee and indemnity
	 
	 	 	The Company irrevocably and unconditionally:

	 	(a)	 	guarantees as primary obligor and not merely as surety to each Finance Party
punctual performance by the Borrower of all the Borrower’s obligations under the Finance
Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	undertakes with each Finance Party that whenever the Borrower does not pay any
amount when due under or in connection with any Finance Document, the Company shall
immediately on demand pay that amount as if it was the principal obligor; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	indemnifies each Finance Party immediately on demand against any cost, loss or
liability suffered by that Finance Party if any obligation guaranteed by it is or
becomes unenforceable, invalid or illegal. The amount of the cost, loss or liability
shall be equal to the amount which that Finance Party would otherwise have been entitled
to recover.

	25.2	 	Continuing guarantee
	 
	 	 	This guarantee is a continuing guarantee and will extend to the ultimate balance of sums
payable by the Borrower under the Finance Documents, regardless of any intermediate payment
or discharge in whole or in part or any increase of the Commitment and this guarantee
constitutes a guarantee of payment and not of collection.
	 
	25.3	 	Reinstatement
	 
	 	 	If any payment by an Obligor or any discharge given by a Finance Party (whether in respect of
the obligations of any Obligor or any security for those obligations or otherwise) is avoided
or reduced as a result of insolvency or any similar event:

	 	(a)	 	the liability of each Obligor shall continue as if the payment, discharge,
avoidance or reduction had not occurred; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	each Finance Party shall be entitled to recover the value or amount of that
security or payment from each Obligor, as if the payment, discharge, avoidance or
reduction had not occurred.

	25.4	 	Waiver of defences
	 
	 	 	The obligations of the Company under this Clause 18 will not be affected by an act, omission,
matter or thing which, but for this Clause, would reduce, release or prejudice any of its
obligations under this Clause 18 (without limitation and whether or not known to it or any
Finance Party) including:

	 	(a)	 	any time, waiver or consent granted to, or composition with, any Obligor or other
person;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the release of any other Obligor or any other person under the terms of any
composition or arrangement with any creditor of any member of the Group;

- 45 -

 

	 	(c)	 	the taking, variation, compromise, exchange, renewal or release of, or refusal or
neglect to perfect, take up or enforce, any rights against, or security over assets of,
any Obligor or other person or any non-presentation or non-observance of any formality
or other requirement in respect of any instrument or any failure to realise the full
value of any security;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any incapacity or lack of power, authority or legal personality of or dissolution
or change in the members or status of an Obligor or any other person;
	 
	 	(e)	 	any amendment, novation, supplement, restatement (however fundamental) or
replacement of a Finance Document or any other document or security, including any
increase in, extension of or change (including any increase in applicable interest
rates) to any facility made available under that Finance Document or other document;
	 
	 	(f)	 	any unenforceability, illegality or invalidity of any obligation of any person
under any Finance Document or any other document or security; or
	 
	 	(g)	 	any insolvency or similar proceedings.

	25.5	 	Immediate recourse
	 
	 	 	The Company waives any right it may have of first requiring any Finance Party (or any trustee
or agent on its behalf) to proceed against or enforce any other rights or security or claim
payment from any person before claiming from the Company under this Clause 18. This waiver
applies irrespective of any law or any provision of a Finance Document to the contrary.
	 
	25.6	 	Appropriations
	 
	 	 	Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with
the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full, each Finance Party (or any trustee
or agent on its behalf) may:

	 	(a)	 	refrain from applying or enforcing any other moneys, security or rights held or
received by that Finance Party (or any trustee or agent on its behalf) in respect of
those amounts, or apply and enforce the same in such manner and order as it sees fit
(whether against those amounts or otherwise) and the Company shall not be entitled to
the benefit of the same; and
	 
	 	(b)	 	hold in an interest-bearing suspense account any moneys received from the Company
or on account of the Company’s liability under this Clause 18.

	25.7	 	Deferral of Company’s rights
	 
	 	 	Until all amounts which may be or become payable by the Obligors under or in connection with
the Finance Documents have been irrevocably paid in full and unless the Agent (acting on
instructions from the Majority Lenders) otherwise directs, the Company will not exercise any
rights which it may have by reason of performance by it of its obligations under the Finance
Documents:

	 	(a)	 	to be indemnified by the Borrower;
	 
	 	(b)	 	to claim any contribution from any other guarantor of the Borrower’s obligations
under the Finance Documents; and/or

- 46 -

 

	 	(c)	 	to take the benefit (in whole or in part and whether by way of subrogation or
otherwise) of any rights of the Finance Parties under the Finance Documents or of any
other guarantee or security taken pursuant to, or in connection with, the Finance
Documents by any Finance Party.

	25.8	 	Additional security
	 
	 	 	This guarantee is in addition to and is not in any way prejudiced by any other guarantee or
security now or subsequently held by any Finance Party.
	 
	25.9	 	Limitations
	 
	(a)	 	Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained herein or in any other Finance Document,
the maximum liability of the Company under Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity) shall in no
event exceed an amount equal to the greatest amount that would not render the Company’s
obligations hereunder and under the other Finance Documents subject to avoidance under Debtor
Relief Laws or to being set aside, avoided or annulled under any Fraudulent Transfer Law, in
each case after giving effect (i) to all other liabilities of the Company, contingent or
otherwise, that are relevant under Debtor Relief Laws or such Fraudulent Transfer Law
(specifically excluding, however, any liabilities of the Company in respect of intercompany
Indebtedness, if any, to any Borrower to the extent that such intercompany Indebtedness, if
any, would be discharged in an amount equal to the amount paid by the Company hereunder) and
(ii) to the value as assets of the Company (as determined under the applicable provisions of
Debtor Relief Laws or such Fraudulent Transfer Law) of any rights to subrogation,
contribution, reimbursement, indemnity or similar rights held by the Company pursuant to (A)
applicable law or (B) any other contractual obligations providing for an equitable allocation
among the Company and other Subsidiaries or Affiliates of the Borrower of obligations arising
under Clause 18.1 (Guarantee and indemnity) or other guaranties of the obligations by such
parties under the Finance Documents.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Finance Party agrees that the Company’s liability under this Clause 18 is limited so
that no obligation of, or transfer by, it under this Clause 18 is subject to avoidance and
turnover under any applicable bankruptcy or Fraudulent Transfer Law.

- 47 -

 

SECTION 8

REPRESENTATIONS, UNDERTAKINGS AND EVENTS OF DEFAULT

	26.	 	REPRESENTATIONS
	 
	 	 	Each Obligor (but in the case of the Borrower, in relation to itself only) makes the
representations and warranties set out in this Clause 19 to each Finance Party on the date of
this Agreement.
	 
	26.1	 	Existence, Qualification and Power; Compliance with Laws
	 
	 	 	It and each Restricted Subsidiary of the Company (a) is duly organized or formed, validly
existing and in good standing under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its incorporation or
organization, (b) has all requisite power and authority and all requisite governmental
licenses, authorizations, consents and approvals to (i) own its assets and carry on its
business and (ii) in the case of each Obligor, execute, deliver and perform its obligations
under the Finance Documents, and (c) is duly qualified and is licensed and in good standing
under the Laws of each jurisdiction where its ownership, lease or operation of properties or
the conduct of its business requires such qualification or license; except in each case
referred to in subsection (b)(i) or (c), to the extent that failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	26.2	 	Authorization; No Contravention
	 
	 	 	The execution, delivery and performance by each Obligor of each Finance Document to which an
Obligor is party, have been duly authorized by all necessary corporate or other
organizational action, and do not and will not (a) contravene the terms of any of an
Obligor’s Organization Documents, (b) conflict with or result in any breach or contravention
of, or the creation of any Lien under, or require any payment to be made under (i) any
Contractual Obligation to which an Obligor is a party or affecting an Obligor’s or an
Obligor’s properties or any of the Restricted Subsidiaries or (ii) any order, injunction,
writ or decree of any Governmental Authority or any arbitral award to which an Obligor or its
property is subject; or (c) violate any Law to which an Obligor or its property is subject.
Each Obligor and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance with all Contractual Obligations
referred to in clause (b)(i), except to the extent that failure to do so could not reasonably
be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	26.3	 	Governmental Authorization; Other Consents
	 
	 	 	Except to the extent the same have been obtained, no approval, consent, exemption,
authorization, or other action by, or notice to, or filing with, any Governmental Authority
or any other Person is necessary or required in connection with the execution, delivery or
performance by, or enforcement against, the Obligors of this Agreement or any other Finance
Document.
	 
	26.4	 	Binding Effect
	 
	 	 	This Agreement has been, and each other Finance Document to which an Obligor is a party, when
delivered hereunder, will have been, duly executed and delivered by the relevant Obligor.
This Agreement constitutes, and each other Finance Document to which an Obligor is party
when so delivered will constitute, a legal, valid and binding obligation of that Obligor,
enforceable against that Obligor in accordance with its terms.

- 48 -

 

	26.5	 	Financial Statements; No Material Adverse Effect
	 
	(a)	 	The Audited Financial Statements (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently
applied throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein,
(ii) fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Company and its
Subsidiaries, as of the date thereof and their results of operations for the period covered
thereby in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby,
except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (iii) show all material indebtedness and
other liabilities, direct or contingent, of, the Company and its Subsidiaries, as of the date
thereof, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and Indebtedness.
	 
	(b)	 	The unaudited consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries dated
September 30, 2005 and the related consolidated statements of income or operations,
shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the fiscal quarter ended on that date (i) were
prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied throughout the period covered thereby,
except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii) fairly present in all material respects
the financial condition of the Company and its Subsidiaries as of the date thereof and their
results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case of clauses (i) and
(ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments. Part I of
Schedule 8 (Supplement to Interim Financial Statements) sets forth all material indebtedness
and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Company and its consolidated
Subsidiaries as of the date of such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes,
material commitments and Indebtedness.
	 
	(c)	 	The unaudited financial statements of the Borrower dated September 30, 2005, and the related
statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for the financial
quarter ended on that date (i) were prepared in accordance with GAAP consistently applied
throughout the period covered thereby, except as otherwise expressly noted therein, and (ii)
fairly present in all material respects the financial condition of the Borrower as of the date
thereof and their results of operations for the period covered thereby, subject, in the case
of clauses (i) and (ii), to the absence of footnotes and to normal year-end audit adjustments.
Part II of Schedule 8 (Supplement to Interim Financial Statements) sets forth all material
indebtedness and other material liabilities, direct or contingent, of the Borrower as of the
date of such financial statements, including liabilities for taxes, material commitments and
Indebtedness.
	 
	(d)	 	Since the date of the Audited Financial Statements, there has been no event or circumstance,
either individually or in the aggregate, that has had or could reasonably be expected to have
a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	(e)	 	The consolidated forecasted balance sheet and statements of income and cash flows of the
Company and its Subsidiaries and the consolidating forecasted balance sheet and statements of
income and cash flows of each Unrestricted Subsidiary delivered pursuant to Clause 20.1(c)
(Financial Statements) were prepared in good faith on the basis of the assumptions stated
therein, which assumptions were fair in light of the conditions existing at the time of
delivery of such forecasts, and represented, at the time of delivery, the Company’s best
estimate of its goals for its future financial performance.

- 49 -

 

	26.6	 	Litigation
	 
	 	 	There are no (a) actions, suits, proceedings, investigations, litigations, claims, disputes
or proceedings pending or, to the knowledge of the Company, threatened or contemplated, at
law, in equity, in arbitration or before any Governmental Authority, or (b) orders, decrees,
judgments, rulings, injunctions, writs, temporary restraining orders or other orders of any
nature issued by any Governmental Authority, by or against the Company or any of the
Restricted Subsidiaries or against any of their respective properties or revenues that (i)
purport to affect, pertain to, or enjoin or restrain the execution, delivery or performance
of, this Agreement or any other Finance Document, or any of the transactions contemplated
hereby or thereby, (ii) in the case of any such proceedings which are reasonably likely to be
adversely determined, either individually or in the aggregate, if determined adversely, could
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect or (iii) purport to affect the
legality, validity or enforceability of the Finance Documents or the consummation of the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby.
	 
	26.7	 	No Default
	 
	 	 	Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is in default under or with respect to any
Contractual Obligation that could, either individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be
expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No Default has occurred and is continuing or
would result from the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any
other Finance Document.
	 
	26.8	 	Ownership of Property; Liens
	 
	 	 	Each of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary has good record and marketable title in
fee simple to, or valid leasehold interests in, all real property necessary or used in the
ordinary conduct of its business, except to the extent the same would not, individually or in
the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. The property of the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is subject to no Liens, other than Liens permitted by
Clause 21.1 (Liens).
	 
	26.9	 	Environmental Compliance
	 
	 	 	The Company has reasonably concluded that the effect of existing Environmental Laws and any
claims alleging potential liability or responsibility for violation of any Environmental Law
on the respective businesses, operations and properties of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries could not, individually or in the aggregate, reasonably be expected to have a
Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	26.10	 	Insurance
	 
	 	 	The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries maintain with financially sound and reputable
insurance companies which are not Affiliates of the Company, insurance with respect to their
properties and businesses against loss or damage of the kinds customarily insured against by
Persons engaged in similar businesses and owning similar properties in localities where the
Company or its applicable Restricted Subsidiary operates of such types and in such amounts
(after giving effect to any self-insurance compatible with such standards), with such
deductibles and covering such risks as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by
such Persons.

- 50 -

 

	26.11	 	Taxes
	 
	 	 	The Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries have timely filed all Federal, material state and
other material tax returns and reports required to be filed, and have paid all Federal, state
and other material taxes, assessments, fees and other governmental charges levied or imposed
upon them or their properties, income or assets otherwise due and payable whether or not
shown on any tax return, except those (a) which are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted or (b) in respect of which an extension
therefore has been filed on a timely basis and, in each case, for which adequate reserves
have been provided in accordance with GAAP. There is no proposed tax assessment against the
Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries that would, if made, have a Material Adverse
Effect.
	 
	26.12	 	ERISA Compliance
	 
	(a)	 	Each Plan is in compliance with the applicable provisions of ERISA, the Code and other
Federal or state Laws, except where noncompliance could not reasonably be expected to result
in a Material Adverse Effect. Each Plan that is intended to qualify under Section 401(a) of
the Code has received a favorable determination letter from the IRS or an application for such
a letter is currently being processed by the IRS with respect thereto and, to the best
knowledge of the Company, nothing has occurred which would prevent, or cause the loss of, such
qualification. The Company and each ERISA Affiliate have made all required contributions to
each Plan subject to Section 412 of the Code, except for any such contributions which
individually or in the aggregate do not exceed the Threshold Amount, and no application for a
funding waiver or an extension of any amortization period pursuant to Section 412 of the Code
has been made with respect to any Plan.
	 
	(b)	 	There are no pending or, to the best knowledge of the Company, threatened claims, actions or
lawsuits, or action by any Governmental Authority, with respect to any Plan that could be
reasonably expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. There has been no prohibited
transaction or violation of the fiduciary responsibility rules with respect to any Plan that
has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	(c)	 	(i) No ERISA Event has occurred or is reasonably expected to occur; (ii) no Pension Plan has
any Unfunded Pension Liability; (iii) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has
incurred, or reasonably expects to incur, any liability under Title IV of ERISA with respect
to any Pension Plan (other than premiums due and not delinquent under Section 4007 of ERISA);
(iv) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has incurred, or reasonably expects to incur,
any liability (and no event has occurred which, with the giving of notice under Section 4219
of ERISA, would result in such liability) under Sections 4201 or 4243 of ERISA with respect to
a Multiemployer Plan; and (v) neither the Company nor any ERISA Affiliate has engaged in a
transaction that could be subject to Sections 4069 or 4212(c) of ERISA.
	 
	26.13	 	Equity Interests
	 
	 	 	As of the Closing Date and as of the date of delivery of each supplement to Schedule 9
(Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and Equity Interests in the Company) pursuant to
Clause 20.2(f) (Certificates; Other Information) or Clause 20.2(g) (Certificates; Other
Information), the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary has no Subsidiaries other than those
specifically disclosed in Part (a) of Schedule 9 (Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and

- 51 -

 

	 	 	Equity Interests in the Company), and all of the outstanding Equity Interests in such
Subsidiaries have been validly issued, are fully paid and (with respect to such Equity
Interests in Domestic Subsidiaries) nonassessable and are owned by the Company or the
applicable Restricted Subsidiary in the amounts specified on Part (a) of Schedule 9
(Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and Equity Interests in the Company) free and clear
of all Liens. As of the Closing Date and as of the date of delivery of each supplement to
Schedule 9 (Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and Equity Interests in the Company)
pursuant to Clause 20.2(f) (Certificates; Other Information) or Clause 20.2(g) (Certificates;
Other Information), (i) the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary has no equity investments
in any other corporation or entity other than those specifically disclosed in Part (b) of
Schedule 9 (Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and Equity Interests in the Company) and
(ii) all of the outstanding Equity Interests in the Company have been validly issued, are
fully paid and nonassessable and are owned by each Significant Shareholder in the amounts
specified on Part (c) of Schedule 9 (Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and Equity
Interests in the Company).

	26.14	 	Margin Regulations; Investment Company Act
	 
	(a)	 	The Company is not engaged and will not engage, principally or as one of its important
activities, in the business of purchasing or carrying margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U issued by the FRB) or extending credit for the purpose of purchasing or carrying
margin stock. Following the application of the proceeds of each Loan, not more than 25% of
the value of the assets (either of the Company only or of the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries on a consolidated basis) subject to the provisions of Clause 21.1 (Liens) or
Clause 21.5 (Dispositions) or subject to any restriction contained in any agreement or
instrument between the Company and any Lender or any Affiliate of any Lender relating to
Indebtedness and within the scope of Clause 22.5 (Cross-Default) will be margin stock.
	 
	(b)	 	Neither the Company nor any Restricted Subsidiary is or is required to be registered as an
“investment company” under the Investment Company Act of 1940.
	 
	26.15	 	Disclosure
	 
	 	 	No report, financial statement, certificate or other written information furnished by or on
behalf of an Obligor to the Agent or any Lender in connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby and the negotiation of this Agreement and the other Finance Documents or
delivered hereunder or under any other Finance Document, including the Information Package,
(in each case, as modified or supplemented by other information so furnished) contained any
material misstatement of fact or omitted to state any material fact necessary to make the
statements therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were made, not
misleading at the time the same were so provided; provided that, with respect to projected
financial information, the Obligors represent only that such information was prepared in good
faith based upon assumptions believed to be reasonable at the time.
	 
	26.16	 	Compliance with Laws
	 
	 	 	Each of the Company and each Restricted Subsidiary is in compliance in all material respects
with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs, injunctions and decrees applicable
to it or to its properties, except in such instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or
order, writ, injunction or decree is being contested in good faith by appropriate proceedings
diligently

- 52 -

 

	 	 	conducted or (b) the failure to comply therewith, either individually or in the aggregate,
could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	26.17	 	Intellectual Property; Licenses, Etc
	 
	 	 	The Company and the Restricted Subsidiaries own, or possess the right to use, all of the
trademarks, service marks, trade names, copyrights, patents, patent rights, franchises,
licenses and other intellectual property rights (collectively, “IP Rights”) that are
reasonably necessary for the operation of their respective businesses, without conflict with
the rights of any other Person, except for any such conflicts which, individually or in the
aggregate, could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. To the best
knowledge of the Obligors, no slogan or other advertising device, product, process, method,
substance, part or other material now employed, or now contemplated to be employed, by the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary infringes upon any rights held by any other Person,
except for any such infringement which, individually or in the aggregate, could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect. No claim or litigation regarding
any of the foregoing is pending or, to the best knowledge of the Obligors, threatened, which,
either individually or in the aggregate, could reasonably be expected to have a Material
Adverse Effect.
	 
	26.18	 	Note Purchase Agreements
	 
	 	 	The financial covenants under the Note Purchase Agreements are no more onerous on the Company
than are the covenants provided in Clause 21.10 (Consolidated Leverage Ratio; Consolidated
Interest Coverage Ratio) hereunder.
	 
	26.19	 	Repetition
	 
	 	 	The Repeating Representations are deemed to be made by each Obligor by reference to the facts
and circumstances then existing on the date of each Utilisation Request and the first day of
each Interest Period.
	 
	27.	 	AFFIRMATIVE COVENANTS
	 
	 	 	So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation
hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied the Company shall, and shall (except in the case
of the covenants set forth in Clauses 20.1 (Financial Statements), 20.2 (Certificates; Other
Information) and 20.3 (Notices)) cause each Restricted Subsidiary to:
	 
	27.1	 	Financial Statements
	 
	 	 	Deliver to the Agent and each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent:

	 	(a)	 	as soon as available, but in any event within 120 days after the end of each
fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the fiscal year ended December 31, 2005), a
consolidated balance sheet of the Company and its Subsidiaries and a consolidating
balance sheet of each Unrestricted Subsidiary as at the end of such fiscal year, and the
related consolidated (and in the case of each Unrestricted Subsidiary, consolidating)
statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows for such fiscal
year, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous fiscal
year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such consolidated
balance sheet and statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an
independent certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably

- 53 -

 

	 	 	 	acceptable to the Majority Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in
accordance with generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any
“going concern” or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception
as to the scope of such audit and such consolidating balance sheet and statements to
be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company to the effect that such
statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to
the consolidated financial statements of the Company and its Subsidiaries;

	 	(b)	 	as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of
the first three fiscal quarters of each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the
fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006), a consolidated balance sheet of the Company and
its Subsidiaries and consolidating balance sheet of each Unrestricted Subsidiary as at
the end of such fiscal quarter, and the related consolidated (and, in the case of each
Unrestricted Subsidiary consolidating) statements of income or operations, shareholders’
equity and cash flows for such fiscal quarter and for the portion of the Company’s (or
Unrestricted Subsidiary’s, as applicable), fiscal year then ended, setting forth in each
case in comparative form the figures for the corresponding fiscal quarter of the
previous fiscal year and the corresponding portion of the previous fiscal year, all in
reasonable detail and such consolidated balance sheet and statements to be certified by
a Responsible Officer of the Company as fairly presenting the financial condition,
results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash flows of the Company and its
Subsidiaries in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit adjustments
and the absence of footnotes and such consolidating balance sheet and statements to be
certified by a Responsible Officer of the Company to the effect that such balance sheet
and statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to
the consolidated balance sheet and financial statements of the Company and its
Subsidiaries; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	as soon as available, but in any event not later than 120 days after the end of
each fiscal year of the Company (commencing with the fiscal year ending December 31,
2005), forecasts prepared by management of the Company, in form reasonably satisfactory
to the Agent, of consolidated balance sheets and statements of income or operations and
cash flows of the Company and its Subsidiaries and consolidating statements of income of
each Unrestricted Subsidiary for the immediately following fiscal year (including the
fiscal year in which the Termination Date occurs).
	 
	 	(d)	 	as soon as available, but in any event within 180 days after the end of each
financial year of the Borrower (commencing with the financial year ended December 31,
2005), a balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such financial year, and the
related statements of income or operations and cash flows for such financial year
setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the previous financial
year, all in reasonable detail and prepared in accordance with GAAP, such balance sheet
and statements to be audited and accompanied by a report and opinion of an independent
certified public accountant of nationally recognized standing reasonably acceptable to
the Majority Lenders, which report and opinion shall be prepared in accordance with

- 54 -

 

	 	 	 	generally accepted auditing standards and shall not be subject to any “going concern”
or like qualification or exception or any qualification or exception as to the scope
of such audit and such balance sheet and statements to be certified by a Responsible
Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such statements are fairly stated in all
material respects when considered in relation to the financial statements of the
Borrower; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	as soon as available, but in any event within 45 days after the end of each of
the first half of each financial year of the Borrower (commencing with the financial
half year ended June 30, 2006), a balance sheet of the Borrower as at the end of such
half year, and the related statements of income or operations, shareholders’ equity and
cash flows for such financial half year and for the portion of the Borrower’s, financial
year then ended, setting forth in each case in comparative form the figures for the
corresponding half year of the previous financial year and the corresponding portion of
the previous financial year, all in reasonable detail and such consolidated balance
sheet and statements to be certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower as fairly
presenting the financial condition, results of operations, shareholders’ equity and cash
flows of the Borrower in accordance with GAAP, subject only to normal year-end audit
adjustments and the absence of footnotes and such balance sheet and statements to be
certified by a Responsible Officer of the Borrower to the effect that such balance sheet
and statements are fairly stated in all material respects when considered in relation to
the consolidated balance sheet and financial statements of the Borrower.

	 	 	As to any information contained in materials furnished pursuant to Clause 20.2(d)
(Certificates; Other Information), the Company shall not be separately required to furnish
such information under clause (a), (b), (d) or (e) above, but the foregoing shall not be in
derogation of the obligation of the Company to furnish the information and materials
described in clauses (a) and (b) above at the times specified therein.
	 
	27.2	 	Certificates; Other Information
	 
	 	 	Deliver to the Agent and each Lender, in form and detail reasonably satisfactory to the
Agent:

	 	(a)	 	concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Clauses
20.1(a) (Financial Statements), 20.1(b) (Financial Statements), 20.1(d) (Financial
Statements) and 20.1(e) (Financial Statements) and the related Compliance Certificate
pursuant to subsection (b) of this Clause 20.2 (Certificates; Other Information), if the
calculation of the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio and the Consolidated Leverage
Ratio for the Reference Period in such Compliance Certificate includes the pro forma
results of a Business Acquisition as contemplated by Clause 1.4 (Accounting Terms), a
certificate of a Responsible Officer briefly describing such Business Acquisition and
demonstrating in reasonable detail the manner in which the results of the business
acquired in such Business Acquisition have been included in such calculations;
	 
	 	(b)	 	concurrently with the delivery of the financial statements referred to in Clauses
20.1(a) (Financial Statements), 20.1(b) (Financial Statements), 20.1(d) (Financial
Statements) and 20.1(e) (Financial Statements) (commencing with the delivery of the
financial statements for the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006), a duly completed
Compliance Certificate signed by a Responsible Officer of the Company;

- 55 -

 

	 	(c)	 	promptly after receipt thereof, copies of any detailed audit reports, management
letters or recommendations submitted to the board of directors (or the audit committee
of the board of directors) or shareholders of an Obligor by independent accountants in
connection with the accounts or books of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, or
any audit of any of them;
	 
	 	(d)	 	promptly after the same are available, (i) copies of management discussion and
analysis in relationship to the financial statements delivered pursuant to Clauses
20.1(a) (Financial Statements), 20.1(b) (Financial Statements), 20.1(d) (Financial
Statements) and 20.1(e) (Financial Statements) and (ii) copies of each annual report,
proxy or financial statement sent to the stockholders of an Obligor, and copies of all
annual, regular, periodic and special reports and registration statements which an
Obligor may file or be required to file with the SEC under Section 13 or 15(d) of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 or the Borrower may file or be required to file with
Companies House of England & Wales and not otherwise required to be delivered to the
Agent pursuant hereto; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	promptly after the furnishing thereof, copies of any statement or report
furnished to any holder of debt securities of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary
thereof pursuant to the terms of the Note Purchase Agreements or any other note purchase
agreement, indenture, loan or credit or similar agreement and not otherwise required to
be furnished to the Lenders pursuant to 20.1 (Financial Statements) or any other clause
of this Clause 20.2 (Certificates; Other Information);
	 
	 	(f)	 	promptly, and in any event (i) within five (5) Business Days after the
Designation of any Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary or of an
Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary, a certificate of a Responsible
Officer of the Company certifying (A) the name and jurisdiction of organization and
incorporation of such Subsidiary, (B) a Designation of any such Restricted Subsidiary as
an Unrestricted Subsidiary or of any such Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted
Subsidiary, and (C) that no Default has occurred and is continuing or has resulted by
reason of such Designation, including, pursuant to Clauses 21.2 (Investments) and 21.9
(Unrestricted Subsidiaries), together with a schedule demonstrating in reasonable detail
the calculations used to determine compliance with such Clauses, and (ii) within 30 days
after the organization, incorporation or acquisition of any Subsidiary by the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary, a certificate of a Responsible Officer of the Company
certifying as to (A) the name, jurisdiction of organization and incorporation and brief
description of the business or proposed business of such Subsidiary, (B) if such
Subsidiary is to be an Unrestricted Subsidiary, a Designation to that effect, (C) that,
no Default has occurred and is continuing or has resulted by reason of such Designation,
including, pursuant to Clauses 21.1 (Investments) and 21.9 (Unrestricted Subsidiaries),
together with a schedule demonstrating in reasonable detail the calculations used to
determine compliance with such Clauses, and (D) attaching a supplement to Schedule 9
(Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and Equity Interests in the Company) reflecting
the addition of such

- 56 -

 

	 	 	 	Subsidiary (and any other information contemplated by Clause 19.13 (Equity Interests)
not already reflected in said Schedule, as so previously supplemented);
	 
	 	(g)	 	promptly, and in any event not later than the date of delivery of the financial
statements referred to in Clause 20.1(a) (Financial Statements), a supplement to
Schedule 9 (Subsidiaries, Other Equity Investments and Equity Interests in the Company)
setting forth any information contemplated by Clause 19.13 (Equity Interests) not
already reflected in said Schedule, as so previously supplemented; and
	 
	 	(h)	 	promptly, such additional information regarding the business, financial or
corporate affairs of the Company or any Subsidiary, or compliance with the terms of the
Finance Documents, as the Agent or any Lender may from time to time reasonably request.

	 	 	Documents required to be delivered pursuant to Clauses 20.1(a) (Financial Statements),
20.1(b) (Financial Statements), 20.1(d) (Financial Statements), 20.1(e) (Financial
Statements) or 20.2(b) (Certificates; Other Information) may be delivered electronically and
if so delivered, shall be deemed to have been delivered on the date (i) on which the relevant
Obligor posts such documents, or provides a link thereto on the relevant Obligor’s website on
the Internet at its website address; or (ii) on which such documents are posted on the
relevant Obligor’s behalf on an Internet or intranet website, if any, to which each Lender
and the Agent have access (whether a commercial, third-party website or whether sponsored by
the Agent); provided that: (i) the relevant Obligor shall deliver paper copies of such
documents to the Agent or any Lender that requests the relevant Obligor to deliver such paper
copies until a written request to cease delivering paper copies is given by the Agent or such
Lender and (ii) the relevant Obligor shall notify (which may be by facsimile or electronic
mail) the Agent and each Lender of the posting of any such documents and provide to the Agent
by electronic mail electronic versions (i.e., soft copies) of such documents.
Notwithstanding anything contained herein, in every instance the Company shall be required to
provide paper copies of the Compliance Certificates required by Clause 19.2(b) (Certificates;
Other Information) to the Agent. The Agent shall have no obligation to request the delivery
or to maintain copies of the documents (except for such Compliance Certificate) referred to
above, and in any event shall have no responsibility to monitor compliance by the Obligors
with any such request for delivery, and each Lender shall be solely responsible for
requesting delivery to it or maintaining its copies of such documents.
	 
	 	 	The Obligors hereby acknowledge that (a) the Agent and the Arrangers will make available to
the Lenders materials and/or information provided by or on behalf of the Obligors hereunder
(collectively, “Obligors’ Materials”) by posting the Obligors’ Materials on IntraLinks or
another similar electronic system (the “Platform”) and (b) certain of the Lenders may be
“public-side” Lenders (i.e., Lenders that do not wish to receive material non-public
information with respect to the Obligors or their securities) (each a “Public Lender”). The
Obligors hereby agree that so long as the Company or its indirect shareholder, Discovery
Holding Company, is the issuer of any outstanding debt or equity securities that are
registered or issued pursuant to a private offering or is actively contemplating issuing any
such securities (i) all Obligors’ Materials that are to be made available to Public Lenders
shall be clearly and conspicuously marked “PUBLIC” which, at a minimum, shall mean that the
word “PUBLIC” shall appear prominently on the first page thereof; (ii) by marking Obligors’
Materials “PUBLIC”, the Obligors shall be deemed to have

- 57 -

 

	 	 	authorized the Agent, the Arrangers, and the Lenders to treat such Obligors’ Materials as not
containing any material non-public information with respect to the Obligors or their
securities for purposes of United States Federal and state securities laws (provided,
however, that to the extent such Obligors’ Materials constitute Information, they shall be
treated as set forth in Clause 24.7 (Disclosure of Information); (iii) all Obligors’
Materials marked “PUBLIC” are permitted to be made available through a portion of the
Platform designated “Public Investor,” and (iv) the Agent and the Arrangers shall be entitled
to treat any Obligors’ Materials that are not marked “PUBLIC” as being suitable only for
posting on a portion of the Platform not designated “Public Investor.” Notwithstanding the
foregoing the Obligors shall be under no obligation to mark any Obligors’ Material “PUBLIC”.
	 
	27.3	 	Notices
	 
	 	 	Promptly notify the Agent and each Lender:

	 	(a)	 	of the occurrence of any Default;
	 
	 	(b)	 	of any matter that has resulted or could reasonably be expected to result in a
Material Adverse Effect, including (i) any breach or non-performance of, or any default
under, a Contractual Obligation of the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; (ii) any
action, dispute, litigation, investigation or proceeding or suspension between the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary and any Governmental Authority; or (iii) the
commencement of, or any material development in, any litigation, investigation or
proceeding affecting the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary, including pursuant to any
applicable Environmental Laws;
	 
	 	(c)	 	of the occurrence of any ERISA Event;
	 
	 	(d)	 	of any material change in accounting policies or financial reporting practices by
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	of any Control Event not later than five Business Days after any Responsible
Officer of the Company shall have obtained knowledge thereof.

	 	Each notice pursuant to this Clause 20.3 (Notices) shall be accompanied by a statement of a
Responsible Officer of the Company setting forth details of the occurrence referred to
therein and stating what action the Company has taken and proposes to take with respect
thereto. Each notice pursuant to Clause 20.3(a) (Notices) shall describe with particularity
any and all provisions of this Agreement and any other Finance Document that have been
breached. Notices under Clause 20.3(e) (Notices) are subject to Clause 24.7 (Disclosure of
Information).

	27.4	 	Payment of Obligations
	 
	 	 	Pay and discharge as the same shall become due and payable in accordance with its customary
practices (a) all tax liabilities, fees, assessments and governmental charges or levies upon
it or its properties or assets, unless the same are being contested in good faith by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted and adequate reserves in accordance with GAAP
are being maintained by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, (b) all lawful claims
which, if unpaid, would by Law become a Lien upon its property (other than any Lien permitted
under Clause 21.1 (Liens)), (c) all its Indebtedness, as and when due and payable, but
subject to any subordination provisions contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing
such Indebtedness; and (d) all

 - 58 - 

 

	 	 	its other obligations and liabilities; provided, however, that the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries may contest any such other obligation or liability in good faith by appropriate
proceedings diligently conducted and for which the Company and the Applicable Subsidiary are
maintaining an adequate reserve in accordance with GAAP and, without duplication, a cash
deposit or credit availability reserve during the pendency of such contest by maintaining (i)
a deposit of cash or Cash Equivalents in the amount of such contested obligation or liability
in a separate deposit account or securities account of the Company or the applicable
Restricted Subsidiary which is maintained for such purpose and is not subject to any Lien,
(ii) undrawn availability hereunder or the Existing Credit Facility such that on any day
during the pendency of such contest on a pro forma basis the Borrower may make a borrowing
under this Facility or the Existing Credit Facility in the amount of such contested
obligation or liability and no Default would result or (C) any combination of such a deposit
and such undrawn availability in an aggregate amount equal to the amount of such contested
obligation or liability.
	 	 	 
	27.5	 	Preservation of Existence, Etc.
	 
	 	 	(a) Preserve, renew and maintain in full force and effect its legal existence and good
standing (or equivalent status) under the Laws of the jurisdiction of its organization except
in a transaction permitted by Clause 21.4 (Fundamental Changes) or Clause 21.5(c)
(Dispositions); (b) take all reasonable action to maintain all rights, privileges, permits,
licenses, approvals and franchises in each case which are necessary or desirable in the
normal conduct of its business, except to the extent that failure to do so could not
reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect; and (c) preserve or renew all of
its registered patents, trademarks, trade names and service marks, the non-preservation or
non-renewal of which could reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	27.6	 	Maintenance of Properties
	 
	(a)	 	Maintain, preserve and protect all of its material properties and equipment necessary in the
operation of its business in good working order and condition, ordinary wear and tear
excepted; and
	 
	(b)	 	make all necessary repairs thereto and renewals and replacements thereof except where the
failure to do so could not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	27.7	 	Maintenance of Insurance
	 
	 	 	Maintain with financially sound and reputable insurance companies which are not Affiliates of
the Company, insurance with respect to its properties and business against loss or damage of
the kinds customarily insured against by Persons engaged in the same or similar businesses
and owning similar properties in localities where the Company or the applicable Restricted
Subsidiary operates, of such types and in such amounts (after giving effect to any
self-insurance compatible with such standards) with such deductions and covering such risks,
as are customarily carried under similar circumstances by such other Persons.
	 
	27.8	 	Compliance with Laws
	 
	 	 	Comply in all material respects with the requirements of all Laws and all orders, writs,
injunctions and decrees applicable to it or to its business or property, except in such
instances in which (a) such requirement of Law or order, writ, injunction or decree is being
contested in good faith by

 - 59 - 

 

	 	 	appropriate proceedings diligently conducted; or (b) the failure to comply therewith could
not reasonably be expected to have a Material Adverse Effect.
	 
	27.9	 	Books and Records
	 
	 	 	(a) Maintain proper books of record and account, in which full, true and correct entries in
conformity with GAAP consistently applied shall be made of all financial transactions and
matters involving the assets and business of the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as
the case may be; and (b) maintain books of record and account in material conformity with all
applicable requirements of any Governmental Authority having regulatory jurisdiction over the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary, as the case may be.
	 
	27.10	 	Inspection Rights
	 
	 	 	Permit representatives and independent contractors of the Agent and each Lender to visit and
inspect any of its properties, to examine its corporate, financial and operating records, and
make copies thereof or abstracts therefrom, and to discuss its affairs, finances and accounts
with its Responsible Officers, at any meetings which may be scheduled for that purpose by the
Agent (at the request of any Lender) not more than once in any calendar quarter; provided,
that the Agent should give all Lenders and the Company not less than five (5) Business Days’
advance notice of any such requested meeting; and provided, further, that when an Event of
Default exists the Agent or any Lender (or any of their respective representatives or
independent contractors) may do any of the foregoing (without the necessity of scheduling a
meeting for that purpose) at the expense of the Company at any time during normal business
hours on not less than one (1) Business Days’ advance written notice.
	 
	27.11	 	“Know your customer” checks
	 
	(a)	 	If:

	 	(i)	 	the introduction of or any change in (or in the interpretation, administration or
application of) any law or regulation made after the date of this Agreement;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any change in the status of an Obligor after the date of this Agreement;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a proposed assignment or transfer by a Lender of any of its rights and
obligations under this Agreement to a party that is not a Lender prior to such
assignment or transfer; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	any change in the shareholders of the Company,

	 	 	obliges the Agent or any Lender (or, in the case of paragraph (iii) above, any prospective
new Lender) to comply with “know your customer” or similar identification procedures in
circumstances where the necessary information is not already available to it, each Obligor
shall promptly upon the request of the Agent or any Lender supply, or procure the supply of,
such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself or
on behalf of any Lender) or any Lender (for itself or, in the case of the event described in
paragraph (iii) above, on behalf of any prospective new Lender) in order for the Agent, such
Lender or, in the case of the event described in paragraph (iii) above, any prospective new
Lender to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know your customer”
or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to the
transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.

 - 60 - 

 

	(b)	 	Each Lender shall promptly upon the request of the Agent supply, or procure the supply of,
such documentation and other evidence as is reasonably requested by the Agent (for itself) in
order for the Agent to carry out and be satisfied it has complied with all necessary “know
your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations pursuant to
the transactions contemplated in the Finance Documents.
	 
	28.	 	NEGATIVE COVENANTS
	 
	 	 	So long as any Lender shall have any Commitment hereunder, any Loan or other Obligation
hereunder shall remain unpaid or unsatisfied the Company shall not, nor shall it permit any
Restricted Subsidiary to, directly or indirectly:
	 
	28.1	 	Liens
	 
	 	 	Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Lien upon any of its property, assets or
revenues, whether now owned or hereafter acquired, other than the following:

	 	(a)	 	Liens pursuant to any Finance Document;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Liens existing on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 10 (Existing Liens) and
any renewals or extensions thereof, provided that (i) the property covered thereby is
not changed, (ii) the amount secured or benefited thereby is not increased, (iii) the
direct or any contingent obligor with respect thereto is not changed, and (iv) any
renewal or extension of the obligations secured or benefited thereby is permitted by
Clause 21.3(b) (Indebtedness);
	 
	 	(c)	 	Liens for taxes not yet due or which are being contested in good faith and by
appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect thereto
are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
	 
	 	(d)	 	carriers’, warehousemen’s, mechanics’, materialmen’s, repairmen’s, laborer’s,
landlord’s or other like Liens arising in the ordinary course of business which are not
overdue for a period of more than 30 days or which are being contested in good faith and
by appropriate proceedings diligently conducted, if adequate reserves with respect
thereto are maintained on the books of the applicable Person in accordance with GAAP;
	 
	 	(e)	 	pledges or deposits in the ordinary course of business in connection with
workers’ compensation, unemployment insurance and other social security legislation,
other than any Lien imposed by ERISA;
	 
	 	(f)	 	deposits to secure the performance of bids, trade contracts and leases (other
than Indebtedness), statutory obligations, surety bonds (other than bonds related to
judgments or litigation), performance bonds and other obligations of a like nature
incurred in the ordinary course of business;
	 
	 	(g)	 	easements, rights-of-way, restrictions and other similar encumbrances affecting
real property which, in the aggregate, are not substantial in amount, and which do not
in any case materially detract from the value of the property subject thereto or
materially interfere with the ordinary conduct of the business of the applicable Person;

 - 61 - 

 

	 	(h)	 	Liens securing judgments for the payment of money not constituting an Event of
Default under Clause 22.8 (Judgments) or securing appeal or other surety bonds related
to such judgments;
	 
	 	(i)	 	Liens either (i) securing obligations (other than Indebtedness) under stockholder
agreements, joint venture agreements, voting trust agreements and similar agreements
between the Company and/or a Restricted Subsidiary, on the one hand, and any other
Persons holding Equity Interests in a Subsidiary of the Company or in any other Person
in which the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary has an Investment, on the other hand,
or (ii) in the nature of the voting, equity transfer, redemptive rights or similar terms
under any such agreement or other term (other than Liens securing Indebtedness)
customarily found in such agreements, in each case, encumbering the Company’s or such
Restricted Subsidiary’s Equity Interests or other Investments in such Subsidiary or
other Person;
	 
	 	(j)	 	Liens securing Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to the Company or another
Restricted Subsidiary permitted under Clause 21.3(c) (Indebtedness); provided, however,
that no promissory note or instrument evidencing any such Indebtedness shall be subject
to any Lien or otherwise pledged in favor of any Person other than the Company or a
Restricted Subsidiary;
	 
	 	(k)	 	Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Clause 21.3(e) (Indebtedness);
provided that (i) such Liens do not at any time encumber any property other than the
property financed by such Indebtedness and (ii) the Indebtedness secured thereby does
not exceed the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being
acquired on the date of acquisition;
	 
	 	(l)	 	Liens created, incurred, assumed or suffered by the Company or any Restricted
Subsidiary on its property to secure its Obligations (as such term is defined in the
Existing Credit Facility); and
	 
	 	(m)	 	Liens securing Indebtedness permitted under Clause 21.3(f) (Indebtedness) and/or
Clause 21.3(g) (Indebtedness); provided that such Liens do not encumber property with an
aggregate fair market value which, together with the fair market value of the property
subject to any Liens described in Clause 21.1(k) (Liens), is in excess of 15% of
Consolidated Total Assets.

	28.2	 	Investments
	 
	 	 	Make any Investments, except:

	 	(a)	 	Investments held by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary in Cash Equivalents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	(i) advances to officers, directors and employees of the Company and Restricted
Subsidiaries (A) for travel, entertainment, relocation and analogous ordinary business
purposes in an aggregate amount not to exceed $1,000,000 at any time outstanding, and
(B) pursuant to employee compensation plans and unit appreciation plans of the Company
approved by the shareholders of the Company; and (ii) Investments elected by employees
of the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries in respect of obligations of

 - 62 - 

 

	 	 	 	the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries to such employees under employee benefit
plans;
	 
	 	(c)	 	Investments of the Company in any Restricted Subsidiaries; provided, however,
that both immediately before and after giving effect to such Investment no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing and Investments of any Restricted Subsidiary in the
Company or in another Restricted Subsidiary;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Investments consisting of extensions of credit in the nature of accounts
receivable or notes receivable arising from the grant of trade credit in the ordinary
course of business, and Investments received in satisfaction or partial satisfaction
thereof from financially troubled account debtors to the extent reasonably necessary in
order to prevent or limit loss; and
	 
	 	(e)	 	other Investments; provided, however, that both immediately before and after
giving effect to such other Investment no Default shall have occurred and be continuing
and; provided, further, that immediately after giving effect to any such other
Investment which is in an Unrestricted Subsidiary, including any such Investment in a
newly organized or acquired Unrestricted Subsidiary and any Designation of an existing
Restricted Subsidiary as an Unrestricted Subsidiary, if on a pro forma basis, as of the
last day of the most recent fiscal quarter in respect of which a Compliance Certificate
has been delivered pursuant to Clause 20.2(b) (Certificates; Other Information), the
combined Operating Cash Flow of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries for the four quarter
period then ended is a negative amount, the absolute amount of such negative amount
(expressed as a positive amount) shall not exceed 50% of Consolidated Operating Cash
Flow for such period.

	28.3	 	Indebtedness
	 
	 	 	Create, incur, assume or suffer to exist any Indebtedness, except:

	 	(a)	 	Indebtedness under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Indebtedness outstanding on the date hereof and listed on Schedule 8 (Existing
Indebtedness) and any refinancings, refundings, renewals or extensions thereof; provided
that the amount of such Indebtedness is not increased at the time of such refinancing,
refunding, renewal or extension except by an amount equal to a reasonable premium or
other reasonable amount paid, and fees and expenses reasonably incurred, in connection
with such refinancing and by an amount equal to any existing commitments unutilized
thereunder;
	 
	 	(c)	 	(i) Indebtedness (other than Guarantees) of the Company to a Restricted
Subsidiary, and Indebtedness (other than Guarantees) of a Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or another Restricted Subsidiary; provided, however, that at the time such
Indebtedness is incurred no Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing; and
(ii) Guarantees by the Company of Indebtedness of a Restricted Subsidiary to a Person
(other than a Restricted Subsidiary), and Guarantees by a Restricted Subsidiary of
Indebtedness of the Company or another Restricted Subsidiary to a Person (other than a
Restricted Subsidiary); provided that such Indebtedness is either (A) in respect of
ordinary course

 - 63 - 

 

	 	 	 	obligations of a Restricted Subsidiary (other than any Indebtedness of the type
described in clauses (a) to (f) of the definition thereof), or (B) Indebtedness
otherwise permitted under this Clause 21.3 (Indebtedness); and provided, further,
that both immediately before and after the incurrence of any such Indebtedness no
Default shall have occurred and be continuing;
	 
	 	(d)	 	obligations (contingent or otherwise) of the Company or any Subsidiary existing
or arising under any Swap Contract; provided that (i) such obligations are (or were)
entered into by such Person in the ordinary course of business for the purpose of
directly mitigating risks associated with liabilities, commitments, investments, assets,
or property held or reasonably anticipated by such Person, or changes in the value of
securities issued by such Person, and not for purposes of speculation; and (ii) such
Swap Contract does not contain any provision exonerating the non-defaulting party from
its obligation to make payments on outstanding transactions to the defaulting party;
	 
	 	(e)	 	purchase money Indebtedness, including Capitalized Leases or Off-Balance Sheet
Obligations; provided, however, (i) the sum of the total aggregate amount of all such
Indebtedness at any one time outstanding for the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
plus the sum of the total outstanding principal amount of all Indebtedness of the types
described under Clauses 21.3(f) (Indebtedness) and 21.3(g) (Indebtedness) shall not
exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Assets, (ii) such Indebtedness when incurred shall not
exceed 100% of the cost or fair market value, whichever is lower, of the property being
acquired on the date of acquisition, (iii) such Indebtedness is created and any Lien
attaches to such property concurrently with or within forty-five (45) days of the
acquisition thereof, and (iv) such Lien does not at any time encumber any property other
than the property financed by such Indebtedness;
	 
	 	(f)	 	other secured Indebtedness of the Company; provided, however, that, both
immediately before and after the incurrence of such Indebtedness, no Default shall have
occurred and been continuing; and provided, further, that the total outstanding
principal amount of such Indebtedness, plus the total outstanding principal amount of
all Indebtedness of the types described under Clauses 21.3(e) (Indebtedness) and 21.3(g)
(Indebtedness) shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Assets;
	 
	 	(g)	 	other secured and unsecured Indebtedness of Restricted Subsidiaries; provided,
however, that both immediately before and after the incurrence of any such Indebtedness
no Default shall have occurred and been continuing; and provided, further, that the sum
of the total outstanding principal amount such Indebtedness plus the total outstanding
principal amount of all Indebtedness of the types described under Clauses 21.3(e)
(Indebtedness) and 21.3(f) (Indebtedness) shall not exceed 15% of Consolidated Total
Assets;
	 
	 	(h)	 	Guarantees granted or otherwise entered into by any Restricted Subsidiary of the
Obligations (as such term is defined in the Existing Credit Facility) of the Company or
any Restricted Subsidiary; and

 - 64 - 

 

	 	(i)	 	additional unsecured Indebtedness of the Company; provided, however, that both
immediately before and after the incurrence of any such Indebtedness no Default shall
have occurred and be continuing.

	28.4	 	Fundamental Changes
	 
	 	 	Merge, dissolve, liquidate or consolidate with or into another Person, or Dispose of (whether
in one transaction or in a series of transactions) all or substantially all of its assets
(whether now owned or hereafter acquired) to or in favour of any Person, except that, so long
as no Default exists or would result therefrom:

	 	(a)	 	the Company may:

	 	(i)	 	merge with any other Person; provided that the Company shall be
the continuing or surviving Person; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	become a limited liability company, either by (A) merging with
and into a Delaware limited liability company or (B) by the process of
conversion under Delaware law; provided, however, that the surviving or
resulting limited liability company shall expressly assume or ratify, as the
case may be, the due and punctual performance of all obligations of the Company
under this Agreement and the other Finance Documents and shall deliver to the
Agent an opinion of nationally recognized counsel addressed to the Agent and the
Lenders, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Agent, to the
effect that (1) such written assumption or ratification, as the case may be, has
been duly authorized, executed and delivered by such surviving or resulting
limited liability company and constitutes legal, valid and binding obligations,
enforceable against it in accordance with its terms and (2) in the case of any
such conversion, the converting corporation is not required to wind up its
affairs or pay its liabilities and distribute its assets, such conversion shall
not constitute a dissolution of such corporation, and for all purposes of
Delaware law, the resulting limited liability company shall be deemed to be the
same entity as such corporation; and

	 	(b)	 	any Restricted Subsidiary (for these purposes, the “Subject Restricted
Subsidiary”) may merge, liquidate, consolidate with or into:

	 	(i)	 	the Company; provided that the Company shall be the continuing or
surviving Person,
	 
	 	(ii)	 	a wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary; provided that such
wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary shall be the continuing or surviving Person;
or
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any other Subsidiary or other Person; provided, that if a
wholly-owned Restricted Subsidiary shall not be the continuing or surviving
Person, then such transaction shall be deemed to be a Disposition of the
following percentage of the assets of the Subject Restricted Subsidiary (and
such deemed Disposition shall be subject to, and shall be permitted only to the
extent provided by, Clause 21.5(f) (Dispositions);

 - 65 - 

 

	 	(A)	 	if the continuing or surviving Person is not a Restricted
Subsidiary, 100% of the assets of the Subject Restricted Subsidiary or,
	 
	 	(B)	 	if the continuing or surviving Person is a Restricted Subsidiary
in which the Company and its other Restricted Subsidiaries own, in aggregate, a
percentage of the outstanding Equity Interests of such Restricted Subsidiary
which is less than the percentage of the outstanding Equity Interests of the
Subject Restricted Subsidiary owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries, the percentage of all the assets of the Subject Restricted
Subsidiary which is equal to the difference between (1) the percentage of the
outstanding Equity Interests in the Subject Restricted Subsidiary owned by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately before such transaction and
(2) the percentage of the outstanding Equity Interests in the continuing or
surviving Person owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries
immediately after giving effect to such transaction,

	 	 	provided that the Borrower may not enter into any such liquidation and may only enter into
any such merger or consolidation if it is the continuing or surviving Person (unless (i) such
merger or consolidation is with the Company or (ii) the surviving Person assumes all of the
obligations of the Borrower and the surviving Person is directly or indirectly wholly owned
by the Company and the guarantee by the Company set out in Clause 18 (Guarantee and
Indemnity) remains in place following such merger).
	 
	28.5	 	Dispositions
	 
	 	 	Make any Disposition or enter into any agreement to make any Disposition, except:

	 	(a)	 	Dispositions of obsolete or worn out property, whether now owned or hereafter
acquired, in the ordinary course of business;
	 
	 	(b)	 	Dispositions of inventory in the ordinary course of business;
	 
	 	(c)	 	Dispositions of equipment or real property to the extent that (i) such property
is exchanged for credit against the purchase price of similar replacement property or
(ii) the proceeds of such Disposition are reasonably promptly applied to the purchase
price of such replacement property;
	 
	 	(d)	 	Dispositions of property by the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary to the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary which is wholly-owned by the Company and/or its
other Restricted Subsidiaries;
	 
	 	(e)	 	Dispositions permitted by Clause 21.4 (Fundamental Changes);
	 
	 	(f)	 	Dispositions by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries not otherwise
permitted under this Clause 21.5, including, without limitation, Dispositions to a
Restricted Subsidiary which is not wholly-owned by the Company and its Restricted
Subsidiaries and Dispositions in the form of Investments in such Restricted
Subsidiaries, other Investments in Persons (other than a Restricted Subsidiary)
otherwise permitted by Clause 21.2 (Investments), Dispositions of assets by way of
non-cash dividends or distributions to its stockholders or by the purchase, redemption
or other acquisition of its

 - 66 - 

 

	 	 	 	Equity Interests for non-cash assets and any Designation of a Restricted Subsidiary
as an Unrestricted Subsidiary otherwise permitted by Clause 21.9 (Unrestricted
Subsidiaries); provided that (i) at the time of such Disposition, no Default shall
exist or would result from such Disposition and (ii) the aggregate book value of all
property Disposed of (or deemed Disposed of) in reliance on this clause (f) or clause
(b)(iii) of Clause 21.4 (Fundamental Changes) in any period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters (ending with the quarter in which such Disposition occurs) shall not
exceed 15% of Consolidated Total Assets as of the last day of the most recently ended
fiscal quarter prior to such Disposition; provided, further, that, for purposes of
such calculation, if any such transferee is a Restricted Subsidiary, and the
percentage of the aggregate outstanding Equity Interests of such Restricted
Subsidiary owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries is less than the
percentage of the outstanding Equity Interests in the transferor Restricted
Subsidiary owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries, then such
Disposition shall be deemed to be Disposition of only that percentage of assets so
Disposed of which is equal to the difference between (A) the percentage of
outstanding Equity Interests of the transferor Restricted Subsidiary owned by the
Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately before such Disposition and (B)
the percentage of the outstanding Equity Interests of the transferee Restricted
Subsidiary owned by the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries immediately after
giving effect to such Disposition;
	 
	 	(g)	 	Dispositions by way of the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions
in cash to its stockholders and the purchase, redemption or other acquisition of Equity
Interests issued by it for cash provided that no Default under Clauses 22.1, 22.6 or
22.7 (Events of Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is continuing at the time
of any such action and no Default would result therefrom; and
	 
	 	(h)	 	The Discovery Commerce Designation and the Excluded Split-Off.

	28.6	 	Change in Nature of Business
	 
	 	 	Engage in any material line of business substantially different from those lines conducted by
the Company and/or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries on the date hereof or other cable and
other standard and nonstandard television, television programming, multimedia or education
business, or any business substantially related or incidental thereto (collectively, the
“Target Businesses”).
	 
	28.7	 	Transactions with Affiliates
	 
	 	 	Enter into any transaction of any kind with any Affiliate of the Company, whether or not in
the ordinary course of business, other than on fair and reasonable terms substantially as
favorable to the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as would be obtainable by the Company
or such Restricted Subsidiary at the time in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a
Person other than an Affiliate; provided that the foregoing restriction shall not apply to
(a) transactions between or among the Company and/or any Restricted Subsidiary, on the one
hand, and any of its Restricted Subsidiaries which is a joint venture with any Joint-Venture
Partner which Joint-Venture Partner is also a Significant Shareholder or an Affiliate of a
Significant Shareholder, on the other hand, which transactions are made pursuant to a joint
venture agreement with such Joint-Venture Partner, if such agreement is on fair and
reasonable terms substantially as

 - 67 - 

 

	 	 	favorable to the Company and its Restricted Subsidiaries as would be obtainable by the
Company or such Restricted Subsidiary in a comparable arm’s length transaction with a Person
other than Affiliate, (b) transactions between or among the Company and any of its other
Restricted Subsidiaries or between and among any such other Restricted Subsidiaries, (c)
Guarantees by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary of Indebtedness of any Affiliate of the
Company; provided, however, that any such Guarantee is otherwise permitted hereunder and (d)
dispositions by way of the declaration and payment of dividends or distributions (whether in
cash, securities or other property) to its stockholders and the purchase, redemption or other
acquisition of Equity Interests issued by it (for cash, securities or other property)
provided that, in the case of dividends or distributions made in cash, no Default under
Clauses 22.1, 22.6 or 22.7 (Events of Default) or Event of Default has occurred and is
continuing at the time of any such action and no Default would result therefrom.
	 
	28.8	 	Use of Proceeds
	 
	 	 	Use the proceeds of any Loan, whether directly or indirectly, and whether immediately,
incidentally or ultimately, to purchase or carry margin stock (within the meaning of
Regulation U of the FRB) or to extend credit to others for the purpose of purchasing or
carrying margin stock or to refund indebtedness originally incurred for such purpose.
	 
	28.9	 	Unrestricted Subsidiaries
	 
	(a)	 	Designate a newly organized or acquired Subsidiary or an existing Restricted Subsidiary
(other than the Borrower) as an Unrestricted Subsidiary unless:

	 	(i)	 	such Subsidiary (and any Subsidiary of such Subsidiary) does not own any Equity
Interests in any Restricted Subsidiary; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result from such
Designation, including, without limitation, pursuant to Clause 22.1(e) (Investments) and
clause (c) of this Clause 21.9 (Unrestricted Subsidiaries).

	(b)	 	Designate an Unrestricted Subsidiary as a Restricted Subsidiary unless:

	 	(i)	 	at least 50% of the Equity Interests of such Unrestricted Subsidiary having
ordinary voting power for the election of directors or other governing body are owned
directly by the Company or a Restricted Subsidiary; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	no Default shall have occurred and be continuing or would result.

	(c)	 	Permit Consolidated Operating Cash Flow for any period of four consecutive fiscal quarters of
the Company ending after the Closing Date together with the Operating Cash Flow of each
Unrestricted Subsidiary the primary business of which is of a Target Business to be less than
the combined Operating Cash Flow of all Unrestricted Subsidiaries the primary business of
which is not a Target Business for such period.

	28.10	 	Consolidated Leverage Ratio; Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio
	 
	(a)	 	Permit the Consolidated Interest Coverage Ratio for each period of four consecutive fiscal
quarters of the Company ending after the Closing Date to be less than 3.00:1.
	 
	(b)	 	Permit the Consolidated Leverage Ratio at any time during each period of four consecutive
fiscal quarters of the Company to be greater than 4.50:1.

 - 68 - 

 

	29.	 	EVENTS OF DEFAULT
	 
	 	 	Each of the events or circumstances set out in Clause 22 (Events of Default) shall constitute
an Event of Default.
	 
	29.1	 	Non-Payment
	 
	 	 	An Obligor fails to pay (i) when and as required to be paid herein, and in the currency
required hereunder, any amount of principal of any Loan, or (ii) within three days after the
same becomes due, any interest on any Loan, or any fee due hereunder, or (iii) within five
days after the same becomes due, any other amount payable hereunder or under any other
Finance Document.
	 
	29.2	 	Specific Covenants
	 
	 	 	An Obligor fails to perform or observe any term, covenant or agreement contained in any of
Clauses 3.1 (Purpose), 20.1(a) (Financial Statements), 20.1(b) (Financial Statements),
20.2(a) (Certificates; Other Information), 20.2(b) (Certificates; Other Information), 20.2(f)
(Certificates; Other Information), 20.2(g) (Certificates; Other Information), 20.2(h)
(Certificates; Other Information), 20.3 (Notices), 20.5 (Preservation of Existence, Etc.),
20.10 (Inspection Rights) or 21 (Negative Covenants).
	 
	29.3	 	Other Defaults
	 
	 	 	An Obligor fails to perform or observe any other covenant or agreement (not specified in
Clause 22.1 (Non-Payment) or Clause 22.2 (Specific Covenants) above) contained in any Finance
Document on its part to be performed or observed and such failure continues for 30 days.
	 
	29.4	 	Representations and Warranties
	 
	 	 	Any representation, warranty, certification or statement of fact made or deemed made by or on
behalf of an Obligor herein, in any other Finance Document, or in any document delivered in
connection herewith or therewith shall be incorrect or misleading when made or deemed made.
	 
	29.5	 	Cross-Default
	 
	 	 	The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (A) fails to make any payment when due (whether by
scheduled maturity, required prepayment, acceleration, demand, or otherwise) in respect of
any (1) Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness hereunder, Indebtedness under Swap Contracts
and Guarantees relating to any Indebtedness other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a)
to (f) of the definition thereof) having an aggregate principal amount (including undrawn
committed or available amounts and including amounts owing to all creditors under any
combined or syndicated credit arrangement) of more than the $25,000,000, or (2) Guarantee of
any Indebtedness (other than Indebtedness described in clauses (a) to (f) of the definition
thereof) where as a result of such failure to make such payment, aggregate payments in excess
of the Threshold Amount may be demanded under such Guarantee or (B) fails to observe or
perform any other agreement or condition relating to any such Indebtedness or Guarantee or
contained in any instrument or agreement evidencing, securing or relating thereto, or any
other event occurs, the effect of which default or other event is to cause, or to permit the
holder or holders of such Indebtedness or the beneficiary or beneficiaries of such Guarantee
(or a trustee or agent on behalf of such holder or holders or beneficiary or beneficiaries)
to cause, with the giving of notice if required, such Indebtedness to be demanded or to
become due or to be repurchased, prepaid, defeased or redeemed (automatically or otherwise),
or an offer to repurchase, prepay,

 - 69 - 

 

	 	 	defease or redeem such Indebtedness to be made, prior to its stated maturity, or such
Guarantee to become payable or cash collateral in respect thereof to be demanded; or (ii)
there occurs under any Swap Contract an Early Termination Date (as defined in such Swap
Contract) resulting from (A) any event of default under such Swap Contract as to which the
Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is the Defaulting Party (as defined in such Swap
Contract) or (B) any Termination Event (as so defined) under such Swap Contract as to which
the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary is an Affected Party (as so defined) and, in either
event, the Swap Termination Value owed by the Company or such Restricted Subsidiary as a
result thereof is greater than the Threshold Amount and, in the case of any Early Termination
Date resulting from such a Termination Event, such Early Termination Date is not rescinded or
such Swap Termination Value is not paid within 5 Business Days following such Early
Termination Date.
	 
	29.6	 	Insolvency Proceedings, Etc.
	 
	 	 	The Company or any of its Restricted Subsidiaries institutes or consents to the institution
of any proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law, or makes an assignment for the benefit of
creditors; or applies for or consents to the appointment of any receiver, trustee, custodian,
conservator, liquidator, rehabilitator or similar officer for it or for all or any material
part of its property; or any receiver, trustee, custodian, conservator, liquidator,
rehabilitator or similar officer is appointed without the application or consent of such
Person and the appointment continues undischarged or unstayed for 60 calendar days; or any
proceeding under any Debtor Relief Law relating to any such Person or to all or any material
part of its property is instituted without the consent of such Person and continues
undismissed or unstayed for 60 calendar days, or an order for relief is entered in any such
proceeding.
	 
	29.7	 	Inability to Pay Debts; Attachment
	 
	(a)	 	The Company or any Restricted Subsidiary becomes unable or admits in writing its inability or
fails generally to pay its debts as they become due, or
	 
	(b)	 	any writ or warrant of attachment or execution or similar process is issued or levied against
all or any material part of the property of any such Person and is not released, vacated or
fully bonded within 30 days after its issue or levy.
	 
	29.8	 	Judgments
	 
	 	 	There is entered against the Company or any Restricted Subsidiary (i) a final judgment or
order for the payment of money in an aggregate amount exceeding the Threshold Amount (to the
extent not covered by independent third-party insurance as to which the insurer does not
dispute coverage), or (ii) any one or more non-monetary final judgments that have, or could
reasonably be expected to have, individually or in the aggregate, a Material Adverse Effect
and, in either case, (A) enforcement proceedings are commenced by any creditor upon such
judgment or order, or (B) there is a period of 10 consecutive days during which a stay of
enforcement of such judgment, by reason of a pending appeal or otherwise, is not in effect.
	 
	29.9	 	ERISA
	 
	(a)	 	An ERISA Event occurs with respect to a Pension Plan or Multiemployer Plan which has resulted
or could reasonably be expected to result in liability of the Company under Title IV of ERISA
to the Pension Plan, Multiemployer Plan or the PBGC in an aggregate amount in excess of the
Threshold Amount, or

 - 70 - 

 

	(b)	 	the Company or any ERISA Affiliate fails to pay when due, after the expiration of any
applicable grace period, any installment payment with respect to its withdrawal liability under
Section 4201 of ERISA under a Multiemployer Plan in an aggregate amount in excess of the
Threshold Amount.
	 
	29.10	 	Invalidity of Finance Documents
	 
	 	 	Any provision of any Finance Document, at any time after its execution and delivery and for
any reason other than as expressly permitted hereunder or satisfaction in full of all the
Obligations, ceases to be in full force and effect; or an Obligor contests in any manner the
validity or enforceability of any provision of any Finance Document; or an Obligor denies
that it has any or further liability or obligation under any Finance Document, or purports to
revoke, terminate or rescind any Finance Document.
	 
	29.11	 	Change of Control
	 
	 	 	There occurs any Change of Control.
	 
	30.	 	REMEDIES UPON EVENT OF DEFAULT
	 
	 	 	If any Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Agent shall, at the request of, or may,
with the consent of, the Majority Lenders, take any or all of the following actions:

	 	(a)	 	declare the Commitments of each Lender to make Loans to be terminated, whereupon
such Commitments shall be terminated;
	 
	 	(b)	 	declare the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding Loans, all interest
accrued and unpaid thereon, and all other amounts owing or payable hereunder or under
any other Finance Document to be immediately due and payable, without presentment,
demand, protest or other notice of any kind, all of which are hereby expressly waived by
the Obligors;
	 
	 	(c)	 	declare that all or part of the Loans be payable on demand, whereupon they shall
immediately become payable on demand by the Agent on the instructions of the Majority
Lenders; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	exercise on behalf of itself and the Lenders all rights and remedies available to
it and the Lenders under the Finance Documents; provided, however, that upon the
occurrence of an actual or deemed entry of an order for relief with respect to the
Company under the Bankruptcy Code of the United States, the obligation of each Lender to
make Loans shall automatically terminate, the unpaid principal amount of all outstanding
Loans and all interest and other amounts as aforesaid shall automatically become due and
payable, in each case without further act of the Agent or any Lender and each amount
expressed by Clause 18 (Guarantee and indemnity) to be payable by the Company on demand
shall, after that Event of Default has occurred, be immediately due and payable by the
Company without the need for any demand or other claim on the Company or any other
Obligor.

 - 71 - 

 

SECTION 9

CHANGES TO PARTIES

	31.	 	CHANGES TO THE LENDERS
	 
	31.1	 	Assignments and transfers by the Lenders
	 
	 	 	Subject to this Clause 24, a Lender (the “Existing Lender”) may:

	 	(a)	 	assign any of its rights; or
	 
	 	(b)	 	transfer by novation any of its rights and obligations,
to another bank or financial institution or to a trust, fund or other entity which is
regularly engaged in or established for the purpose of making, purchasing or investing in
loans, securities or other financial assets (the “New Lender”).

	31.2	 	Conditions of assignment or transfer
	 
	(a)	 	The consent of the Company is required for an assignment or transfer by an Existing Lender,
unless the assignment or transfer is to another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender or an Event
of Default is continuing.
	 
	(b)	 	The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be unreasonably withheld or
delayed. The Company will be deemed to have given its consent five Business Days after the
Existing Lender has requested it unless consent is expressly refused by the Company within
that time.
	 
	(c)	 	The consent of the Company to an assignment or transfer must not be withheld solely because
the assignment or transfer may result in an increase to the Mandatory Cost.
	 
	(d)	 	An assignment will only be effective on:

	 	(i)	 	receipt by the Agent of written confirmation from the New Lender (in form and
substance satisfactory to the Agent) that the New Lender will assume the same
obligations to the other Finance Parties as it would have been under if it was an
Original Lender; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	performance by the Agent of all necessary “know your customer” or other similar
checks under all applicable laws and regulations in relation to such assignment to a New
Lender, the completion of which the Agent shall promptly notify to the Existing Lender
and the New Lender.

	(e)	 	A transfer will only be effective if the procedure set out in Clause 24.5 (Procedure for
transfer) is complied with.
	 
	(f)	 	If:

	 	(i)	 	a Lender assigns or transfers any of its rights or obligations under the Finance
Documents or changes its Facility Office; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	as a result of circumstances existing at the date the assignment, transfer or
change occurs, an Obligor would be obliged to make a payment to the New Lender or Lender

 - 72 - 

 

	 	acting through its new Facility Office under Clause 13 (Tax gross-up and
indemnities) or Clause 14 (Increased Costs),
	 
	 	then, with respect to circumstances existing at the date of such assignment, transfer or
change, the New Lender or Lender acting through its new Facility Office is only entitled to
receive payment under those Clauses to the same extent as the Existing Lender or Lender
acting through its previous Facility Office would have been if the assignment, transfer or
change had not occurred.

	31.3	 	Assignment or transfer fee
	 
	 	 	The New Lender shall, on the date upon which an assignment or transfer takes effect, pay to
the Agent (for its own account) a fee of €1,500.

	31.4	 	Limitation of responsibility of Existing Lenders
	 
	(a)	 	Unless expressly agreed to the contrary, an Existing Lender makes no representation or
warranty and assumes no responsibility to a New Lender for:

	 	(i)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of the Finance
Documents or any other documents;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	the financial condition of any Obligor;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the performance and observance by any Obligor of its obligations under the
Finance Documents or any other documents; or
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the accuracy of any statements (whether written or oral) made in or in connection
with any Finance Document or any other document,

and any representations or warranties implied by law are excluded.

	(b)	 	Each New Lender confirms to the Existing Lender and the other Finance Parties that it:

	 	(i)	 	has made (and shall continue to make) its own independent investigation and
assessment of the financial condition and affairs of each Obligor and its related
entities in connection with its participation in this Agreement and has not relied
exclusively on any information provided to it by the Existing Lender in connection with
any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	will continue to make its own independent appraisal of the creditworthiness of
each Obligor and its related entities whilst any amount is or may be outstanding under
the Finance Documents or any Commitment is in force.

	(c)	 	Nothing in any Finance Document obliges an Existing Lender to:

	 	(i)	 	accept a re-transfer from a New Lender of any of the rights and obligations
assigned or transferred under this Clause 24; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	support any losses directly or indirectly incurred by the New Lender by reason of
the non-performance by any Obligor of its obligations under the Finance Documents or
otherwise.

 - 73 - 

 

	31.5	 	Procedure for transfer
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to the conditions set out in Clause 24.2 (Conditions of assignment or transfer) a
transfer is effected in accordance with paragraph (c) below when the Agent executes an
otherwise duly completed Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the Existing Lender and the
New Lender. The Agent shall, subject to paragraph (b) below, as soon as reasonably
practicable after receipt by it of a duly completed Transfer Certificate appearing on its face
to comply with the terms of this Agreement and delivered in accordance with the terms of this
Agreement, execute that Transfer Certificate.
	 
	(b)	 	The Agent shall only be obliged to execute a Transfer Certificate delivered to it by the
Existing Lender and the New Lender once it is satisfied it has complied with all necessary
“know your customer” or other similar checks under all applicable laws and regulations in
relation to the transfer to such New Lender.
	 
	(c)	 	On the Transfer Date:

	 	(i)	 	to the extent that in the Transfer Certificate the Existing Lender seeks to
transfer by novation its rights and obligations under the Finance Documents each of the
Obligors and the Existing Lender shall be released from further obligations towards one
another under the Finance Documents and their respective rights against one another
under the Finance Documents shall be cancelled (being the “Discharged Rights and
Obligations”) (and, in the case of a Transfer Certificate covering all of the Existing
Lender’s rights and obligations under this Agreement, such Lender shall cease to be a
party hereto but shall continue to be entitled to the benefits of Clause 13 (Tax Gross
Up and Indemnities), Clause 14 (Increased Costs), paragraphs (d), (e) and (f) of Clause
15.2 (Other Indemnities) and Clause 17 (Costs and Expenses) with respect to facts and
circumstances occurring prior to the effective date of such transfer);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	each of the Obligors and the New Lender shall assume obligations towards one
another and/or acquire rights against one another which differ from the Discharged
Rights and Obligations only insofar as that Obligor and the New Lender have assumed
and/or acquired the same in place of that Obligor and the Existing Lender;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	the Agent, the Arranger, the New Lender and other Lenders shall acquire the same
rights and assume the same obligations between themselves as they would have acquired
and assumed had the New Lender been an Original Lender with the rights and/or
obligations acquired or assumed by it as a result of the transfer and to that extent the
Agent, the Arranger and the Existing Lender shall each be released from further
obligations to each other under the Finance Documents; and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	the New Lender shall become a Party as a “Lender”.

	31.6	 	Copy of Transfer Certificate to Company
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall, as soon as reasonably practicable after it has executed a Transfer
Certificate, send to the Company a copy of that Transfer Certificate.

	31.7	 	Disclosure of information
	 
	 	 	Each of the Agent and the Lenders agrees to maintain the confidentiality of the Information
(as defined below), except that Information may be disclosed (a) to its Affiliates and to its
and its

 - 74 - 

 

	 	 	Affiliates’ respective partners, directors, officers, employees, agents, advisors and
representatives (it being understood that the Persons to whom such disclosure is made will be
informed of the confidential nature of such Information and instructed to keep such
Information confidential), (b) to the extent requested by any regulatory authority purporting
to have jurisdiction over it (including any self-regulatory authority, such as the National
Association of Insurance Commissioners), (c) to the extent required by applicable Laws or
regulations or by any subpoena or similar legal process, (d) to any other party hereto, (e)
in connection with the exercise of any remedies hereunder or under any other Finance Document
or any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document or the
enforcement of rights hereunder or thereunder, (f) subject to an agreement containing
provisions substantially the same as those of this Clause 24.7 or substantially the same as a
recommended form of the LMA, to (i) any assignee of or Participant in, or any prospective
assignee of or Participant in, any of its rights or obligations under this Agreement or (ii)
any actual or prospective counterparty (or its advisors) to any swap or derivative
transaction relating to an Obligor and its obligations, (g) with the consent of an Obligor or
(h) to the extent such Information (x) becomes publicly available other than as a result of a
breach of this Clause 24.7 or (y) becomes available to the Agent, any Lender or any of their
respective Affiliates on a nonconfidential basis from a source other than an Obligor or any
of an Obligor’s Subsidiaries or Affiliates. For purposes of this Clause, “Information” means
all information received from an Obligor or any Subsidiary relating to an Obligor or any
Subsidiary or any of their respective businesses, other than any such information that is
available to the Agent or any Lender on a nonconfidential basis prior to disclosure by an
Obligor or any Subsidiary, provided that, in the case of information received from an Obligor
or any Subsidiary after the date hereof, such information is clearly identified at the time
of delivery as confidential. Any Person required to maintain the confidentiality of
Information as provided in this Clause shall be considered to have complied with its
obligation to do so if such Person has exercised the same degree of care to maintain the
confidentiality of such Information as such Person would accord to its own confidential
information
	 
	32.	 	CHANGES TO THE OBLIGORS
	 
	 	 	No Obligor may assign any of its rights or transfer any of its rights or obligations under
the Finance Documents.

 - 75 - 

 

SECTION
10

THE FINANCE PARTIES

	33.	 	ROLE OF THE AGENT AND THE ARRANGER
	 
	33.1	 	Appointment of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	Each other Finance Party appoints the Agent to act as its agent under and in connection with
the Finance Documents.
	 
	(b)	 	Each other Finance Party authorises the Agent to exercise the rights, powers, authorities and
discretions specifically given to the Agent under or in connection with the Finance Documents
together with any other incidental rights, powers, authorities and discretions.

	33.2	 	Duties of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent shall promptly forward to a Party the original or a copy of any document which is
delivered to the Agent for that Party by any other Party.
	 
	(b)	 	Except where a Finance Document specifically provides otherwise, the Agent is not obliged to
review or check the adequacy, accuracy or completeness of any document it forwards to another
Party.
	 
	(c)	 	If the Agent receives notice from a Party referring to this Agreement, describing a Default
and stating that the circumstance described is a Default, it shall promptly notify the Finance
Parties.
	 
	(d)	 	If the Agent is aware of the non-payment of any principal, interest, facility fee or other
fee payable to a Finance Party (other than the Agent or the Arranger) under this Agreement it
shall promptly notify the other Finance Parties.
	 
	(e)	 	The Agent’s duties under the Finance Documents are solely mechanical and administrative in
nature.

	33.3	 	Role of the Arranger
	 
	 	 	Except as specifically provided in the Finance Documents, the Arranger has no obligations of
any kind to any other Party under or in connection with any Finance Document.

	33.4	 	No fiduciary duties
	 
	(a)	 	Nothing in this Agreement constitutes the Agent or the Arranger as a trustee or fiduciary of
any other person.
	 
	(b)	 	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger shall be bound to account to any Lender for any sum or the
profit element of any sum received by it for its own account.

	33.5	 	Business with the Group
	 
	 	 	The Agent and the Arranger may accept deposits from, lend money to and generally engage in
any kind of banking or other business with any member of the Group.

	33.6	 	Rights and discretions of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent may rely on:

	 	(i)	 	any representation, notice or document believed by it to be genuine, correct and
appropriately authorised; and

 - 76 - 

 

	 	(ii)	 	any statement made by a director, authorised signatory or employee of any person
regarding any matters which may reasonably be assumed to be within his knowledge or
within his power to verify.

	(b)	 	The Agent may assume (unless it has received notice to the contrary in its capacity as agent
for the Lenders) that:

	 	(i)	 	no Default has occurred (unless it has actual knowledge of a Default arising
under Clause 22.1 (Non-payment));
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any right, power, authority or discretion vested in any Party or the Majority
Lenders has not been exercised; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	any notice or request made by the Company (other than a Utilisation Request) is
made on behalf of and with the consent and knowledge of all the Obligors.

	(c)	 	The Agent may engage, pay for and rely on the advice or services of any lawyers, accountants,
surveyors or other experts.

	(d)	 	The Agent may act in relation to the Finance Documents through its personnel and agents.

	(e)	 	Subject to Clause 24.7 (Disclosure of information), the Agent may disclose to any other Party
any information it reasonably believes it has received as agent under this Agreement.

	(f)	 	Notwithstanding any other provision of any Finance Document to the contrary, neither the
Agent nor the Arranger is obliged to do or omit to do anything if it would or might in its
reasonable opinion constitute a breach of any law or regulation or a breach of a fiduciary
duty or duty of confidentiality.

	33.7	 	Majority Lenders’ instructions

	(a)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, the Agent shall (i) exercise any
right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as Agent in accordance with any
instructions given to it by the Majority Lenders (or, if so instructed by the Majority
Lenders, refrain from exercising any right, power, authority or discretion vested in it as
Agent) and (ii) not be liable for any act (or omission) if it acts (or refrains from taking
any action) in accordance with an instruction of the Majority Lenders.

	(b)	 	Unless a contrary indication appears in a Finance Document, any instructions given by the
Majority Lenders will be binding on all the Finance Parties.

	(c)	 	The Agent may refrain from acting in accordance with the instructions of the Majority Lenders
(or, if appropriate, the Lenders) until it has received such security as it may require for
any cost, loss or liability (together with any associated VAT) which it may incur in complying
with the instructions.

	(d)	 	In the absence of instructions from the Majority Lenders (or, if appropriate, the Lenders),
the Agent may act (or refrain from taking action) as it considers to be in the best interest
of the Lenders.

	(e)	 	The Agent is not authorised to act on behalf of a Lender (without first obtaining that
Lender’s consent) in any legal or arbitration proceedings relating to any Finance Document.

 - 77 - 

 

	33.8	    	Responsibility for documentation
	 
	 	 	Neither the Agent nor the Arranger:

	 	(a)	 	is responsible for the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of any information
(whether oral or written) supplied by the Agent, the Arranger, an Obligor or any other
person given in or in connection with any Finance Document or the Information Package;
or
	 
	 	(b)	 	is responsible for the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or
enforceability of any Finance Document or any other agreement, arrangement or document
entered into, made or executed in anticipation of or in connection with any Finance
Document.

	33.9	 	Exclusion of liability

	(a)	 	Without limiting paragraph (b) below (and without prejudice to the provisions of paragraph
(e) of Clause 29.10 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc)), the Agent will not be liable for any
action taken by it under or in connection with any Finance Document, unless directly caused by
its negligence or wilful misconduct.

	(b)	 	No Party (other than the Agent) may take any proceedings against any officer, employee or
agent of the Agent in respect of any claim it might have against the Agent or in respect of
any act or omission of any kind by that officer, employee or agent in relation to any Finance
Document and any officer, employee or agent of the Agent may rely on this Clause.

	(c)	 	The Agent will not be liable for any delay (or any related consequences) in crediting an
account with an amount required under the Finance Documents to be paid by the Agent if the
Agent has taken all necessary steps as soon as reasonably practicable to comply with the
regulations or operating procedures of any recognised clearing or settlement system used by
the Agent for that purpose.

	(d)	 	Nothing in this Agreement shall oblige the Agent or the Arranger to carry out any “know your
customer” or other checks in relation to any person on behalf of any Lender and each Lender
confirms to the Agent and the Arranger that it is solely responsible for any such checks it is
required to carry out and that it may not rely on any statement in relation to such checks
made by the Agent or the Arranger.

	33.10	 	Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent
	 
	 	 	Each Lender shall (in proportion to its share of the Total Commitments or, if the Total
Commitments are then zero, to its share of the Total Commitments immediately prior to their
reduction to zero) indemnify the Agent, within three Business Days of demand, against any
cost, loss or liability including without limitation for negligence or any other category of
liability whatsoever incurred by the Agent (otherwise than by reason of the Agent’s gross
negligence or wilful misconduct) (or in the case of any cost, loss or liability pursuant to
Clause 29.10 (Disruption to Payment Systems etc) notwithstanding the Agent’s negligence,
gross negligence or any other category of liability whatsoever but not including any claim
based on the fraud of the Agent) in acting as Agent under the Finance Documents (unless the
Agent has been reimbursed by an Obligor pursuant to a Finance Document).

 - 78 - 

 

	33.11	 	Resignation of the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent may resign and appoint one of its Affiliates acting through an office in the United
Kingdom as successor by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the Company.
	 
	(b)	 	Alternatively the Agent may resign by giving notice to the other Finance Parties and the
Company, in which case the Majority Lenders (subject to the Company’s consent (which shall not
be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) may appoint a successor Agent who shall be a Lender.
	 
	(c)	 	If the Majority Lenders have not appointed a successor Agent in accordance with paragraph (b)
above within 30 days after notice of resignation was given, the Agent (subject to the
Company’s consent (which shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed)) may appoint a
successor Agent (acting through an office in the United Kingdom) who shall be a Lender.
	 
	(d)	 	The retiring Agent shall, at its own cost, make available to the successor Agent such
documents and records and provide such assistance as the successor Agent may reasonably
request for the purposes of performing its functions as Agent under the Finance Documents.
	 
	(e)	 	The Agent’s resignation notice shall only take effect upon the appointment of a successor.
	 
	(f)	 	Upon the appointment of a successor, the retiring Agent shall be discharged from any further
obligation in respect of the Finance Documents but shall remain entitled to the benefit of
this Clause 26. Its successor and each of the other Parties shall have the same rights and
obligations amongst themselves as they would have had if such successor had been an original
Party.
	 
	(g)	 	After consultation with the Company, the Majority Lenders may, by notice to the Agent,
require it to resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above. In this event, the Agent shall
resign in accordance with paragraph (b) above.

	33.12	 	Confidentiality
	 
	(a)	 	In acting as agent for the Finance Parties, the Agent shall be regarded as acting through its
agency division which shall be treated as a separate entity from any other of its divisions or
departments.
	 
	(b)	 	If information is received by another division or department of the Agent, it may be treated
as confidential to that division or department and the Agent shall not be deemed to have
notice of it.

	33.13	 	Relationship with the Lenders
	 
	(a)	 	The Agent may treat each Lender as a Lender, entitled to payments under this Agreement and
acting through its Facility Office unless it has received not less than five Business Days
prior notice from that Lender to the contrary in accordance with the terms of this Agreement.
	 
	(b)	 	Each Lender shall supply the Agent with any information required by the Agent in order to
calculate the Mandatory Cost in accordance with Schedule 4 (Mandatory Cost formula).

	33.14	 	Credit appraisal by the Lenders
	 
	 	 	Without affecting the responsibility of any Obligor for information supplied by it or on its
behalf in connection with any Finance Document, each Lender confirms to the Agent and the
Arranger that it has been, and will continue to be, solely responsible for making its own
independent

 - 79 - 

 

	 	appraisal and investigation of all risks arising under or in connection with any Finance
Document including but not limited to:

	 	(a)	 	the financial condition, status and nature of each member of the Group;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the legality, validity, effectiveness, adequacy or enforceability of any Finance
Document and any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed
in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document;
	 
	 	(c)	 	whether that Lender has recourse, and the nature and extent of that recourse,
against any Party or any of its respective assets under or in connection with any
Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance Documents or any other
agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed in anticipation of,
under or in connection with any Finance Document; and
	 
	 	(d)	 	the adequacy, accuracy and/or completeness of the Information Package and any
other information provided by the Agent, any Party or by any other person under or in
connection with any Finance Document, the transactions contemplated by the Finance
Documents or any other agreement, arrangement or document entered into, made or executed
in anticipation of, under or in connection with any Finance Document.

	33.15	 	Reference Banks
	 
	 	 	If a Reference Bank (or, if a Reference Bank is not a Lender, the Lender of which it is an
Affiliate) ceases to be a Lender, the Agent shall (in consultation with the Company) appoint
another Lender or an Affiliate of a Lender to replace that Reference Bank.

	33.16	 	Agent’s Management Time
	 
	 	 	Any amount payable to the Agent under Clause 15.3 (Indemnity to the Agent), Clause 17 (Costs
and expenses) and Clause 26.10 (Lenders’ indemnity to the Agent) shall include the cost of
utilising the Agent’s management time or other resources and will be calculated on the basis
of such reasonable daily or hourly rates as the Agent may notify to the Company and the
Lenders, and is in addition to any fee paid or payable to the Agent under Clause 12 (Fees).

	33.17	 	Deduction from amounts payable by the Agent
	 
	 	 	If any Party owes an amount to the Agent under the Finance Documents the Agent may, after
giving notice to that Party, deduct an amount not exceeding that amount from any payment to
that Party which the Agent would otherwise be obliged to make under the Finance Documents and
apply the amount deducted in or towards satisfaction of the amount owed. For the purposes of
the Finance Documents that Party shall be regarded as having received any amount so deducted.
	 
	34.	 	CONDUCT OF BUSINESS BY THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 
	 	 	No provision of this Agreement will:

	 	(a)	 	interfere with the right of any Finance Party to arrange its affairs (tax or
otherwise) in whatever manner it thinks fit;
	 
	 	(b)	 	oblige any Finance Party to investigate or claim any credit, relief, remission or
repayment available to it or the extent, order and manner of any claim; or

 - 80 - 

 

	 	(c)	 	oblige any Finance Party to disclose any information relating to its affairs (tax
or otherwise) or any computations in respect of Tax.

	35.	 	SHARING AMONG THE FINANCE PARTIES
	 
	35.1	 	Payments to Finance Parties
	 
	 	 	If a Finance Party (a “Recovering Finance Party”) receives or recovers any amount from an
Obligor other than in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment mechanics) and applies that amount
to a payment due under the Finance Documents then:

	 	(a)	 	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days, notify details of
the receipt or recovery to the Agent;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Agent shall determine whether the receipt or recovery is in excess of the
amount the Recovering Finance Party would have been paid had the receipt or recovery
been received or made by the Agent and distributed in accordance with Clause 29 (Payment
mechanics), without taking account of any Tax which would be imposed on the Agent in
relation to the receipt, recovery or distribution; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Recovering Finance Party shall, within three Business Days of demand by the
Agent, pay to the Agent an amount (the “Sharing Payment”) equal to such receipt or
recovery less any amount which the Agent determines may be retained by the Recovering
Finance Party as its share of any payment to be made, in accordance with Clause 29.5
(Partial payments).

	35.2	 	Redistribution of payments
	 
	 	 	The Agent shall treat the Sharing Payment as if it had been paid by the relevant Obligor and
distribute it between the Finance Parties (other than the Recovering Finance Party) in
accordance with Clause 29.5 (Partial payments).

	35.3	 	Recovering Finance Party’s rights
	 
	(a)	 	On a distribution by the Agent under Clause 28.2 (Redistribution of payments), the Recovering
Finance Party will be subrogated to the rights of the Finance Parties which have shared in the
redistribution.
	 
	(b)	 	If and to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party is not able to rely on its rights
under paragraph (a) above, the relevant Obligor shall be liable to the Recovering Finance
Party for a debt equal to the Sharing Payment which is immediately due and payable.

	35.4	 	Reversal of redistribution
	 
	 	 	If any part of the Sharing Payment received or recovered by a Recovering Finance Party
becomes repayable and is repaid by that Recovering Finance Party, then:

	 	(a)	 	each Finance Party which has received a share of the relevant Sharing Payment
pursuant to Clause 28.2 (Redistribution of payments) shall, upon request of the Agent,
pay to the Agent for account of that Recovering Finance Party an amount equal to the
appropriate part of its share of the Sharing Payment (together with an amount as is
necessary to reimburse that Recovering Finance Party for its proportion of any interest
on the Sharing Payment which that Recovering Finance Party is required to pay); and

 - 81 - 

 

	 	(b)	 	that Recovering Finance Party’s rights of subrogation in respect of any
reimbursement shall be cancelled and the relevant Obligor will be liable to the
reimbursing Finance Party for the amount so reimbursed.

	35.5	 	Exceptions
	 
	(a)	 	This Clause 28 shall not apply to the extent that the Recovering Finance Party would not,
after making any payment pursuant to this Clause, have a valid and enforceable claim against
the relevant Obligor.
	 
	(b)	 	A Recovering Finance Party is not obliged to share with any other Finance Party any amount
which the Recovering Finance Party has received or recovered as a result of taking legal or
arbitration proceedings, if:

	 	(i)	 	it notified that other Finance Party of the legal or arbitration proceedings; and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	that other Finance Party had an opportunity to participate in those legal or
arbitration proceedings but did not do so as soon as reasonably practicable having
received notice and did not take separate legal or arbitration proceedings.

 - 82 - 

 

SECTION 11

ADMINISTRATION

	36.	 	PAYMENT MECHANICS
	 
	36.1	 	Payments to the Agent
	 
	(a)	 	On each date on which an Obligor or a Lender is required to make a payment under a Finance
Document, that Obligor or Lender shall make the same available to the Agent (unless a contrary
indication appears in a Finance Document) for value on the due date at the time and in such
funds specified by the Agent as being customary at the time for settlement of transactions in
the relevant currency in the place of payment.
	 
	(b)	 	Payment shall be made to such account in the principal financial centre of the country of
that currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre in a Participating
Member State or London) with such bank as the Agent specifies.

	36.2	 	Distributions by the Agent
	 
	 	 	Each payment received by the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party shall,
subject to Clause 29.3 (Distributions to an Obligor) and Clause 29.4 (Clawback), be made
available by the Agent as soon as practicable after receipt to the Party entitled to receive
payment in accordance with this Agreement (in the case of a Lender, for the account of its
Facility Office), to such account as that Party may notify to the Agent by not less than five
Business Days’ notice with a bank in the principal financial centre of the country of that
currency (or, in relation to euro, in the principal financial centre of a Participating
Member State or London).

	36.3	 	Distributions to an Obligor
	 
	 	 	The Agent may (with the consent of the Obligor or in accordance with Clause 30 (Set-off))
apply any amount received by it for that Obligor in or towards payment (on the date and in
the currency and funds of receipt) of any amount due from that Obligor under the Finance
Documents or in or towards purchase of any amount of any currency to be so applied.

	36.4	 	Clawback
	 
	(a)	 	Where a sum is to be paid to the Agent under the Finance Documents for another Party, the
Agent is not obliged to pay that sum to that other Party (or to enter into or perform any
related exchange contract) until it has been able to establish to its reasonable satisfaction
that it has actually received that sum.
	 
	(b)	 	If the Agent pays an amount to another Party and it proves to be the case that the Agent had
not actually received that amount, then the Party to whom that amount (or the proceeds of any
related exchange contract) was paid by the Agent shall on demand refund the same to the Agent
together with interest on that amount from the date of payment to the date of receipt by the
Agent, calculated by the Agent to reflect its cost of funds.

	36.5	 	Partial payments
	 
	(a)	 	If the Agent receives a payment that is insufficient to discharge all the amounts then due
and payable by an Obligor under the Finance Documents, the Agent shall apply that payment
towards the obligations of that Obligor under the Finance Documents in the following order:

 - 83 - 

 

	 	(i)	 	first, in or towards payment pro rata of any unpaid fees, costs and expenses of
the Agent under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	secondly, in or towards payment pro rata of any accrued interest, fee or
commission due but unpaid under this Agreement;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	thirdly, in or towards payment pro rata of any principal due but unpaid under
this Agreement; and
	 
	 	(iv)	 	fourthly, in or towards payment pro rata of any other sum due but unpaid under
the Finance Documents.

	(b)	 	The Agent shall, if so directed by the Majority Lenders, vary the order set out in paragraphs
(a)(ii) to (iv) above.
	 
	(c)	 	Paragraphs (a) and (b) above will override any appropriation made by an Obligor.

	36.6	 	No set-off by Obligors
	 
	 	 	All payments to be made by an Obligor under the Finance Documents shall be calculated and be
made without (and free and clear of any deduction for) set-off or counterclaim.

	36.7	 	Business Days

	(a)	 	Any payment which is due to be made on a day that is not a Business Day shall be made on the
next Business Day in the same calendar month (if there is one) or the preceding Business Day
(if there is not).

	(b)	 	During any extension of the due date for payment of any principal or Unpaid Sum under this
Agreement interest is payable on the principal or Unpaid Sum at the rate payable on the
original due date.

	36.8	 	Currency of account

	(a)	 	Subject to paragraphs (b) to (e) below, the Base Currency is the currency of account and
payment for any sum due from an Obligor under any Finance Document.
	 
	(b)	 	A repayment of a Loan or Unpaid Sum or a part of a Loan or Unpaid Sum shall be made in the
currency in which that Loan or Unpaid Sum is denominated on its due date.
	 
	(c)	 	Each payment of interest shall be made in the currency in which the sum in respect of which
the interest is payable was denominated when that interest accrued.
	 
	(d)	 	Each payment in respect of costs, expenses or Taxes shall be made in the currency in which
the costs, expenses or Taxes are incurred.
	 
	(e)	 	Any amount expressed to be payable in a currency other than the Base Currency shall be paid
in that other currency.
	 
	36.9	 	Change of currency
	 
	(a)	 	Unless otherwise prohibited by law, if more than one currency or currency unit are at the
same time recognised by the central bank of any country as the lawful currency of that
country, then:

	 	(i)	 	any reference in the Finance Documents to, and any obligations arising under the
Finance Documents in, the currency of that country shall be translated into, or paid in,

- 84 -

 

	 	 	 	the currency or currency unit of that country designated by the Agent (after
consultation with the Borrower); and
	 
	 	(ii)	 	any translation from one currency or currency unit to another shall be at the
official rate of exchange recognised by the central bank for the conversion of that
currency or currency unit into the other, rounded up or down by the Agent (acting
reasonably).

	(b)	 	If a change in any currency of a country occurs, this Agreement will, to the extent the Agent
(acting reasonably and after consultation with the Borrower) specifies to be necessary, be
amended to comply with any generally accepted conventions and market practice in the Relevant
Interbank Market and otherwise to reflect the change in currency.

	36.10	 	Disruption to Payment Systems etc.
	 
	 	 	If either the Agent determines (in its discretion) that a Disruption Event has occurred or
the Agent is notified by the Borrower that a Disruption Event has occurred:

	 	(a)	 	the Agent may, and shall if requested to do so by the Borrower, consult with the
Borrower with a view to agreeing with the Borrower such changes to the operation or
administration of the Facility as the Agent may deem necessary in the circumstances;
	 
	 	(b)	 	the Agent shall not be obliged to consult with the Borrower in relation to any
changes mentioned in paragraph (a) if, in its opinion, it is not practicable to do so in
the circumstances and, in any event, shall have no obligation to agree to such changes;
	 
	 	(c)	 	the Agent may consult with the Finance Parties in relation to any changes
mentioned in paragraph (a) but shall not be obliged to do so if, in its opinion, it is
not practicable to do so in the circumstances;
	 
	 	(d)	 	any such changes agreed upon by the Agent and the Borrower shall (whether or not
it is finally determined that a Disruption Event has occurred) be binding upon the
Parties as an amendment to (or, as the case may be, waiver of) the terms of the Finance
Documents notwithstanding the provisions of Clause 35 (Amendments and Waivers);
	 
	 	(e)	 	the Agent shall not be liable for any damages, costs or losses whatsoever but not
including any claim based on wilful default or fraud of the Agent arising as a result of
its taking, or failing to take, any actions pursuant to or in connection with this
Clause 29.10; and
	 
	 	(f)	 	the Agent shall notify the Finance Parties of all changes agreed pursuant to
paragraph (d) above.

	37.	 	SET-OFF

	 	 	After an Event of Default which is continuing a Finance Party may set off any due and payable
sum from an Obligor under the Finance Documents (to the extent beneficially owned by that
Finance Party) against any due and payable sum owed by that Finance Party to that Obligor,
regardless of the place of payment, booking branch or currency of either obligation. If the
obligations are in different currencies, the Finance Party may convert either obligation at a
market rate of exchange in its usual course of business for the purpose of the set-off.

- 85 -

 

	38.	 	NOTICES
	 
	38.1	 	Communications in writing
	 
	 	 	Any communication to be made under or in connection with the Finance Documents shall be made
in writing and, unless otherwise stated, may be made by fax or letter.

	38.2	 	Addresses
	 
	 	 	The address and fax number (and the department or officer, if any, for whose attention the
communication is to be made) of each Party for any communication or document to be made or
delivered under or in connection with the Finance Documents is:

	 	(a)	 	in the case of the Company and the Borrower, that identified with its name below;
	 
	 	(b)	 	in the case of each Lender, that notified in writing to the Agent on or prior to
the date on which it becomes a Party; and
	 
	 	(c)	 	in the case of the Agent, that identified with its name below,

		 	or any substitute address, fax number or department or officer as the Party may notify to the
Agent (or the Agent may notify to the other Parties, if a change is made by the Agent) by not
less than five Business Days’ notice.

	38.3	 	Delivery

	(a)	 	Any communication or document made or delivered by one person to another under or in
connection with the Finance Documents will only be effective:

	 	(i)	 	if by way of fax, when received in legible form; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if by way of letter, when it has been left at the relevant address or seven
Business Days after being deposited in the post postage prepaid in an envelope addressed
to it at that address,

	 	 	and, if a particular department or officer is specified as part of its address details
provided under Clause 31.2 (Addresses), if addressed to that department or officer.

	(b)	 	Any communication or document to be made or delivered to the Agent will be effective only
when actually received by the Agent and then only if it is expressly marked for the attention
of the department or officer identified with the Agent’s signature below (or any substitute
department or officer as the Agent shall specify for this purpose).
	 
	(c)	 	All notices from or to an Obligor shall be sent through the Agent.
	 
	(d)	 	Any communication or document made or delivered to the Company in accordance with this Clause
will be deemed to have been made or delivered to each of the Obligors.
	 
	38.4	 	Notification of address and fax number
	 
	 	 	Promptly upon receipt of notification of an address and fax number or change of address or
fax number pursuant to Clause 31.2 (Addresses) or changing its own address or fax number, the
Agent shall notify the other Parties.

- 86 -

 

	38.5	 	Electronic communication
	 
	(a)	 	Any communication to be made between the Agent and a Lender under or in connection with the
Finance Documents may be made by electronic mail or other electronic means, if the Agent and
the relevant Lender:

	 	(i)	 	agree that, unless and until notified to the contrary, this is to be an accepted
form of communication;
	 
	 	(ii)	 	notify each other in writing of their electronic mail address and/or any other
information required to enable the sending and receipt of information by that means; and
	 
	 	(iii)	 	notify each other of any change to their address or any other such information
supplied by them.

	(b)	 	Any electronic communication made between the Agent and a Lender will be effective only when
actually received in readable form and in the case of any electronic communication made by a
Lender to the Agent only if it is addressed in such a manner as the Agent shall specify for
this purpose.

	38.6	 	English language
	 
	(a)	 	Any notice given under or in connection with any Finance Document must be in English.
	 
	(b)	 	All other documents provided under or in connection with any Finance Document must be:

	 	(i)	 	in English; or
	 
	 	(ii)	 	if not in English, and if so required by the Agent, accompanied by a certified
English translation and, in this case, the English translation will prevail unless the
document is a constitutional, statutory or other official document.

	39.	 	CALCULATIONS AND CERTIFICATES

	39.1	 	Accounts
	 
	 	 	In any litigation or arbitration proceedings arising out of or in connection with a Finance
Document, the entries made in the accounts maintained by a Finance Party are prima facie
evidence of the matters to which they relate.
	 
	39.2	 	Certificates and Determinations
	 
	 	 	Any certification or determination by a Finance Party of a rate or amount under any Finance
Document is, in the absence of manifest error, conclusive evidence of the matters to which it
relates.
	 
	39.3	 	Day count convention
	 
	 	 	Any interest, commission or fee accruing under a Finance Document will accrue from day to day
and is calculated on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days
or, in any case where the practice in the Relevant Interbank Market differs, in accordance
with that market practice.
	 
	40.	 	PARTIAL INVALIDITY
	 
	 	 	If, at any time, any provision of the Finance Documents is or becomes illegal, invalid or
unenforceable in any respect under any law of any jurisdiction, neither the legality,
validity or

- 87 -

 

	 	 	enforceability of the remaining provisions nor the legality, validity or enforceability of
such provision under the law of any other jurisdiction will in any way be affected or
impaired.
	 
	41.	 	REMEDIES AND WAIVERS
	 
	 	 	No failure to exercise, nor any delay in exercising, on the part of any Finance Party, any
right or remedy under the Finance Documents shall operate as a waiver, nor shall any single
or partial exercise of any right or remedy prevent any further or other exercise or the
exercise of any other right or remedy. The rights and remedies provided in this Agreement
are cumulative and not exclusive of any rights or remedies provided by law.
	 
	42.	 	AMENDMENTS AND WAIVERS
	 
	42.1	 	Required consents
	 
	(a)	 	Subject to Clause 35.2 (Exceptions) any term of the Finance Documents may be amended or
waived only with the consent of the Majority Lenders and the Obligors and any such amendment
or waiver will be binding on all Parties.
	 
	(b)	 	The Agent may effect, on behalf of any Finance Party, any amendment or waiver permitted by
this Clause.
	 
	42.2	 	Exceptions
	 
	(a)	 	An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to:

	 	(i)	 	the definition of “Majority Lenders” in Clause 1.1 (Definitions);
	 
	 	(ii)	 	an extension to the date of payment of any scheduled amount of principal,
interest or fees (excluding those fees payable solely to the Agent and/or the Arranger)
under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(iii)	 	a reduction in the Applicable Rate or a reduction in the amount of any payment
of principal, interest or fees payable under the Finance Documents;
	 
	 	(iv)	 	an increase in or an extension of any Commitment;
	 
	 	(v)	 	a change to the Borrower or the Company;
	 
	 	(vi)	 	any provision which expressly requires the consent of all the Lenders; or
	 
	 	(vii)	 	Clause 2.2 (Finance Parties’ rights and obligations), Clause 24 (Changes to the
Lenders), Clause 28 (Sharing among the Finance Parties) or this Clause 35,

	 	 	shall not be made without the prior consent of all the Lenders.

	(b)	 	An amendment or waiver that has the effect of changing or which relates to the Syndication
Side Letter may be effected only with the prior consent of the Arranger and the Borrower.
	 
	(c)	 	An amendment or waiver which relates to the rights or obligations of the Agent or the
Arranger may not be effected without the consent of the Agent or the Arranger.
	 
	43.	 	COUNTERPARTS
	 
	 	 	Each Finance Document may be executed in any number of counterparts, and this has the same
effect as if the signatures on the counterparts were on a single copy of the Finance
Document.

- 88 -

 

SECTION 12

GOVERNING LAW AND ENFORCEMENT

	44.	 	GOVERNING LAW; JURISDICTION, ETC.
	 
	44.1	 	Governing Law
	 
	 	 	This Agreement and the other Finance Documents shall be governed by, and construed in
accordance with, the law of the State of New York.
	 
	44.2	 	Submission to Jurisdiction
	 
	 	 	Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally submits, for itself and its
property, to the nonexclusive jurisdiction of the courts of the State of New York sitting in
New York County and of the United States District Court for the Southern District of New
York, and any appellate court from any thereof, in any action or proceeding arising out of or
relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document, or for recognition or enforcement
of any judgment, and each of the parties hereto irrevocably and unconditionally agrees that
all claims in respect of any such action or proceeding may be heard and determined in such
New York State court or, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, in such federal
court. Each of the parties hereto agrees that a final judgment in any such action or
proceeding shall be conclusive and may be enforced in other jurisdictions by suit on the
judgment or in any other manner provided by law. Nothing in this Agreement or in any other
Finance Document shall affect any right that the Agent or any Lender may otherwise have to
bring any action or proceeding relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document
against the Borrower or its properties in the courts of any jurisdiction.
	 
	44.3	 	Waiver of Venue
	 
	 	 	Each party hereto hereby irrevocably and unconditionally waives, to the fullest extent
permitted by applicable law, any objection that it may now or hereafter have to the laying of
venue of any action or proceeding arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other
Finance Document in any court referred to in clause 37.2 (Submission to Jurisdiction). Each
of the parties hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by
applicable law, the defense of an inconvenient forum to the maintenance of such action or
proceeding in any such court.
	 
	44.4	 	Service of Process
	 
	(a)	 	The Borrower hereby irrevocably designates and appoints the Company as the agent of the
Borrower to receive on its behalf service of all process brought against it with respect to
any proceedings in the court of the State of New York sitting in New York County and the
United States District Court for the Southern District of New York, in connection with any
Finance Document. If for any reason such agent shall cease to be available to act as such,
then the Borrower shall promptly designate a new agent in the Borough of Manhattan in The City
of New York. The Company hereby confirms that it has accepted the appointment as agent for
service of process for the Borrower in relation to any proceeding the court of the State of
New York sitting in New York County and the United States District Court for the Southern
District of New York, in connection with any Finance Document.
	 
	(b)	 	Nothing in this Agreement will affect the right of any party to this Agreement to serve
process in any other manner permitted by law.

- 89 -

 

	44.5	 	Waiver of Right to Trial by Jury
	 
	 	 	Each party hereto hereby irrevocably waives, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable
law, any right it may have to a trial by jury in any legal proceeding directly or indirectly
arising out of or relating to this Agreement or any other Finance Document or the
transactions contemplated hereby or thereby (whether based on contract, tort or any other
theory). Each party hereto (a) certifies that no representative, Agent or attorney of any
other party has represented to it, expressly or otherwise, that such other party would not,
in the event of litigation, seek to enforce the foregoing waiver and (b) acknowledges that it
and the other parties hereto have been induced to enter into this Agreement and the other
Finance Documents by, among other things, the mutual waivers and certifications in this
Clause.
	 
	44.6	 	USA Patriot Act Notice
	 
	 	 	Each Lender that is subject to the Patriot Act (as hereinafter defined) and the Agent (for
itself and not on behalf of any Lender) hereby notifies the Obligors that pursuant to the
requirements of the USA Patriot Act (Title iii of pub. l. 107-56 (signed into law October 26,
2001)), it is required to obtain, verify and record information that identifies the Obligors,
which information includes the name and address of the Obligors and other information that
will allow such Lender or the Agent, as applicable, to identify the Obligors in accordance
with the Patriot Act.
	 
	44.7	 	Time of the Essence
	 
	 	 	Time is of the essence of the Finance Documents.

	 
	44.8	 	Entire Agreement
	 
	 	 	This Agreement and the other Finance Documents represent the final agreement among the
parties and may not be contradicted by evidence of prior, contemporaneous, or subsequent oral
agreements of the parties. There are no unwritten oral agreements among the parties.

This Agreement has been entered into on the date stated at the beginning of this Agreement.

- 90 -

 

SIGNATURES

	 	 	 
	The Borrower
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Discovery Content UK Ltd.
	 

	 	Chiswick Park Building 2
	 

	 	566 Chiswick High Road
	 

	 	London — W4 5BY, England
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Suzanne Burrows, VP Finance
	 
	 	 
	Telecopy:

	 	44-207-462-3789
	 
	 	 
	Email:

	 	suzanne_burrows@discovery.com
	 
	 	 
	with a copy to
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Discovery Content UK Ltd
	 

	 	Chiswick Park Building 2
	 

	 	566 Chiswick High Street
	 

	 	London — W4 5BY, England
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Mine Hifzi, SVP Chief International Counsel
	 
	 	 
	Telecopy:

	 	44-204-462-3598
	 
	 	 
	Email:

	 	mine_hifzi@discovery.com
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	SUZANNE BURROWS
	 
	 	 
	The Company
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Discovery Communications, Inc.
	 

	 	One Discovery Place
	 

	 	Silver Spring, MD 20910
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Barbara Bennett, SEVP & Chief Financial Officer
	 
	 	 
	Telecopy No.:

	 	240-662-1527
	 
	 	 
	Email:

	 	barbara_bennett@discovery.com
	 
	 	 
	with a copy to:
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Address:

	 	Discovery Communications, Inc.
	 

	 	One Discovery Place
	 

	 	Silver Spring, MD 20910
	 
	 	 
	Attention:

	 	Mark Hollinger, SEVP & General Counsel
	 
	 	 
	Telecopy No.:

	 	240-662-1489
	 
	 	 
	Email:

	 	mark_hollinger@discovery.com
	 
	 	 
	By:

	 	J. MICHAEL SUFFREDINI

- 91 -

 

The Arranger

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

By:     AGNES OCHANA

The Original Lenders

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

By:     AGNES OCHANA

Fortis Capital Corp

By:     BARBARA E. NASH     RACHEL LANAVA

Scotiabank Europe plc

By:     ALICE NEILD

Barclays Bank PLC

By:     DAVID BARTON

HSBC Bank plc

By:     ARWEL DAVIES

Calyon, London

By:     STEPHEN TUBB     GLEN BARNES

- 92 -

 

Commerzbank Aktiengesellschaft, London Branch

By:     NICK SIMMONDS     MARK SMYTH

KBC Bank Deutschland AG

By:     VOLKER KIRMES     WOLFRAM STOEVER

Sumitomo Mitsui Finance Dublin Limited

By:     TIMOTHY D’DONOVAN     CIARAN BOLGER

The Agent

The Royal Bank of Scotland plc

	 	 	 
	Address:

	 	The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
	 

	 	135 Bishopsgate
	 

	 	London
	 

	 	EC2M 3UR
	 
	 	 
	Fax:
	 	 
	 
	 	 
	Attention:
	 	 

By:     AGNES OCHANA

	 	 	 
	With copy to:

	 	The Royal Bank of Scotland plc
	 

	 	2 1/2 Devonshire Square
	 

	 	London
	 

	 	EC2M 4XJ
	 

	 	Fax: 020 7615 7673
	 

	 	Attention: Loans Administration

- 93 -

 

List of Omitted Exhibits and Schedules 

     The
following exhibits and schedules to the Amendment and Restatement
Agreement, dated May 9, 2007, among Discovery
Communications, Inc., Discovery Communications Europe Limited, as
Borrower, The Royal Bank of Scotland plc, as Arranger, The Royal Bank
of Scotland plc, as Agent, and the lenders that are parties thereto,
have not been provided herein:

     Schedule 1:
Conditions Precedent

     The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes to furnish supplementally a copy of any omitted
exhibit or schedule to the Securities and Exchange Commission upon request.

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00143-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00143-of-00352.parquet"}]]